WO2016104493A1 - Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device - Google Patents

Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016104493A1
WO2016104493A1 PCT/JP2015/085810 JP2015085810W WO2016104493A1 WO 2016104493 A1 WO2016104493 A1 WO 2016104493A1 JP 2015085810 W JP2015085810 W JP 2015085810W WO 2016104493 A1 WO2016104493 A1 WO 2016104493A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
color
color material
block copolymer
color filter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/085810
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健朗 長井
中村 和彦
力飛 塚本
一貴 五十嵐
理恵 上森
裕司 市川
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2015096089A external-priority patent/JP6674746B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to CN202010024592.6A priority Critical patent/CN111221217B/en
Priority to CN201580065051.5A priority patent/CN107003448B/en
Publication of WO2016104493A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016104493A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • H10K50/125OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers specially adapted for multicolour light emission, e.g. for emitting white light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a color material dispersion for a color filter, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic light emitting display device.
  • sRGB ISO 61966-2-1
  • sRGB ISO 61966-2-1
  • the AdobeRGB standard is a color space definition proposed by Adobe Systems.
  • the three primary colors are defined as follows for the chromaticity coordinates x and y in the XYZ color system.
  • Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices.
  • the light passing through the color filter is colored as it is into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and the light of those colors is synthesized to form a color image.
  • an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used.
  • a color filter is used for color adjustment. Under such circumstances, demands for higher luminance, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility are increasing in color filters.
  • the color filter is generally formed on a transparent substrate, a transparent layer formed on the transparent substrate, and composed of a colored layer of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. And a light shielding portion formed.
  • a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, and the like.
  • miniaturization of pigments is being studied in order to achieve high brightness and high contrast.
  • the scattering of light transmitted through the color filter by the pigment particles is reduced, and high brightness and high contrast are achieved.
  • the refined pigment particles tend to aggregate, there is a problem that the dispersibility and dispersion stability are lowered.
  • a dispersant is effective as a technique for improving the dispersibility of the finely divided pigment.
  • a specific pigment having an amino group or an ammonium base is used as a pigment dispersant for the purpose of providing a color composition for a color filter that has excellent chromaticity characteristics and good developability and storage stability.
  • a color using a block copolymer having an A block containing a repeating unit, a specific repeating unit containing an alkyleneoxy chain in the alcohol-derived portion of the carboxylic acid ester, and a B block containing a repeating unit having an acidic group A filter coloring composition is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a specific pigment having an amino group or an ammonium base as a pigment dispersant for the purpose of providing a coloring composition for a color filter that has excellent chromaticity characteristics and good developability and storage stability.
  • a coloring composition for a color filter using the above copolymer is disclosed.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG7)
  • C.I. I. Pigment green 36 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG36)
  • C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG58).
  • PG7 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7
  • PG36 C.I. I. Pigment green 36
  • PG58 C.I. I. Pigment Green 58
  • Patent Document 3 discloses highly chlorinated zinc phthalocyanine as a colored resin composition for a color filter that achieves a green target chromaticity with a high color density without forming a thick film and can form a high-luminance green pixel.
  • the use of pigments containing is described. However, higher brightness is required.
  • Patent Document 4 aims to provide a colored curable resin composition for a color filter in which the occurrence of a foreign matter failure due to a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment that has been attracting attention in recent years for forming a green pixel is suppressed.
  • a pigment dispersant which is an amine polymer containing a specific structural unit as a pigment dispersant, a structural unit having a quaternary ammonium base in the side chain as a coagulation inhibitor, and a structure not having a quaternary ammonium base
  • the coloring composition for color filters which uses together the block copolymer containing a unit is disclosed.
  • the brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment described in Patent Document 4 is substantially C.I. I. Only Pigment Green 58 (PG58), and a green pigment dispersion liquid having a bluish green color and high brightness has not been obtained.
  • the green pixel has a problem that it tends to cause display defects. More specifically, the lateral electric field type liquid crystal display device is greatly affected by the electrical characteristics of the colored layer because the colored layer of the color filter is present in the liquid crystal driving electric field.
  • the horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device has various display defects such as liquid crystal orientation disorder due to the electrical characteristics of the green pixel and a burn-in phenomenon due to a shift in the switching threshold. Such a display defect occurs more prominently when PG58 is used for the green pixel, which is a problem.
  • Patent Document 5 in a horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device, the electrical properties of the colored layer of the color filter do not adversely affect the switching performance of the liquid crystal, and it is sufficient to not provide a protective layer of transparent resin.
  • a color filter capable of ensuring performance and corresponding to high color reproducibility it is disclosed that a colored layer forming a green pixel contains a specific amount or less of PG36 and has a specific dielectric loss tangent (tan ⁇ ) value. Yes.
  • PG36 dielectric loss tangent
  • Patent Document 6 includes PG58 and a yellow organic pigment as a green composition for a color filter that can adjust the luminance without reducing a high contrast, and includes a blue pigment, a red pigment, a purple pigment, and an orange pigment.
  • a green composition containing any one selected is disclosed.
  • the technique disclosed in Patent Document 6 is insufficient in terms of wide color reproducibility.
  • the solid content of the colored resin composition once dried is excellent in the property which melt
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition adheres to the tip of the die lip when coating with a die coater, a solidified product is generated by drying, but the solidified product dissolves in the photosensitive colored resin composition when coating is resumed. If it is not easy to do, a part of the solidified product on the die lip peels off and easily adheres to the colored layer of the color filter, which causes a foreign matter defect.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a photosensitive colored resin composition having excellent colorant dispersion stability and excellent development adhesion and solvent resolubility while suppressing generation of development residues.
  • Color filter capable of forming a colored layer with excellent colorant dispersion, excellent colorant dispersion stability, excellent development adhesion and solvent re-dissolution, and excellent contrast while suppressing development residue generation
  • Photosensitive coloring resin composition, color filter formed using the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, liquid crystal display device excellent in display characteristics by using the color filter, and organic light emitting display device The primary purpose is to provide
  • the color filter In order to achieve high brightness and high contrast without increasing the thickness of the green pixel of the color filter while maintaining the high color density green chromaticity region, the color filter exhibits a bluish green color and brightness.
  • a green pigment dispersion having a high particle size has been desired, but has not existed in the past.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and exhibits a bluish green color, is excellent in color material dispersion stability, and has a high luminance.
  • Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters capable of forming a colored layer having excellent solubility, high luminance and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility, and high luminance and high using the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters
  • a second object is to provide a color filter having excellent contrast and color reproducibility, and a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility by using the color filter.
  • the color material dispersion for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention for solving the first object is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent
  • the dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2)
  • P1 a block copolymer containing an A block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer
  • P2 From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3)
  • the acid value of the dispersant is 1 to 18 mgKOH / g, and the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is 30 ° C. or higher.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R.
  • R e is a straight chain of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, branched chain or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or an alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via a group.
  • R b , R b ′ , and R b ′′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, Represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or —O—R f , wherein R f has a substituent.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or 1 carbon atom Represents a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ⁇ 4, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, wherein R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom;
  • the color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention for solving the second object is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
  • the color material is C.I. I. Including Pigment Green 59
  • the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains the color material dispersion according to the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator. .
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the color filter photosensitivity according to the present invention. It is a colored layer formed by curing a colored resin composition.
  • the present invention provides a liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
  • the present invention also provides an organic light emitting display device comprising the color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitter.
  • a coloring material that is excellent in coloring material dispersion stability and capable of producing a photosensitive colored resin composition excellent in development adhesion and solvent resolubility while suppressing generation of development residue.
  • Photosensitive colored resin for color filters that is excellent in dispersion and color material dispersion stability, has excellent development adhesion and solvent re-dissolution properties, and can form colored layers with excellent contrast while suppressing development residue generation. It is possible to provide a composition, a color filter formed using the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a liquid crystal display device excellent in display characteristics by using the color filter, and an organic light emitting display device. it can.
  • the second aspect of the present invention exhibits a bluish green color, is excellent in colorant dispersion stability, has a high brightness, and is excellent in solvent resolubility using the colorant dispersion.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters capable of forming a colored layer with high brightness and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility, and high brightness and high contrast color using the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters A color filter having excellent reproducibility, and a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility can be provided by using the color filter.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and an electron beam.
  • (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source.
  • the colorant dispersion for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention is a colorant dispersion containing a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent,
  • the dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2),
  • P1 a block copolymer containing an A block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer;
  • P2 From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3)
  • a salt-type block copolymer in which one or more selected compounds form a salt
  • the acid value of the dispersant is 1 to 18 mgKOH / g, and the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R.
  • R e is a straight chain of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, branched chain or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or an alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via a group.
  • R b , R b ′ , and R b ′′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, Represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or —O—R f , wherein R f has a substituent.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or 1 carbon atom Represents a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ⁇ 4, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, wherein R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom;
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes, as a dispersant, a block copolymer (P1) having the specific acid unit and a specific glass transition temperature and including the specific structural unit, and the block copolymer. Since at least one salt-type block copolymer (P2) in which a salt is formed with the specific compound is used, the colorant dispersion stability is excellent, and the development adhesion is suppressed while the generation of development residue is suppressed. A photosensitive colored resin composition having excellent solubility can be produced. Moreover, the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters prepared using the said color material dispersion liquid can form the colored layer excellent in contrast.
  • the effect of exerting the above-mentioned effects is unclear but is estimated as follows.
  • a pigment dispersant a block copolymer having an A block containing a specific repeating unit having an amino group or an ammonium base and a B block containing a repeating unit having an acidic group, dispersibility and dispersion stability, It has been known that alkali developability can be improved (for example, Patent Documents 1, 2, and 4).
  • the method described in Patent Document 1 did not particularly achieve the development adhesion at a practical level.
  • the block copolymer contains a specific repeating unit containing an alkyleneoxy chain in the alcohol-derived portion of the carboxylic acid ester, the glass transition temperature is low. The cause was estimated to be lower.
  • the glass transition temperature of the block copolymer as the pigment dispersant is lower than or near the temperature of the developer, the molecular motion of the dispersant increases during development, and as a result, the development adhesion decreases. Estimated.
  • the inventors have not reached a practical level when the acid value of a specific block copolymer or salt-type block copolymer is high, and the solvent resolubility deteriorates. It has been found that when the acid value is not more than a specific value, it has an effect of suppressing the development residue, is less likely to be peeled off, has good development adhesion, and is excellent in solvent resolubility. On the other hand, even if the specific block copolymer or salt-type block copolymer has a low acid value not higher than the specific value, if the glass transition temperature is lower than the predetermined value, the development adhesion does not reach a practical level.
  • the color material dispersion according to the present invention contains at least a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. is there.
  • each component of the colorant dispersion according to the present invention will be described in detail in order from the dispersant characteristic of the present invention.
  • the dispersant is at least one of the block copolymer (P1) and the salt-type block copolymer (P2), and the dispersant has an acid value of 1 to 18 mgKOH / g.
  • a dispersant having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher is used.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contained in the A block has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for the coloring material. Further, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) are salts. In this case, the salt forming part functions as a stronger adsorption site for the coloring material.
  • the B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer functions as a block having solvophilicity. Therefore, the block copolymer of the present invention functions as a colorant dispersing agent by sharing the function between the colorant and the adsorbing A block and the solvent B compatible block.
  • A is a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the direct bond means that A does not have an atom, that is, C (carbon atom) and N (nitrogen atom) in the general formula (I) are bonded without interposing another atom.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group in A include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (—R′—OR). "-: R 'and R" each independently represents an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
  • a in the general formula (I) is preferably a direct bond, a -CONH- group, or a divalent linking group containing a -COO- group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group that may include a hetero atom in R 2 and R 3 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like. 1 to 18 are preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a biphenylmethyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 14.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 24, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • the hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
  • the hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom.
  • R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure” means that R 2 and R 3 form a ring structure through a nitrogen atom.
  • the ring structure formed by R 2 and R 3 may contain a hetero atom.
  • the ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, It is preferable to form a piperidine ring or a morpholine ring.
  • Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, and other alkyl group-substituted amino groups.
  • Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like.
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be composed of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
  • the A block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (I) are included.
  • it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
  • the A block may have a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the object of the present invention is achieved, and may share the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • Any polymerizable structural unit can be contained.
  • the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that may be contained in the basic block part “other structural units” mentioned in the B block described later can be used, Specific examples include a structural unit represented by general formula (II) described later.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is 50 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the A block.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are obtained from the viewpoint of good dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the total mass is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass.
  • the content rate of each structural unit in the said block copolymer is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (I) should just have affinity with a color material, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units. Good.
  • ⁇ B block ⁇ B block is a block which does not contain the structural unit represented by the said general formula (I), but contains the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer.
  • the B block among monomers having an unsaturated double bond that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an appropriate solvent is used depending on the solvent. It is preferable to select and use. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • carboxy group-containing monomer As the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the present invention, a monomer containing an unsaturated double bond and a carboxy group that can be copolymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by formula (I) can be used.
  • monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like.
  • an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used.
  • a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates
  • acid anhydride group containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer may be appropriately set so that the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value. Although not limited, it is preferably 0.05 to 4.5% by mass and more preferably 0.07 to 3.7% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer is greater than or equal to the lower limit value, so that it is excellent in the effect of suppressing development residue, and is less than or equal to the upper limit value, thereby deteriorating development adhesion and solvent resolubility. Can be prevented.
  • the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer should just become said specific acid value, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units.
  • the B block usually contains a structural unit that further improves the solvophilicity in addition to the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the structural unit represented by (II) is preferred.
  • a ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 8.
  • R 6 and R 7 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 8 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 9
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is an alkyl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, a —CONH— group, or a —COO— group is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent.
  • R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 8. Indicates.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group.
  • the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the polymer obtained, it is preferable that there is a double bond at the terminal of the alkenyl group.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon substituent such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 24, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, etc. are mentioned, Furthermore, you may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 14.
  • Examples of the substituent on the aromatic ring such as an aryl group and an aralkyl group include straight-chain and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, and halogen atoms.
  • the preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • x is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2
  • y is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably Is 2 or 3.
  • z is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 8 can be the same as that shown for R 5 .
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • R 5 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be the same or different from each other.
  • the R 5 is preferably selected so as to be excellent in compatibility with a solvent described later.
  • the solvent is generally used as a solvent for a colored resin composition for a color filter.
  • a commonly used solvent such as glycol ether acetate, ether or ester is used, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like is preferable.
  • R 5 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, or an isocyanate group as long as the dispersion performance of the block copolymer is not hindered.
  • the substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the substituent.
  • the number of structural units constituting the B block is not particularly limited, but is 10 to 300 in terms of improving the dispersibility of the colorant by effectively acting the solvophilic part and the parent colorant part.
  • the number is 10 to 100, more preferably 10 to 70.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is based on the total mass of all the structural units of the B block from the viewpoint of improving the solvent affinity and the colorant dispersibility.
  • the content is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer from the viewpoint of improving the colorant dispersibility.
  • the content is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the structural unit may be appropriately selected so as to function as a solvophilic moiety, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the structural unit may be included. Two or more structural units included in the B block may be randomly arranged in the block.
  • the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl-containing monomer is contained in B block of a block copolymer.
  • a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer it tends to interact with glass, metal or the like usually used as a substrate, so that it is considered that the development adhesion is improved.
  • the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is contained in the B block, the development speed is further improved.
  • the hydroxyl group means an alcoholic hydroxyl group bonded to an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
  • a monomer containing an unsaturated double bond and a hydroxyl group that can be copolymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by formula (I) can be used.
  • monomers include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and glycerin mono (meth).
  • Examples include acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -caprolactone 1-mole adduct of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. From the viewpoint of improving developability, it is preferable to have a primary hydroxyl group rather than a secondary hydroxyl group.
  • the primary hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group in which the carbon atom to which the hydroxyl group is bonded is a primary carbon atom
  • the secondary hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group in which the carbon atom to which the hydroxyl group is bonded is a secondary carbon atom.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is set to a specific value or higher, and the development adhesion is improved. It is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing monomer that is 0 ° C. or higher, and it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing monomer that is 10 ° C. or higher. From the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the content rate of the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl-containing monomer in the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is 1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer. It is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 4% by mass or more. When it is at least the above lower limit, the development adhesiveness can be made preferable. Similarly, it is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. If it is not more than the above upper limit, it can be made preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the introduction ratio of other useful monomers. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the structural unit derived from an aromatic group containing monomer is contained in B block.
  • compatibility with the solvent and other components is likely to be improved, so that it is considered that the solvent resolubility is improved.
  • the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer a monomer containing an unsaturated double bond and an aromatic group that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) can be used. .
  • Such monomers include acrylates such as benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrenes such as styrene, and vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is set to a specific value or higher, and the development adhesion is improved. It is preferable to use an aromatic group-containing monomer having a temperature of 0 ° C. or higher, and it is preferable to use an aromatic group-containing monomer having a temperature of 10 ° C. or higher.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of benzyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer is the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer from the viewpoint of improving solvent resolubility.
  • it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 4% by mass or more.
  • Solvent resolubility can be made preferable as it is more than the said lower limit.
  • it is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. If it is not more than the above upper limit, it can be made preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the introduction ratio of other useful monomers.
  • the B block having solvophilic properties is composed of (i) a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a structural unit derived from an aromatic group-containing monomer, and (ii) a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group and an aromatic group-containing monomer.
  • the inclusion of at least one kind is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
  • the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and the structural unit derived from an aromatic group-containing monomer are included, the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer with respect to 1 part by mass of the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer Is preferably contained in an amount of 0.15 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more. It is because it can be set as the thing excellent in image development adhesiveness as it is more than the said lower limit.
  • the structural unit derived from the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is preferably contained in an amount of 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7 parts by mass or less, with respect to 1 part by mass of the structural unit of the aromatic group-containing monomer.
  • the glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the homopolymer is 10 parts per 1 part by mass of the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer having a glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the homopolymer of 10 ° C. or more. It is particularly preferable that the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer having a temperature of at least ° C. is contained in the above range. It is because the development adhesiveness can be further improved by containing at the above lower limit or more, and the solvent resolubility can be further improved by containing at the above upper limit or less.
  • the hydroxyl group and aromatic group-containing monomer in the structural unit derived from the hydroxyl group and aromatic group-containing monomer includes, for example, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-acryloyloxyethyl- Examples include 2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid.
  • 2-Hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate has a glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of a homopolymer of 10 ° C. or higher, an effect obtained from a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, and aromaticity. It is preferably used since any of the effects obtained from the structural unit derived from the group-containing monomer can be obtained.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is set to a specific value or more, and the glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the monomer homopolymer is 10 from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion. It is preferable that the monomer having a temperature of 0 ° C. or higher is 75% by mass or more, and more preferably 85% by mass or more in the B block.
  • the ratio m / n of the unit number m of the structural unit of the A block and the unit number n of the structural unit of the B block is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5. In view of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant, it is more preferable that the ratio be in the range of 0.1 to 1.0.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability, the lower limit is preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and 50 mgKOH / G or more is more preferable, and 60 mgKOH / g or more is even more preferable. Moreover, as an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 140 mgKOH / g or less, It is more preferable that it is 130 mgKOH / g or less, It is still more preferable that it is 120 mgKOH / g or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, dispersion stability is more excellent.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation refers to potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the block copolymer before salt formation. This is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 20000, and preferably 2000 to 15000 from the viewpoint of good colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3000 to 12000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by (Mw) and gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation was used, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone to which 0.01 mol / liter of lithium bromide was added, and polystyrene standards for calibration curves were Mw377400, 210500, 96000, 50400. , 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (Easy PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSK-GEL ALPHA-M ⁇ 2 (Tosoh Corporation) (Made by Co., Ltd.).
  • the macromonomer, salt-type block copolymer, and graft copolymer that are the raw materials for the block copolymer are also subjected to the above conditions.
  • each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used.
  • an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, it is preferable to produce it by a living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved.
  • the living polymerization method include a living anionic polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cation polymerization method.
  • a copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods.
  • a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block into the A block.
  • the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed.
  • the A block and the B block can be manufactured separately, and then the A block and the B block can be coupled.
  • the block copolymer is selected from the group consisting of at least part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formulas (1) to (3). You may use the salt type block copolymer in which the 1 or more types of compound formed the salt.
  • the salt-type block copolymer is preferably used from the viewpoint that the color material adsorbability is further improved and the color material dispersibility is improved at the salt forming site in the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • R a , R b , R b ′ , R b ′′ , R c , R d , R e , and R f are linear or branched chains having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may contain a cyclic structure, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n- Examples thereof include an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a tetradecyl group, an octadecyl group, etc., preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon number.
  • Examples include a chain, branched chain, or cyclic alkyl group.
  • examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group that may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an acyl group. And an acyloxy group.
  • examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include an acidic group or an ester group thereof, 5 alkyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups and the like.
  • examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include an acidic group or an ester group thereof, 5 alkyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups and the like.
  • R b , R b ′ , R b ′′ , and R f as a substituent for a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a vinyl group Includes an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a phenyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like.
  • the acidic group refers to a group that exhibits acidity by releasing protons in water.
  • the acidic group include a carboxy group (—COOH), A sulfo group (—SO 3 H), a phosphono group (—P ( ⁇ O) (OH) 2 ), a phosphinico group (> P ( ⁇ O) (OH)), a boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), A borinic acid group (> BOH) and the like, and an anion in which a hydrogen atom is dissociated such as a carboxylate group (—COO ⁇ ), and a salt of an alkali metal ion such as sodium ion or potassium ion and a salt It may be an acid salt formed.
  • ester group of the acidic group carboxylic acid ester (—COOR), sulfonic acid ester (—SO 3 R), phosphoric acid ester (—P ( ⁇ O) (OR) 2 ), (> P ( ⁇ O ) (OR)), boronic acid ester (—B (OR) 2 ), borinic acid ester (> BOR) and the like.
  • the acidic ester group is preferably a carboxylic acid ester (—COOR) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • R is a hydrocarbon group and is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferred.
  • the compound of the general formula (2) includes a carboxy group, a boronic acid group, a borinic acid group, anions thereof, and alkali metal salts thereof from the viewpoints of dispersibility, dispersion stability, alkali developability, and development residue suppression. It is preferable to have one or more functional groups selected from these esters, and among them, it is more preferable to have a functional group selected from a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a carboxylic acid group, and a carboxylic acid ester. .
  • both the acidic group equivalent side and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon of the compound have terminal nitrogen.
  • the terminal nitrogen site and the halogen atom-side hydrocarbon form a salt more stably than when the terminal nitrogen site and an acidic group form a salt.
  • a dispersibility and dispersion stability improve because a coloring material adsorb
  • the compound of the general formula (2) When the compound of the general formula (2) has the acidic group or the like, it may have two or more acidic groups or the like. When two or more acidic groups or the like are included, the plurality of acidic groups or the like may be the same or different.
  • the number of the acidic groups etc. contained in the compound of the general formula (2) is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and still more preferably 1.
  • the affinity with the skeleton of the coloring material described later is improved, the coloring material has excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability, and a colored composition having excellent contrast is obtained. It is preferable because it can be used.
  • the molecular weight of the one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) is preferably 1000 or less, particularly 50 to 800, from the viewpoint of improving the colorant dispersibility. It is preferably 50 to 400, more preferably 80 to 350, and most preferably 100 to 330.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) include benzene sulfonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, p-toluene sulfonic acid, monomethyl sulfuric acid, monoethyl sulfuric acid, mono n-propyl sulfuric acid and the like.
  • a hydrate such as p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate may be used.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) include methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, ethyl bromide, methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, n-butyl chloride, hexyl chloride, octyl chloride, dodecyl chloride, Tetradecyl chloride, hexadecyl chloride, phenethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, benzyl iodide, chlorobenzene, ⁇ -chlorophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -bromophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethyl Examples include benzoic acid, 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid, chloroacetic acid, bromoacetic acid, iodoacetic acid, methyl ⁇ -bromophen
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) include monobutyl phosphoric acid, dibutyl phosphoric acid, methyl phosphoric acid, dibenzyl phosphoric acid, diphenyl phosphoric acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, and the like. .
  • the group consisting of phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, dibutyl phosphoric acid, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, vinyl sulfonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate because of particularly excellent dispersion stability
  • One or more selected from the group consisting of phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, benzyl bromide, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate are preferably used.
  • the block copolymer (P1) which has an acid value it is general formula (2) which has an acidic group and its ester group.
  • the compounds represented are also preferably used, among which ⁇ -chlorophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -bromophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethylbenzoic acid, and 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid.
  • the content of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) is the terminal end of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • One or more compounds selected from are preferably 0.01 mol or more, more preferably 0.1 mol or more, still more preferably 0.2 mol or more, and 0.3 mol or more. It is particularly preferable that If it is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of improving the colorant dispersibility due to salt formation can be easily obtained.
  • it is preferably 1 mol or less, more preferably 0.8 mol or less, further preferably 0.7 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 mol or less.
  • it is not more than the above upper limit value, it can be excellent in development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
  • One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When combining 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total content is in the above range.
  • the salt type block copolymer As a method for preparing the salt type block copolymer, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) are added to a solvent in which the block copolymer is dissolved or dispersed. And a method of heating, if necessary, and the like.
  • the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) The formation of a salt and the proportion thereof can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
  • the value of the amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer (P2) is smaller by the amount of salt formation than the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation.
  • the salt formation site is the same as the terminal nitrogen site corresponding to the amino group, or rather becomes a strengthened color material adsorption site, the color material dispersibility and color material dispersion stability tend to be improved by salt formation. is there.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation can be used as an index for improving colorant dispersion stability and solvent resolubility.
  • the amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer (P2) is preferably 0 to 130 mgKOH / g, more preferably 0 to 120 mgKOH / g. If it is below the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
  • the amine value of the salt type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) among the salt type block copolymer (P2) is determined by the method described in JIS K 7237. It can be a measured value.
  • the salt is also formed by the measurement method. This is because the amine value can be measured without any change.
  • the amine value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) is the salt described above.
  • the 13C-NMR spectrum of the salt-type block copolymer was measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus, and among the obtained spectrum data, the terminal nitrogen contained in the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) From the ratio of the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the site, the general formula (I The reaction rate of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (3) with respect to the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by Ratio).
  • the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) formed by salt formation of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (3) has an amine value of 0.
  • the amine number of the pre-salt-form block copolymer (P1) measured by the method described in JIS K 7237) ⁇ (the ratio of nitrogen sites at the terminals where salts are formed, calculated from 13C-NMR spectrum) (%) / 100) is calculated by subtracting the amine value consumed by salt formation from the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation.
  • Amine value of salt-type block copolymer (P2) ⁇ amine value of block copolymer (P1) before salt formation measured by the method described in JIS K 7237 ⁇ — ⁇ measured by the method described in JIS K 7237 Of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ the ratio of nitrogen sites (%) / 100 ⁇ at the terminal of salt formation calculated from 13C-NMR spectrum
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is 1 mg KOH / g or more as a lower limit from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of more excellent development residue suppression effect.
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is 18 mg KOH / g or less as an upper limit from the viewpoint that deterioration of development adhesion and deterioration of solvent resolubility can be prevented.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion and the solvent resolubility.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more. This is because the effect of suppressing the development residue is improved.
  • the upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is 18 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and still more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less. . This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are improved.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component contained in 1 g of the solid content of the block copolymer. And is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 0070. Further, the acid value of the salt type block copolymer in which the salt type block copolymer (P2) is salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) is also measured by the method described in JIS K 0070. Is the value to be In the compound of the general formula (2), since the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon form a salt, the salt is also formed by the measurement method.
  • the salt type block copolymer (P2) is a salt type block copolymer that is salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3)
  • the salt type block copolymer (P2) is used for salt formation.
  • the acid value is calculated by removing the acidic groups. This is because the acidic group used for salt formation does not function as an acidic group that increases the acid value of the dispersant. Therefore, in this application, the acid value of the salt type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) is calculated by a value obtained by the following formula.
  • the acid value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) is measured by the method described in JIS K 0070, it changes to a salt-forming state. This is because an accurate value cannot be measured.
  • Acid value of the salt-type block copolymer (P2) ⁇ total acid value of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) used for salt formation ⁇ acid value consumed by salt formation ⁇ + salt Acid value of block copolymer (P1) before formation
  • the total acid value of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) used for the salt formation is described in JIS K 0070. It can be measured by the method.
  • the acid value consumed by salt formation is calculated from the salt formation ratio obtained by NMR. Specifically, for example, the acid value consumed by salt formation is determined by measuring the 13C-NMR spectrum of the salt-type block copolymer using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus, and at the terminal nitrogen site in the obtained spectrum data.
  • the terminal nitrogen formed as a salt to the total number of nitrogen sites at the end Calculate the ratio of the number of parts. ⁇ Amine number of block copolymer (P1) before salt formation (P1) measured by the method described in JIS K 7237 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Nitrogen site ratio of terminal at which salt is calculated from 13C-NMR spectrum (%) / 100 ⁇ , the consumed amine value is calculated, and this value is the same as the acid value consumed by salt formation.
  • the acidic group is 1
  • the salt of the compound represented by the general formula (3) having 1 mol or less is formed, or the compound represented by the general formula (3) having two acidic groups is salted by 0.5 mol or less.
  • the acidic group Since does not affect the acid value, it can have the same acid value as the block copolymer before salt formation.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) having two acidic groups is added in a mole number exceeding the above, there is an acidic group that is not salt-formed in the dispersant even after the salt is formed. Therefore, as shown in the above formula, the acid value of the acidic group that has not formed a salt is added to the acid value of the block copolymer before the salt formation to calculate the acid value of the dispersant.
  • the glass transition temperature of a dispersing agent is 30 degreeC or more. That is, regardless of whether the dispersant is the block copolymer (P1) or the salt type block copolymer (P2), the glass transition temperature thereof is 30 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is less than 30 ° C., the development adhesiveness is lowered particularly when it is equal to or lower than the developer temperature (usually about 23 ° C.). This is presumed that when the glass transition temperature is equal to or less than or close to the developer temperature, the movement of the dispersant increases during development, resulting in poor development adhesion.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or higher, more preferably 35 ° C.
  • the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of operability during use, such as easy precision weighing.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention is determined by measuring by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
  • Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer.
  • the glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the homopolymer of each monomer the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J.
  • the glass transition temperature based on the calculated value is almost the same as the value measured by the DSC as shown in the examples described later, and is therefore used as an index of the glass transition temperature of the block copolymer that is not salt-formed. be able to.
  • the dispersant at least one of the block copolymer and the salt type block copolymer is used, the content of which is the type of the color material to be used, and a color filter described later. It is appropriately selected according to the solid content concentration in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for use.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably 3 to 45 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 35 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colorant dispersion. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the storage stability of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a color material, and the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters.
  • the content of the dispersant is 3 to 25 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. It is preferable to blend at a ratio of 5 to 20 parts by mass.
  • the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes monomers dissolved in the solvent.
  • the color material is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when the color layer of the color filter is formed, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, and dispersible dyes can be used alone. Or a mixture of two or more.
  • organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance.
  • examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers.
  • C.I. I As a coloring material, C.I. I.
  • the pigment green 59 it is preferable in that a green color material dispersion having a bluish green color, excellent color material dispersion stability, and high luminance can be obtained.
  • the green color material dispersion liquid By using the green color material dispersion liquid, it is possible to achieve high brightness and high contrast while making the green pixel of the color filter the green chromaticity region of the high color density without increasing the film thickness. become.
  • the pigment green 59 will be described in detail in the second description of the present invention.
  • the pigment yellow 150 pigment will also be described in detail in the second description of the present invention.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red bean (red iron (III) oxide), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, bitumen, and oxidation.
  • examples thereof include chrome green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, and carbon black.
  • a black pigment having a high light shielding property in the ink is blended.
  • an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or iron trioxide or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
  • the dispersible dye examples include dyes that have been made dispersible by imparting various substituents to the dye, or insolubilized in a solvent using a known rake (chlorination) technique, and solvents having low solubility The dye which became dispersible by using in combination is mentioned. By using such a dispersible dye in combination with the dispersant, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
  • the dispersible dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes.
  • dyes examples include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • azo dyes metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • the average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can produce a desired color when it is used as a color layer of a color filter, and varies depending on the type of color material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 60 nm. When the average primary particle diameter of the color material is in the above range, the display device including the color filter manufactured using the color material dispersion according to the present invention has high contrast and high quality. it can.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the color material in the present invention represents “volume distribution median diameter (D50)”.
  • the average primary particle size of the colorant is determined by attaching a special bright field STEM sample stage and an optional detector to a field emission scanning electron microscope (S-4800) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation. It can be used as a microscope (hereinafter abbreviated as “STEM”), take a STEM photo of 200,000 times, import it into the following software, select 100 color materials on the photo, and select each diameter (pass length) And 50% cumulative particle size by volume from the volume-based distribution.
  • a measurement sample to be subjected to STEM is prepared by mixing a coloring material and toluene and dropping the mixture onto a collodion film-attached mesh. Further, when obtaining a volume-based particle size distribution or volume distribution median diameter (D50) from a STEM photograph, image analysis type particle size distribution measurement software “Mac-View Ver. 4” manufactured by Mountec Co., Ltd. is used.
  • the average dispersed particle diameter of the color material in the color material dispersion varies depending on the type of the color material used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. preferable.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the color material in the color material dispersion is the dispersed particle size of the color material particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is.
  • the color material dispersion is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times).
  • Etc. and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
  • the average distribution particle size here is a volume average particle size.
  • the color material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Further, a commercially available color material may be used after being refined.
  • the content of the color material is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the color material is 5 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 8 to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colorant dispersion and can dissolve or disperse them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents
  • glycol ether acetate solvents such as methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate; methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene Glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene Glycol ether solvents such as glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether;
  • Lactone solvents include cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane, and N-octane; Examples include organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene.
  • glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components.
  • the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate,
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • ethyl lactate ethyl lactate
  • one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and coating suitability.
  • the solvent as described above is preferably within a range of 55 to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the color material dispersion containing the solvent. It is preferably in the range of mass%, more preferably in the range of 70 to 88 mass%. When there is too little solvent, a viscosity will rise and a dispersibility will fall easily. Moreover, when there are too many solvents, color material density
  • dispersion auxiliary resin examples include alkali-soluble resins exemplified by a photosensitive color resin composition for a color filter described later.
  • the steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin makes it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, and may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion or reducing the dispersant due to the dispersion stabilizing effect.
  • Other components include, for example, surfactants for improving wettability, silane coupling agents for improving adhesion, antifoaming agents, repellency inhibitors, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents, and UV absorbers. Etc.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described later. That is, the color material dispersion is preliminarily prepared in the previous stage of preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described later, (color material component mass in the composition) / (color material component in the composition). Is a colorant dispersion having a high solid content mass ratio. Specifically, the ratio of (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more.
  • the method for producing a color material dispersion is a method in which a color material dispersion in which the color material is dispersed in a solvent by a dispersant of the block copolymer or salt type block copolymer is obtained. If there is no particular limitation. Especially, it is preferable to set it as either of the following two manufacturing methods from the point which is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a coloring material.
  • a first method for producing a colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes a step of preparing a dispersant for the block copolymer or a salt-type block copolymer, and in the presence of the dispersant in a solvent. And a step of dispersing the color material.
  • a second method for producing a colorant dispersion according to the present invention in the case of using a dispersant that is a salt type block copolymer includes a solvent, the block copolymer, and the general formulas (1) to ( 3)
  • One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of 3) and a coloring material are mixed, and at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is combined with the compound.
  • a step of dispersing the coloring material while forming a salt includes a solvent, the block copolymer, and the general formulas (1) to ( 3)
  • One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of 3) and a coloring material are mixed, and at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is combined with the compound.
  • a step of dispersing the coloring material while forming a salt is
  • the color material is dispersed using the salt type block copolymer as a dispersant. Therefore, the reaction end point and reaction rate of the block copolymer before salt formation and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) can be accurately confirmed. preferable.
  • the color material is dispersed without preparing the salt type block copolymer by self-aggregation because the color material is dispersed while preparing the dispersant for the salt type block copolymer. A liquid can be prepared efficiently and dispersibility can be improved.
  • the color material can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
  • the dispersing machine include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill.
  • the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
  • preliminary dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and the main dispersion is further performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Further, after dispersion, it is preferably filtered through a 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m filter.
  • Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter according to the first aspect of the invention comprises the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the invention and an alkali-soluble composition. It contains a resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention is excellent in colorant dispersion stability by using the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, while the generation of development residues is suppressed. Further, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent development adhesion and solvent resolubility and excellent contrast.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator. Other components may be contained as long as the effects are not impaired.
  • the dispersant, the color material, and the solvent are the same as those described in the color material dispersion according to the present invention. Therefore, explanation here is omitted.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, acts as a binder resin, and is suitably selected from developers used for pattern formation, particularly preferably those that are soluble in an alkali developer. Can be used.
  • a preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having a carboxy group as an acidic group, specifically, an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, and a carboxy group.
  • the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has is mentioned.
  • These acrylic copolymers, styrene-acrylic copolymers and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination of two or more.
  • the acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and the styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group are obtained by copolymerizing a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and another ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group examples include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, and specific examples thereof include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) ) A copolymer composed of a monomer having no carboxy group such as acrylate, and one or more selected from (meth) acrylic acid and anhydrides thereof.
  • a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the above copolymer can be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
  • the addition of an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the copolymer is particularly preferable in that the sensitivity and film strength of the colored layer become more stable.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass. In this case, when the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is less than 5% by mass, the solubility of the resulting coating film in an alkaline developer is lowered, and pattern formation becomes difficult. On the other hand, if the copolymerization ratio exceeds 50% by mass, there is a tendency that pattern chipping or film roughness on the pattern surface tends to occur during development with an alkali developer.
  • the preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group
  • Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride are suitable.
  • the epoxy compound, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group those containing a structure (cardo structure) in which two benzene rings are bonded to the fluorene skeleton represented by the following chemical formula (A) in the molecule are effective in suppressing display defects. Is improved, the curability of the colored layer is improved, and the remaining film ratio of the colored layer is increased.
  • the fluorene skeleton contains a ⁇ -conjugated system, so it is highly sensitive to radicals.
  • the required performance such as sensitivity, developability, and development adhesion can be improved by combining an oxime ester photoinitiator described later and a cardo resin.
  • cardo resin is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored resin composition free from aggregates can be designed even at high color density because of high solvent re-solubility.
  • cardo resin examples include a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (B) described in JP-A-2007-119720 and an epoxy having a fluorene skeleton described in JP-A-2006-308698 ( Preferable examples include a reaction product (polycondensate) of meth) acrylate and polybasic acid.
  • X represents a group represented by the following general formula (D)
  • Y each independently represents a residue of a polyvalent carboxylic acid or its acid anhydride
  • R i represents a group represented by the following general formula (C)
  • j is an integer of 0 to 4
  • k is an integer of 0 to 3
  • n is an integer of 1 or more.
  • R ii represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R iii independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R iv is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a halogen atom, and R v is —O— or —OCH 2 CH. 2 O- is shown.
  • the cardo resin used in the present invention is, for example, epoxidizing a fluorene bisphenol compound to obtain an epoxy compound of a fluorene bisphenol compound, which is reacted with (meth) acrylic acid to form an epoxy (meth) acrylate, and this epoxy (meth) acrylate.
  • Preferred examples of the fluorene bisphenol compound include those in which, in the general formula (D), R v is —O—, and —O— is —OH.
  • fluorene bisphenol compound examples include 9,9-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) fluorene, and 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl).
  • Fluorene 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-fluorophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3) -Chlorophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-bromophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dichlorophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy- Bisphenol compounds such as 3,5-dibromophenyl) fluorene, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of the polyvalent carboxylic acid used in the reaction of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a fluorene skeleton and the acid anhydride thereof include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid.
  • Dicarboxylic acids such as methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, methylendomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorendic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, glutaric acid or their anhydrides; biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, biphenylethertetracarboxylic acid, Biphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic acid, 4- (1,2-dicarboxyethyl) -1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, butanetetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid such as pyromellitic acid, or That Dianhydride; trimellitic acid or tricarboxylic acids or their anhydrides of the acid anhydrides and the like.
  • the cardo resin used in the present invention is preferably an epoxy (meth) acrylate having a fluorene skeleton which is an addition product of a fluorene epoxy (meth) acrylic acid derivative and a dicarboxylic acid anhydride and / or tetracarboxylic dianhydride. An acid adduct is mentioned.
  • an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for filters. If the content of the alkali-soluble resin is less than the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability may not be obtained, and if the content of the alkali-soluble resin is more than the above upper limit, the film may be rough during development. Pattern chipping may occur.
  • the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes a liquid polyfunctional monomer.
  • the polyfunctional monomer used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and usually has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds.
  • a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups is preferable.
  • Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the polyfunctional monomer has three polymerizable double bonds (trifunctional).
  • a polyfunctional monomer is 5 with respect to solid content whole quantity of the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters. It is in the range of ⁇ 60 mass%, more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ 40 mass%. If the polyfunctional monomer content is less than the above lower limit, photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, and if the polyfunctional monomer content is greater than the above upper limit, alkali developability May decrease.
  • a photoinitiator used in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters It can use 1 type (s) or 2 or more types in combination from the conventionally well-known various photoinitiators. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A. As a photoinitiator, although only 1 type may be used, you may use 2 or more types of compounds together. As the photoinitiator, it is preferable to include an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoints of the effect of suppressing the occurrence of pattern chipping and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain. When a dispersant having an acid value is used, water stain tends to occur particularly.
  • water stain refers to this phenomenon in which a trace of water stain is generated after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Such a water stain disappears after post-baking, so there is no problem as a product. Arise. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the appearance inspection, the yield of the final color filter product is lowered as a result, which becomes a problem.
  • oxime ester photoinitiator those having an aromatic ring are preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the contamination of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters and the contamination of the apparatus due to decomposition products, and a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring is preferable. It is more preferable to have a condensed ring including a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
  • oxime ester photoinitiators examples include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl) Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP 2000-80068 A, JP 2001-233842 A, Special Table 2010-527339, Special Table 2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP2013-041153A.
  • the oxime ester photoinitiator used in the present invention it is particularly preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator that generates an alkyl radical, and further to use an oxime ester photoinitiator that generates a methyl radical. It has excellent curability even for photosensitive colored resin compositions with high colorant density to achieve a wide color gamut using, development resistance, pattern chipping suppression effect, and water stain generation suppression effect Is preferable from the viewpoint of superiority. It is presumed that the radical transfer of the alkyl radical is easier to activate than the aryl radical.
  • a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. is there.
  • Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical).
  • 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
  • the content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited, but the photoinitiator is preferably 3 to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. It is in the range of 40% by mass, more preferably 10-30% by mass. If this content is less than the above lower limit, the photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, while if it exceeds the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer will become strong and the luminance will be high. May decrease.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may contain various additives as necessary.
  • the additive include an antioxidant, a polymerization terminator, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and an adhesion promoter. Can be mentioned.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention preferably further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known antioxidants. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant.
  • the amount of the antioxidant is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the blending amount of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 5.0% by mass of the antioxidant with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, preferably 0.5 to It is more preferable that it is 4.0 mass%. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of this invention can be used as the highly sensitive photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters.
  • surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, for example.
  • the total colorant content is preferably 3 to 65% by mass, more preferably 4 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. If it is not less than the above lower limit, the colored layer has a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the content of the color material is 15 to 65% by mass, more preferably 25 to 25% by weight based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix at a ratio of 60% by mass.
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material.
  • the content of the dispersant is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. 1 to 40% by mass can be used. Further, it is preferably blended in a proportion of 2 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters.
  • the content of the dispersant is 2 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 3%, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix at a ratio of 20% by mass.
  • the mass of the dispersant is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the block copolymer before salt formation and the above general formulas (1) to (3). And the total mass.
  • a solvent suitably in the range which can form a colored layer accurately.
  • it is preferably in the range of 55 to 95% by mass, more preferably in the range of 65 to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent. preferable.
  • the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and necessary. Depending on the case, it can be obtained by adding other components and mixing them using a known mixing means.
  • the color filter according to the first invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, and at least one of the colored layers.
  • One has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a transparent substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
  • At least one colored layer used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light shielding part on a transparent substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of three or more colored patterns.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used.
  • variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, etc. of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m. .
  • the colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
  • Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam.
  • the exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for the color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt
  • a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developer is washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
  • the light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like.
  • the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder.
  • the thickness of the light shielding part is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is done.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used.
  • transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but for example, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention is one in which, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, and the like are formed in addition to the transparent substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. May be.
  • the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the invention is the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect of the invention formed between the color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, the counter substrate, and the color filter and the counter substrate. And a liquid crystal layer.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used. Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Furthermore, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
  • a vacuum injection method for example, a liquid crystal cell is prepared in advance using a color filter and a counter substrate, and the liquid crystal is heated to obtain an isotropic liquid, and the liquid crystal is applied to the liquid crystal cell using the capillary effect.
  • the liquid crystal layer can be formed by injecting in this state and sealing with an adhesive. Thereafter, the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
  • liquid crystal dropping method for example, a sealant is applied to the periphery of the color filter, the color filter is heated to a temperature at which the liquid crystal becomes isotropic, and the liquid crystal is dropped in an isotropic liquid state using a dispenser or the like.
  • the liquid crystal layer can be formed by overlapping the color filter and the counter substrate under reduced pressure and bonding them with a sealant. Thereafter, the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
  • Colorant dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention (i) First embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention
  • the colorant dispersion for a color filter according to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention comprises a colorant, a dispersion A colorant dispersion containing an agent and a solvent,
  • the color material is C.I. I. Including Pigment Green 59
  • the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • the color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG59), and as a dispersant used in combination with a polymer having a structural unit represented by General Formula (I), exhibits a bluish green color, A green color material dispersion having excellent color material dispersion stability and high brightness can be obtained.
  • PG59 is used as the color material, a chromaticity region that cannot be achieved with PG58 can be achieved, and a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used in combination. Therefore, while achieving high brightness and high contrast, a color filter having a large triangle connecting three points of red, green, and blue pixels and having excellent color reproducibility can be created.
  • the color material dispersion according to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention combines PG59 with a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. It is possible to produce a photosensitive colored resin composition excellent in solvent resolubility. Since the colorant containing PG59 is combined with the polymer having the structural unit represented by general formula (I) as a dispersant, the colorant containing PG59 is included in the structural unit represented by general formula (I). Color material containing PG59 firmly adsorbed to the nitrogen site and surrounded by the dispersant is easily washed away into the re-dissolvable solvent while adsorbing firmly to the nitrogen site and excellent in color material dispersibility.
  • the color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention includes a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent.
  • a dispersion, The color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, and yellow color material, It is mentioned that the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the said general formula (I).
  • the color material contains PG59 and a yellow color material, and has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. Since a combination is used in combination, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent colorant dispersion stability and high luminance and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • PG59 used as a color material in the second aspect of the present invention exhibits a single color and bluish green, has a relatively strong coloring power, and has a high luminance. Therefore, PG59 in the color material can be combined with a yellow color material.
  • the high color A green pixel included in the density green chromaticity region can be produced. It is presumed that the display defect is likely to occur in the green pixel due to the green color material having the phthalocyanine skeleton. However, when the color material dispersion liquid of the present invention is used, the green pixel in the pixel of the green color material having the phthalocyanine skeleton is used. Since the content can be reduced and the P / V ratio can be reduced, it is estimated that a green pixel in which the occurrence of display defects is suppressed can be achieved.
  • PG59 used as a color material in the second aspect of the present invention can achieve a chromaticity region that could not be achieved by PG58 in the high color density green chromaticity region.
  • the color material dispersion of the second embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention combines PG59 and a yellow color material with a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition having excellent solubility can be produced. Since PG59 and the yellow color material are combined with the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant, the PG59 and the yellow color material which are firmly adsorbed on the nitrogen site and surrounded by the dispersant are It is presumed that the re-dissolvable solvent tends to flow while adsorbed on the dispersant.
  • the PG59 is contained in the color material in an amount of 5 to 95% by mass while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. From the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance.
  • the yellow color material is C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY138), C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY139), C.I. I. Pigment yellow 185 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY185), C.I. I.
  • PY150 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150
  • PY150 One or more selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY150) and its derivative pigments, and high color reproduction with high brightness and high contrast while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. It is preferable because it is easy to form a colored layer excellent in.
  • the color material is C.I. I. Pigment green 58 and C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one pigment green 7 is included.
  • PG58 in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint that a high-luminance green pixel can be formed while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects.
  • PG7 in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint of reducing the P / V ratio and improving plate making properties such as development resistance while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects.
  • PG58 and PG7 are included from the viewpoint of the balance between improving luminance and reducing the P / V ratio while achieving target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. Is preferred.
  • the color filter dispersion for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention includes a color filter containing a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent.
  • a colorant dispersion for The color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, a blue color material, and a yellow color material
  • the yellow color material is (Y1) C.I. I. At least one yellow colorant including CI Pigment Yellow 185, or (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and at least two kinds of yellow color materials including one or more selected from the group consisting of derivative pigments thereof,
  • the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the said general formula (I).
  • the color material dispersion according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention is a combination of the specific color material and a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. Since it is used, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent color material dispersion stability and high brightness and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention as a yellow color material, by combining either (Y1) or (Y2) above with PG59 and a blue color material, G59 and It is estimated that it is possible to efficiently absorb the wavelength portion that is insufficiently absorbed by the blue color material, and the color can be reproduced by reducing the total amount of the color material, that is, by reducing the P / V ratio.
  • the specific yellow color material is excellent in dispersibility when combined with a specific dispersant described later, so that it is easy to improve the contrast and a photosensitive colored resin composition excellent in solvent resolubility can be produced. It is.
  • the blue color material is C.I. I. Pigment blue 15: 3 and C.I. I. It is preferable from the point of a brightness
  • the colorant dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. It ’s good.
  • each component of the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the coloring material is C.I. which is a zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
  • I. Pigment Green 59 is included.
  • the PG 59 is characterized in that it can display an xy chromaticity coordinate area surrounded by the following equations 1, 2 and 3 in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured by using a C light source alone.
  • Equation 2 0.133 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.310
  • y 1189.500 ⁇ x 6 + 1817.000 ⁇ x 5 ⁇ 3011.300 ⁇ x 4 + 1447.800 ⁇ x 3 ⁇ 307.420 ⁇ x 2 + 27.628 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.285
  • Equation 3 0.121 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.310
  • PG59 used in the present invention has a wavelength (Tmax) at which the transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 400 to 700 nm is maximum at 505 to 535 nm when the transmittance at 450 nm is 5%. Furthermore, the transmittance at the wavelength (Tmax) is 70% or more. Further, PG59 used in the present invention has a transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 435 nm of 15% or less, and further a transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 575 nm of 5% or less.
  • a coating solution by blending PG59 with an appropriate dispersant, binder component and solvent, apply it on a transparent substrate and dry it. It may be cured accordingly.
  • a binder component a non-curable thermoplastic resin composition may be used as long as a transparent coating film capable of performing colorimetry can be formed, or a photo-curable (photosensitive) or thermosetting resin composition. May be used.
  • the coating film which contains only PG59 as a coloring material can be formed by using the composition which contains only PG59 as a coloring material, and can also perform colorimetry.
  • the film thickness is 2.0 ⁇ m
  • the transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 380 to 780 nm is 95% or more. can do.
  • the spectral transmittance spectrum can be measured using a spectroscopic measurement device (for example, an Olympus microscope OSP-SP200).
  • the measurement condition is a C light source.
  • PG59 may be used alone as the color material.
  • a color material different from PG59 exemplified in the color material section of the color material dispersion according to the first invention is combined with PG59 as another color material. May be used.
  • other color materials for example, other green color materials, yellow color materials, and blue color materials are preferably used.
  • the content of PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Especially, it is preferable to contain 5 mass% or more with respect to the whole coloring material containing PG59, and it is more preferable to contain 10 mass% or more from the point which makes color reproducibility wide and raises a brightness
  • luminance when another color material different from PG59 is used, the content of PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Especially, it is preferable to contain 5 mass% or more with respect to the whole coloring material containing PG59, and it is more preferable to contain 10 mass% or more from the point which makes color reproducibility wide and raises a brightness
  • the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention it is possible to use PG59 as a color material in combination with a yellow color material, while suppressing the occurrence of display failure of the green pixel and increasing the color with high brightness. It is preferable from the point which can form the colored layer excellent in reproducibility (2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention).
  • the yellow color material include C.I. I.
  • Pigment Yellow 1 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185, and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 150 derivative pigment.
  • pigment yellow 150 pigment pigments include mono-, di-, tri- and tetra-azo compounds of the azo compound according to the following chemical formula (i) or one of its tautomeric structures that serve as a host for at least one guest compound.
  • the metal complex include an anion and a metal.
  • the metal include Li, Cs, Mg, Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, and Pb, preferably Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, and Fe. , Ni, Cu, Mn and La.
  • Ni is preferable as the metal, and more preferably, the C.I. containing Ni and Zn.
  • At least one pigment pigment of pigment yellow 150 is desirable.
  • the C.I. containing Ni and Zn at a ratio (molar ratio) of Ni: Zn 8: 2 to 2: 8.
  • Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment, and said C.I. containing Ni and Zn in a ratio (molar ratio) of Ni: Cu 5: 5 to 9.8: 0.2.
  • At least one pigment pigment of pigment yellow 150 is preferred.
  • each R is independently OH, NH 2 , NH—CN, acylamino or arylamino, and each R ′ is independently —OH or —NH 2 )
  • Pigment Yellow 150 and derivative pigments thereof are disclosed in JP-A No. 2001-354869, JP-A No. 2005-325350, JP-A No. 2007-25687, JP-A No. 2007-23287, JP-A No. 2007-23288, and It can be obtained by referring to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-24927. Moreover, a commercial item can be used suitably for the said yellow color material.
  • the yellow color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the same yellow color material is preferably used for the same reason as described in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter described later.
  • the PG59 and the yellow color material may be other than those exemplified in the photosensitive colored resin composition described later.
  • These color materials may be used in combination.
  • other color materials for example, other green color materials, blue color materials, orange color materials and the like are preferably used.
  • examples of other green color materials different from PG59 include phthalocyanine green pigments such as PG58, PG7, and PG36.
  • suitable color materials other similar color materials are preferably used for the same reason as described in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters described later.
  • the yellow color material is used in combination with at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigments and PY138. From the viewpoint of easily achieving a high-luminance colored layer while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • the content ratio of PG59 to the entire color material, the content ratio of the yellow color material to PG59, and PG59, the yellow color material, and other color materials is preferably the same as the photosensitive colored resin composition described later.
  • the photosensitive coloring resin composition can be produced by mixing two or more kinds of coloring material dispersions as appropriate, it is not necessary to have the same content ratio as the photosensitive coloring resin composition described later. Used for.
  • the yellow color material contains at least one kind of (Y1) PY185. It is a yellow color material, or (Y2) at least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY138, PY150 and PY150 derivative pigments Preferred (third embodiment of the second invention).
  • the blue color material is a color material having a peak top in a range from 435 nm to 490 nm when a spectral transmittance spectrum is measured in the same manner as described for PG59.
  • the blue color material include C.I. I. Pigment blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60, and the like. From among the dispersible dyes described in the photosensitive coloring resin composition described later, a color material that falls within the range of the blue color material may be appropriately selected and used.
  • the blue color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the combination of PG59 and the specific yellow color material can suppress a decrease in luminance, and the specific dispersion.
  • a ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine pigment is preferable.
  • I. Pigment blue 15: 3 and C.I. I. It is preferable to include at least one of Pigment Blue 15: 4, and it is preferable to include these ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine pigments in an amount of 60% by mass to 100% by mass in the total amount of the blue color material.
  • the blue color material is C.I. I. Pigment blue 15: 3 and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one of pigment blue 15: 4.
  • (Y1) at least one yellow color material containing PY185 may further contain another yellow color material in addition to PY185, and as the yellow color material, Is, for example, PY1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, and PY150 derivative pigments.
  • PY1 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116,
  • the yellow color material combined with PY185 is at least one selected from the group consisting of PY139, PY150 and derivative pigments, and has excellent color material dispersion stability. From the viewpoint of easily achieving a colored layer having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • (Y2) at least two yellow colorants containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY138, PY150 and derivative pigments thereof.
  • other yellow color materials may be further included.
  • yellow color materials examples include PY1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, and 175. That.
  • the (Y2) PY139 is an essential component, and at least two kinds of yellow color materials further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY138, PY150 and derivative pigments thereof.
  • At least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments have a high brightness and a high brightness while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easily achieving a contrast colored layer.
  • the photosensitive coloring resin described later is added to PG59, the blue color material, and the specific yellow color material, as long as the effects of the invention are not impaired.
  • Other colorants such as those exemplified in the composition may be used in combination.
  • other color materials for example, other green color materials, orange color materials, and the like are preferably used.
  • other suitable color materials other similar color materials are preferably used for the same reason as described in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters described later.
  • the green color material is a color material having a peak top in the range of more than 490 nm and less than 580 nm when the spectral transmittance spectrum is measured in the same manner as described above.
  • each content ratio of PG59, blue color material, and yellow color material, and the content ratio when other color materials are used are the photosensitive coloring described later.
  • the content ratio is preferably the same as that of the resin composition.
  • the photosensitive coloring resin composition can be produced by mixing two or more kinds of coloring material dispersions as appropriate, it is not necessary to have the same content ratio as the photosensitive coloring resin composition described later. Used for.
  • the content of the color material may be the same as that described in the section of the color material of the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the invention. The description here is omitted.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used as a dispersant.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
  • the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention uses a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), thereby improving the adsorption performance to the color material, and the dispersibility and dispersion of the color material. Stability is improved.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be the same as that described in the section of the dispersant for the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, and the description thereof is omitted here. .
  • the colorant adsorbability is further improved at the salt-forming site, the colorant dispersion stability, and It is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent solvent resolubility.
  • One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (1) to (3) are described in the section of the salt-type block copolymer of the dispersant for the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention. Since it may be the same as that described above, description thereof is omitted here.
  • the dispersant used in the second present invention one kind selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) in the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I)
  • the content of the above compound may be the same as that described in the section of the salt-type block copolymer of the dispersant of the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the invention, and the description thereof is omitted here. To do.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably further includes a portion having solvent affinity from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility.
  • a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond that can be polymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is selected depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use as appropriate. As a standard, it is preferable to introduce a solvent-affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and the heat resistance of the resin composition are improved.
  • a block copolymer or a graft copolymer is preferable, and a block copolymer is particularly preferable because a contrast colored layer can be formed.
  • particularly preferred block copolymers will be described in detail.
  • Block copolymer When the block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is an A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is basic and the A block has an adsorption site for a coloring material. Function as. Further, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) are salts. In this case, the salt forming part functions as a stronger adsorption site for the coloring material. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) functions as a block having solvent affinity. Therefore, the block copolymer used in the present invention functions as a color material dispersant by sharing the function between the color material, the adsorbing A block and the solvent B affinity block.
  • the dispersant used in the second invention is a block copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the amine value of the block copolymer is 40 mgKOH / g or more and 130 mgKOH / g. That C. I. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of CI Pigment Green 59.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. preferable.
  • an upper limit it is still more preferable that it is 120 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the salt type block copolymer the amine value becomes smaller by the amount of salt formation than the block copolymer before salt formation.
  • the salt formation site is the same as the terminal nitrogen site corresponding to the amino group, or rather becomes a strengthened color material adsorption site, the color material dispersibility and color material dispersion stability tend to be improved by salt formation. is there.
  • the solvent resolubility is adversely affected.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation can be used as an index for improving the colorant dispersion stability and solvent resolubility.
  • the amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer (P2) is preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 130 mgKOH / g, and more preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g. If it is below the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
  • the A block is a block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), but since the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is as described above, description thereof is omitted here.
  • the A block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (I) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) only needs to function as a coloring material adsorption site, and may be composed of one kind or may contain two or more kinds of structural units.
  • the A block may have a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the object of the present invention is achieved, and may share the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • Any polymerizable structural unit can be contained.
  • the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that may be contained in the basic block portion specifically, for example, a structural unit represented by the general formula (II) described later, etc. Is mentioned.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is 50 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the A block. Is preferable, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and most preferably 100% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are obtained from the viewpoint of good dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the total mass is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass.
  • the content rate of each structural unit in the said block copolymer is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (I) should just have affinity with a color material, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units. Good.
  • ⁇ B block ⁇ B block is a block which does not contain the structural unit represented by the said general formula (I).
  • the B block among monomers having an unsaturated double bond that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an appropriate solvent is used depending on the solvent. It is preferable to select and use. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the structural unit represented by (II) is preferred.
  • the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) may be the same as that described in the section of the dispersant of the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, and the description thereof is omitted here. .
  • the number of structural units constituting the B block is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 to 300 from the viewpoint that the solvent affinity site and the color material adsorption site effectively act to improve the dispersibility of the color material.
  • the number is 10 to 100, more preferably 10 to 70.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is based on the total mass of all the structural units of the B block from the viewpoint of improving the solvent affinity and the colorant dispersibility.
  • the content is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) in the block copolymer before salt formation improves the color material dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the amount is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the units.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the structural unit may be appropriately selected so as to function as a solvophilic moiety, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the structural unit may be included. Two or more structural units included in the B block may be randomly arranged in the block.
  • the dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2), P1: a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer; P2: From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more selected compounds form a salt;
  • Use of a dispersant having an acid value of 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less and a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C or more of the dispersant is excellent in colorant dispersion stability and suppresses development residue generation.
  • the dispersant contains a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and has the specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but it is presumed that the polarity is too high and peeling easily occurs during development.
  • a dispersant may be the same as that described in the section of the dispersant used in the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, and thus description thereof is omitted here.
  • the dispersant at least one polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used, and the content thereof is determined by the color material used. It is appropriately selected according to the type and the solid content concentration in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter described later.
  • the content of the dispersant in the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention may be the same as that described in the dispersant used in the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention. The description of is omitted.
  • the solvent used and the content thereof, other components that may be blended as necessary, and the method for producing the color material dispersion are the first Since it may be the same as that described in the color material dispersion according to the present invention, description thereof is omitted here.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention described later. That is, the color material dispersion is preliminarily prepared in the previous stage of preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described later, (color material component mass in the composition) / (color material component in the composition). Is a colorant dispersion having a high solid content mass ratio. Specifically, the ratio of (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more. It is possible to prepare a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second invention excellent in dispersibility by mixing the colorant dispersion according to the second invention and each component described later. it can.
  • Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the second aspect of the present invention (i) First embodiment of the second aspect of the invention Photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the second aspect of the present invention Is a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and a solvent, The color material is C.I. I. Including Pigment Green 59, The dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first embodiment of the second invention, the color material is C.I. I.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention has the same effect as that described in the color material dispersion of the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention.
  • a colored layer having excellent solubility, high luminance, high contrast, and excellent color reproducibility can be formed.
  • (Ii) Second Embodiment of the Second Invention As the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter containing a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and a solvent,
  • the color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, and yellow color material,
  • the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • the colorant is C.I. I. Since the pigment green 59 and the yellow color material are used, and the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used in combination as a dispersant, the color of the second embodiment of the second invention is used.
  • the material dispersion liquid By the same action as described in the material dispersion liquid, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent color material dispersion stability and high luminance and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • (Iii) Third embodiment of the second invention
  • a coloring material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, a blue color material, and a yellow color material
  • the yellow color material is (Y1) C.I. I. At least one yellow colorant including CI Pigment Yellow 185, or (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and at least two kinds of yellow color materials including one or more selected from the group consisting of derivative pigments thereof
  • the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • the color material is C.I. I. Since the pigment green 59, the blue color material, and the specific yellow color material are used in combination with a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the second aspect of the present invention is used.
  • a colored layer having excellent color material dispersion stability and high brightness and excellent color reproducibility is formed while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. Is possible.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator. Further, other components may be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • C which is an essential component among color materials. I. Since the pigment green 59 and the dispersant are the same as those described in the color material dispersion of the second invention, the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention includes C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 is included, but other color materials may be used in combination in order to adjust the color tone. It is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when forming the color layer of the color filter, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I.
  • color materials different from PG59 exemplified in the color material section of the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention may be used in combination as other color materials. Of these, yellow color materials, other green color materials, and blue color materials are preferably used.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention it is possible to use PG59 in combination with a yellow color material as a color material, while suppressing the occurrence of display defects of green pixels. It is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored layer having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility can be formed (second embodiment of the second invention).
  • the yellow color material used in the second embodiment of the second invention may be the same as that described in the color material dispersion of the second embodiment of the second invention.
  • other color materials used in the second embodiment of the second invention other green color materials, blue color materials, and orange color materials are preferably used.
  • the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention it is preferable to contain at least 1 sort (s) of PG58 and PG7 in addition to PG59.
  • PG58 in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint that a high-luminance green pixel can be formed while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects.
  • PG59 and PG58 are used in combination, the color reproducibility can be broadened, the P / V ratio can be reduced, and the luminance can be improved as compared with using PG58 alone.
  • PG7 is included in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint of reducing the P / V ratio and improving plate making properties such as development resistance while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. Is preferred.
  • PG58 and PG7 are included from the viewpoint of the balance between improving luminance and reducing the P / V ratio while achieving target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. Is preferred.
  • the content ratio of PG59 with respect to the entire color material is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity. Among them, it is preferable to contain 5 to 95% by mass of PG59 with respect to the entire color material including PG59 from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • the content is more preferably 90% by mass, and still more preferably 20 to 80% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the yellow color material with respect to PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 900 parts by mass of a yellow color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of PG59 from the viewpoint of widening color reproducibility and increasing luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. It is more preferable to contain ⁇ 400 parts by mass.
  • the yellow color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • PY138, PY139 Using one or more selected from the group consisting of PY185, PY150 and its derivative pigments makes it easy to achieve a colored layer with high brightness, high contrast and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects It is preferable from the point.
  • the ratio of the total amount of at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigment and PY138 and PY138 is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5.
  • the ratio of the total amount of at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigment to PY138 is more preferably 10:90 to 90:10. From the point of V, it is more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
  • the content rate of the green color material containing PG59 with respect to the whole color material is there is no particular limitation as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
  • the content ratio of the yellow color material to the green color material containing PG59 is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
  • the green color material containing PG59 is contained in 10 to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass.
  • the content is preferably 20 to 400 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention when further containing at least 1 sort (s) of PG58 and PG7, with respect to the whole green color material containing PG59, PG58 and It is preferable to contain 5 to 50% by mass of at least one kind of PG7. Among them, it is more preferable to contain 5 to 40% by mass from the viewpoint of display failure, luminance, and P / V ratio. From the viewpoint of the V ratio, it is more preferable to further contain 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention, in a color material, other than a green color material and a yellow color material Other color materials may further be included, but the total content of the green color material including PG59 and the yellow color material is preferably 70 to 100% by mass with respect to the entire color material, More preferably, it is 80 to 100% by mass.
  • the yellow color material is (Y1) C.I. I. At least one yellow colorant including CI Pigment Yellow 185, or (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. It is preferably at least two kinds of yellow color materials including at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 and derivative pigments thereof (third embodiment of the second invention).
  • the blue color material and the specific yellow color material used in the third embodiment of the second invention are the same as those described in the color material dispersion of the third embodiment of the second invention. good.
  • other color materials used in the third embodiment of the second invention other green color materials and orange color materials are preferably used.
  • the P / V ratio is further reduced. It is preferable that PG7 is further included from the viewpoint of improving the development residue suppression, development adhesion, and plate making.
  • the content ratio of PG59 with respect to the entire color material may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 5 to 80% by mass of PG59 with respect to the total amount of the color material including PG59 from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
  • the content is more preferably 70% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the blue color material with respect to PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 300 parts by mass of a blue color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of PG59 from the viewpoint of increasing the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of ⁇ 200 parts by mass.
  • the blue color material is preferably contained in an amount of 3 to 60% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 40% by mass based on the total amount of the color material.
  • the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 800 parts by mass of a yellow color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of PG59 from the viewpoint of widening color reproducibility and increasing luminance while suppressing occurrence of display defects. It is more preferable to contain ⁇ 600 parts by mass. Further, the yellow color material is preferably contained in an amount of 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass based on the total amount of the color material.
  • the content ratio of the yellow color material to the blue color material may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is particularly limited. Not. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 800 parts by mass of the yellow color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue color material from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. 20 to 600 parts by mass is more preferable.
  • (Y1) C.I. I When at least one yellow color material including Pigment Yellow 185 is used, the content of PY185 is preferably 10 to 100% by mass and more preferably 20 to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material. preferable. PY185 has a strong coloring power and has an effect of reducing the P / V ratio even if it is contained in an amount of about 10% by mass based on the total amount of the yellow color material.
  • (Y1) contains PY139 in addition to PY185 it shall correspond to (Y1), but the content of PY139 is 10 to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material. It is preferably 20 to 80% by mass.
  • the content of PY139 is 5 to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material It is preferable that the content is 10 to 90% by mass.
  • the content of one or more selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 and its derivative pigment is preferably 5 to 95% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
  • At least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments can be used while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. From the viewpoint of easily achieving a high-luminance and high-contrast colored layer. Further, when (Y2) is combined with at least two kinds of yellow color materials including PY139 and at least one selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments to the PG59 and the blue color material, the P / This is also preferable from the viewpoint that the V ratio can be further reduced and development residue can be suppressed, development adhesion, and plate making can be improved.
  • At least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further containing a PY150 derivative pigment containing a nickel complex are preferable from the viewpoint of improving luminance and easily reducing the P / V ratio.
  • (Y2) is combined with PY139 and at least one selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments, it is composed of PY150 and its derivative pigments from the viewpoint of easily achieving a colored layer with high brightness and high contrast.
  • the content of one or more selected from the group is preferably larger than the content of PY139, preferably 150 to 700 parts by mass, and 200 to 600 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of PY139. It is more preferable.
  • the specific yellow color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content rate of the green color material containing PG59 with respect to the whole color material is There is no particular limitation as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
  • the content ratio of the green color material including PG59 to the entire color material, the content ratio of the blue color material to the green color material including PG59, and the blue color relative to the entire color material are respectively the content ratio of PG59 relative to the entire color material, and the blue color material relative to PG59.
  • the content ratio, the content ratio of the blue color material relative to the entire color material, the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to PG59, and the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to the entire color material are preferably the same.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention when PG7 is further contained, 5 to 50% by mass of PG7 is contained with respect to the total amount of the green color material including PG59. In particular, from the viewpoint of display failure, luminance, and P / V ratio, it is more preferable to contain 5 to 45% by mass.
  • a green color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material are included in the color material as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a color material other than the color material may be further included, the total content of the green color material including PG59, the blue color material, and the specific yellow color material is 70 to The content is preferably 100% by mass, and more preferably 80 to 100% by mass.
  • the P / V ratio ((mass of coloring material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than coloring material component in composition) ratio) Is preferably 0.1 or more from the viewpoint of degassing and heat shrinkage, and more preferably 0.2 or more, on the other hand, it is excellent in display defects and manufacturing convenience, that is, solvent resolubility, From the viewpoint of excellent development residue, development adhesion, development resistance, water stain generation suppression effect, etc., it is preferably 0.7 or less, more preferably 0.6 or less, and 0.5 or less. Even more preferred.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention is based on the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention has an XYZ of JIS Z8701 having a film thickness of 2.8 ⁇ m or less and colorimetric with a C light source with a single pixel.
  • x 0.200 to 0.300
  • y 0.570 to 0.750
  • the total content of the coloring material is 20 to 45 mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters.
  • the content ratio (G: Y) of the green color material (G) containing PG59 and the yellow color material (Y) is preferably 80:20 to 20:80.
  • the content ratio of PG59 with respect to the green color material (G) containing PG59 is 30% by mass or more.
  • the film thickness of the cured film is the film thickness after post-baking for 30 minutes in a 230 ° C. clean oven after coating, drying, exposing and curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention is based on the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured by using a C light source.
  • the cured film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention has a thickness of 2.8 ⁇ m or less, and JIS colorimetrically measured with a C light source with a single pixel.
  • the film thickness of the cured film is that after the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is applied, dried, exposed to cure the polyfunctional monomer, and then post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the (Y2) is preferably used as the material, and C.I. I.
  • the green color material including Pigment Green 59 is preferably 10 to 70% by mass, the blue color material is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and the yellow color material is preferably 10 to 70% by mass. . I. It is preferable that the green color material including pigment green 59 is 15 to 60% by mass, the blue color material is 10 to 40% by mass, and the yellow color material is 20 to 60% by mass.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the second invention is not particularly limited.
  • the colorant dispersion of the second invention includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and light. It can be obtained by adding an initiator and other components as required and mixing them using a known mixing means.
  • the color material dispersion liquid of PG 59 and the color material dispersion of the yellow color material are dispersed using the dispersant.
  • a liquid material and, if necessary, a color material dispersion liquid of another color material respectively, a color material dispersion liquid containing PG59, a color material dispersion liquid containing a yellow color material, and further if necessary
  • a color material dispersion liquid containing PG59 a color material dispersion liquid containing a yellow color material
  • the color filter according to the second aspect of the invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers.
  • One has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention.
  • at least one of the colored layers has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention.
  • the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, the other constitution is Since it may be the same as that described in the color filter according to one aspect of the present invention, description thereof is omitted here.
  • a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device include a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, a counter substrate, the color filter, and the counter substrate. And a liquid crystal layer formed between the two.
  • An organic light emitting display device includes the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention and an organic light emitter. In the second aspect of the present invention, by using the second color filter, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility.
  • liquid crystal display device and the organic light emitting display device according to the second aspect of the present invention include the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention
  • the other configurations are the liquid crystal display device and the organic matter according to the first aspect of the present invention. Since it may be the same as that described in the light-emitting display device, description thereof is omitted here.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation and the acid value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) are in accordance with the method described in JIS K 0070. Determined by the method.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation and the amine value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) are in accordance with the method described in JIS K 7237. Determined by the method.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block copolymer before salt formation and after salt formation is determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) (EXSTAR DSC 7020, manufactured by SII Nanotechnology Co., Ltd.) according to the method described in JIS K7121. It measured using.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the block copolymer before salt formation was determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method of the present invention described above.
  • the glass transition temperatures (Tg) of the block copolymers A-1 and A-26 of the following synthesis examples and the block copolymers A-22 and A-24 of the comparative examples were calculated by the following formula. .
  • the block copolymer A-1 was 37 ° C. (DSC measured value 38 ° C.)
  • the block copolymer A-26 was 64 ° C. (DSC measured value 66 ° C.)
  • the block copolymer A-22. was found to be 0 ° C. (DSC measurement value 2 ° C.)
  • for block copolymer A-24 it was determined to be 20 ° C. (DSC measurement value 20 ° C.), indicating that it was almost the same as the DSC measurement value.
  • Tg ⁇ (Xi / Tgi)
  • Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer.
  • the homopolymer glass transition temperature (Tgi) of each monomer was the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (J. Brandrup, EHImmergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)).
  • the homopolymer glass transition temperature values (Tgi) of the monomers used in the examples and comparative examples are as follows.
  • Methacrylic acid (MAA): 185 ° C 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA): 55 ° C 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA): -10 ° C N-Butyl methacrylate (BMA): 20 ° C Benzyl methacrylate (BzMA): 54 ° C Methyl methacrylate (MMA): 105 ° C Cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA): 83 ° C Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA): 18 ° C Dimethylaminopropyl methacrylamide (DMAPMA): 96 ° C Methoxypolyethyleneglycol monomethacrylate (trade name: PME-100, manufactured by NOF Corporation, BLEMMER PME-100, ethyleneoxy group repeat number 2)
  • Example I Series: First Invention (Synthesis Example 1: Production of Block Copolymer A-1) Add 250 parts by weight of THF and 0.6 parts by weight of lithium chloride to a 500 mL round bottom 4-neck separable flask equipped with a condenser, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, and digital thermometer, and perform sufficient nitrogen replacement. It was. After cooling the reaction flask to ⁇ 60 ° C., 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15% by mass hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isobutyrate were injected using a syringe.
  • EEMA 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate
  • EHMA 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate
  • BMA n-butyl methacrylate
  • methacrylic acid 9.5 mass parts of benzyl (BzMA) and 29.3 mass parts of methyl methacrylate (MMA) were dripped over 60 minutes using the addition funnel.
  • BzMA benzyl
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • DMMA dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
  • the obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, diluted with PGMEA to obtain a solid content solution of 30% by mass. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C., and the mixture was allowed to react for 7 hours.
  • the structural unit derived from EEMA was deprotected to obtain a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid (MAA).
  • the obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a carboxy group-containing monomer A block copolymer A-1 (acid value: 1 mgKOH / g, Tg: 38 ° C.) containing B block having solvophilic property and containing B was obtained.
  • the block copolymer A-1 thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7600.
  • the amine value was 96 mgKOH / g.
  • Block copolymers A-2 to A-3 were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the content in Synthesis Example 1 was changed to the content shown in Table 1.
  • Synthesis Example 2 2.2 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used, and in Synthesis Example 3, 4.6 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used.
  • Table 1 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained block copolymer.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer after salt formation is the same as that of the block copolymer A-2
  • the amine value after salt formation was specifically calculated as follows.
  • An NMR sample tube was charged with 1 g of a mixed solution of 9 parts by mass of salt-type block copolymer A-4 (solid after reprecipitation) and 91 parts by mass of chloroform-D1 NMR, and the 13C-NMR spectrum was measured by nuclear magnetic resonance.
  • an apparatus manufactured by JEOL Ltd., FT NMR, JNM-AL400
  • the measurement was performed under conditions of room temperature and 10,000 times of integration.
  • the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group) From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups that are salt-formed to the total number of amino groups is calculated, and is not different from the theoretical salt formation ratio (the total phenylphosphinic acid and the nitrogen site at the end of DMMA of the block copolymer A-2) Salt formation).
  • the amine value after salt formation was calculated as 76 mgKOH / g by subtracting the amine value (19 mgKOH / g) of 0.20 mol of DMMA unit from the amine value 95 mgKOH / g before salt formation.
  • Table 1 also shows Tg of the block copolymer before and after salt formation.
  • a block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and the A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the B block having solvophilicity, A block copolymer A-13 (Tg 37 ° C.) containing was obtained.
  • the block copolymer A-13 thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7320.
  • the amine value was 92 mgKOH / g.
  • Block copolymers A-18 to A-34 used in Examples or Comparative Examples were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the content shown in Table 2 or Table 3 was changed in Synthesis Example 1.
  • the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the resulting block copolymer are shown in Table 2 or Table 3.
  • Synthesis Example 41 Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A solution
  • a polymerization vessel was charged with 300 parts by mass of PGMEA and heated to 100 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then 90 parts by mass of 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate (PhEMA), 54 parts by mass of MMA, 36 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA) and perbutyl. 6 parts by mass of O (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and 2 parts by mass of a chain transfer agent (n-dodecyl mercaptan) were continuously added dropwise over 1.5 hours.
  • PhEMA 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate
  • MAA methacrylic acid
  • perbutyl 6 parts by mass of O (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and 2 parts by mass of a chain transfer agent (n-dodecyl mercaptan) were continuously added dropwise over 1.5 hours.
  • the weight average molecular weight was measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H (Shorex GPC System-21H) using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • the acid value was measured based on JIS K 0070.
  • Example 1 Production of colorant dispersion G-1 3.25 parts by mass of the block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (PG58) in 11.7 parts by mass, C.I. I.
  • Example 2 to 26 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions G-2 to G-26 In Example 1 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, Synthesis Example 2 was carried out as shown in Tables 5 to 7, respectively.
  • the copolymer A-35 to A-37 solution was used so that the solid content was the same as that of the block copolymer A-1, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 35 (1) Production of colorant dispersion G-27 3.25 parts by mass of the block copolymer A-2 of Synthesis Example 2 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 13 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 41 16.25 parts by mass, PGMEA 67.5 parts by mass, particle size 100 parts by weight of 2.0 mm zirconia beads are placed in a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a pre-crush, then the 2.0 mm zirconia beads are taken out and the particle size is 0 200 parts by weight of 1 mm zirconia beads were added, and similarly disintegrated for 4 hours using a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion G-27.
  • PG59 trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Example 35 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions G-28 to G-30
  • the salt form of Synthesis Example 8 was used instead of the block copolymer A-2, as shown in Table 8.
  • the block copolymer A-8 solution, the block copolymer A-33 of Synthesis Example 33, and the salt-type block copolymer A-35 solution of Synthesis Example 35 have the same solid content as the block copolymer A-2.
  • Colorant dispersions G-28 to G-30 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 35 (1) except that the PGMEA amount was adjusted so that the total amount would be 100 parts by mass. It was.
  • Example 39 In Example 1 (1), C.I. I. Instead of CI Pigment Green 58 (PG58), C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) is used, and the block copolymer A-2 of Synthesis Example 2 is used instead of the block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant.
  • a colorant dispersion G-31 was obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 1 except that.
  • (2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition G-31 for Color Filter Except that the color material dispersion G-31 was used in place of the color material dispersion G-1 in Example 1 (2). In the same manner as in Example 1, (2), a photosensitive colored resin composition G-31 for color filters was obtained.
  • Examples 40 to 42 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions G-32 to G-34 In (1) of Example 39, instead of the block copolymer A-2, as shown in Table 8 respectively, the salt form of Synthesis Example 8 was used.
  • the block copolymer A-8 solution, the block copolymer A-33 of Synthesis Example 33, and the salt-type block copolymer A-35 solution of Synthesis Example 35 have the same solid content as the block copolymer A-2.
  • Color material dispersions G-32 to G-34 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 39 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. It was.
  • Example 39 (2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions G-32 to G-34 for Color Filter
  • the color material dispersion G-32 instead of the color material dispersion G-31, the color material dispersion G-32 was used. Except for using G-34, photosensitive colored resin compositions G-32 to G-34 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as in Example 39 (2).
  • Example 1 (1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersions G-1 to G-14
  • Example 1 instead of the block copolymer A-1, synthesis examples are shown as shown in Tables 5 to 7, respectively. 11 to 13 block copolymers A-11 to A-13, salt type block copolymer A-14 to A-17 solutions of Synthesis Examples 14 to 17, and block copolymers A- of Synthesis Examples 22 to 25
  • the block copolymers A-38 to A-40 of 22 to A-25 and Synthesis Examples 38 to 40 were used so that the solid content was the same as the mass parts of the block copolymer A-1, and the total was 100 masses.
  • Comparative colorant dispersions G-1 to G-14 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be part.
  • (2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions G-1 to G-14 for Comparative Color Filter In Example 1 (2), instead of the color material dispersion G-1, each of the above comparison color material dispersions G was used. Photosensitive colored resin compositions G-1 to G-14 for comparative color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 1 except that -1 to G-11 were used.
  • Example 27 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersion R-1 3.25 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (PR177) 6.5 parts by mass, C.I. I.
  • Example 27 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R-2 to R-4 In Example 27 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, each of Synthesis Examples 27, 3, And 4 block copolymers A-27 and A-3, and salt type block copolymer A-4 solution, respectively, so that the solid content is the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, Except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted to 100 parts by mass, colorant dispersions R-2 to R-4 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 (1).
  • Comparative Examples 15 to 18 (1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersions R-1 to R-4
  • Example 27 (1) instead of the block copolymer A-1, Synthesis Examples 11 and 13 were used as shown in Table 9 respectively. , 24, and 25, block copolymers A-11, A-13, A-24, and A-25, respectively, were used so that the solid content was the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, and the total Comparative colorant dispersions R-1 to R-4 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 27 (2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions R-1 to R-4 for Comparative Color Filter
  • each of the above comparative color material dispersions R was used instead of the color material dispersion R-1.
  • Photosensitive colored resin compositions R-1 to R-4 for comparative color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 27 except that -1 to R-4 were used.
  • Example 31 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-1 3.25 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (PB15: 6) 10.4 parts by mass, C.I. I.
  • Example 32 to 34 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions B-2 to B-4 In Example 31 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, each of Synthesis Examples 27, 3, And 4 block copolymers A-27 and A-3, and salt type block copolymer A-4 solution, respectively, so that the solid content is the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, Except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be 100 parts by mass, colorant dispersions B-2 to B-4 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 31.
  • Comparative Examples 19-22 (1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersions B-1 to B-4
  • Example 31 (1) instead of the block copolymer A-1, Synthesis Examples 11 and 13 were used as shown in Table 10 respectively. , 24, and 25, block copolymers A-11, A-13, A-24, and A-25, respectively, were used so that the solid content was the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, and the total Comparative colorant dispersions B-1 to B-4 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 31 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be 100 parts by mass.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After coating using a coater, the colored layer was formed by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. This colored layer was irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp.
  • the colored substrate is post-baked for 30 minutes in a clean oven at 230 ° C., and the contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the obtained colored substrate are compared with a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Aisaka Electric. And an Olympus microspectrophotometer OSP-SP200.
  • CT-1B contrast measuring device manufactured by Aisaka Electric.
  • OSP-SP200 Olympus microspectrophotometer
  • Green in Examples 35 to 38 is C light source.
  • y 0.420
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer.
  • D The color of the lens cleaner was slightly confirmed
  • E The development residue was slightly confirmed by visual observation, and the color of the lens cleaner was confirmed. If the development residue evaluation standard is A, B, or C, it is evaluated that the generation of the development residue is sufficiently suppressed, and it can be used practically without any problem.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 2 to 80 ⁇ m.
  • the glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer.
  • the substrate after development was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of a colored layer with respect to the mask opening line width was observed. The results are also shown in Tables 5 to 10.
  • a colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of less than 10 ⁇ m
  • B A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 10 ⁇ m or more and less than 20 ⁇ m
  • C A portion having a mask opening line width of 20 ⁇ m or more and less than 50 ⁇ m
  • D A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 50 ⁇ m or more and less than 80 ⁇ m.
  • E A colored layer was not observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 80 ⁇ m or less.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B, the photosensitive colored resin composition for the color filter is suitable for higher definition, and if the evaluation result is A, the color The photosensitive colored resin composition for filters is more suitable for higher definition.
  • the dispersant contains an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having solvophilicity.
  • Block copolymer and at least part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3)
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Examples 1 to 42 prepared using the color material dispersions of Examples 1 to 42 are excellent in color material dispersion stability, and generation of development residues is suppressed.
  • Examples 4 to 10 and 24-26, 30, 34, 36, 38, 40, and 42 using the salt-type block copolymer are particularly excellent in colorant dispersibility, and are further obtained color layers. Excellent contrast.
  • Example II series First embodiment of the second invention (Synthesis Example II-1: Preparation of Dispersant a) A 500 ml 4-neck separable flask was decompressed and dried, and then replaced with Ar (argon). While flowing Ar, 100 g of dehydrated THF, 2.0 g of methyltrimethylsilyldimethylketene acetal, 0.15 ml of 1M acetonitrile solution of tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate (TBACB), and 0.2 g of mesitylene were added. Thereto, 36.7 g of methyl methacrylate (MMA) was dropped over 45 minutes using a dropping funnel.
  • TBACB tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate
  • the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group) From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups that are salt-formed to the total number of amino groups is calculated, and is not different from the theoretical salt-forming ratio (the two acidic groups of all phenylphosphonic acids are in DMMA of the block copolymer II-A1). It was confirmed that a salt was formed with the terminal nitrogen site).
  • the amine value after salt formation was calculated to be 57 mgKOH / g by subtracting the amine value (38 mgKOH / g) of 0.40 mol of DMMA unit from the amine value of 95 mgKOH / g before salt formation.
  • Table 11 also shows Tg of the block copolymer before and after salt formation.
  • block copolymer II-A3 After 1 hour, 17 g of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 5 g of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain block copolymer II-A3.
  • the mass average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 6,000, and the amine value was 120 mgKOH / g.
  • 24.15 parts by mass of block copolymer II-A3 was dissolved in 24.15 parts by mass of PGMEA, and phenylphosphonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), which is a compound represented by the above general formula (3).
  • Synthesis Example II-4 Synthesis of Dispersant d
  • the salt copolymer before salt formation II-A4 and the salt type block copolymer (dispersant) d A solution was synthesized.
  • Synthesis Example II-4 4.6 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used.
  • EEMA 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate
  • Block copolymer II-A5 (dispersant e) was synthesized in the same manner as in block copolymer II-A2 (acid value 8 mgKOH / g, Tg 38 ° C.) before salt formation in Synthesis Example II-2.
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA, and has a solid content of 40% by mass.
  • the acid value was 74 mgKOH / g, and the weight average molecular weight was 12,000.
  • DMAPMA dimethylaminopropyl methacrylamide
  • Example II-1 (1) Production of colorant dispersion II-G1 6.18 parts by mass of the dispersant a solution of Synthesis Example II-1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) is 13.00 parts by mass, the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9 is 14.63 parts by mass, and PGMEA is 66.19 parts by mass. Put 100 parts by mass of 2.0 mm zirconia beads into a mayonnaise bin, shake as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour, then take out the 2.0 mm zirconia beads and remove the particles. 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm was added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion II-G1.
  • PG59 trade name F
  • Example II-2 to II-10 Comparative Examples II-C1 to II-C4
  • Example II-1 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4
  • Example II-1 (1) as shown in Table 12, respectively, instead of the dispersant a solution
  • the color material is partially changed in the comparative example, and the amount of PGMEA is adjusted so that the total becomes 100 parts by mass.
  • colorant dispersions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 were obtained.
  • Example II-11 to II-14 (1) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G11 to II-G14 for color filters
  • the coloring material dispersion II-G1 in (2) of Example II-1 was used.
  • the photoinitiator changed to those shown in Table 12
  • photosensitive coloring for color filters was performed in the same manner as in (2) of Example II-1. Resin compositions II-G11 to II-G14 were obtained.
  • Example II-13 ethanone in Example II-1 (2), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O— Instead of 0.02 part by mass of acetyloxime) 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) IRG907) 0.10 parts by mass, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF, IRG369) 0.05 mass
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition II-G13 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example II-1 except that the components were changed.
  • Example II-1 (3) Formation of colored layer in Example II-1 (3), except that the above-described photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G11 to II-G14 were used in place of the photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1, respectively. In the same manner as in Example II-1 (3), colored layers II-G11 to II-G14 were obtained.
  • Example II-15 Comparative Example II-C5
  • a colored layer II-G15 was formed in the same manner as in (3) of -1.
  • Comparative Example II-C5 instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1 in Example II-1 (3), the photosensitive colored resin composition II- obtained in Comparative Example II-C2 was used.
  • II-CG5 was formed.
  • G58 C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (trade name: FASTOGEN GREEN A110, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • G7 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (trade name: Chromo Fine Green 6428EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo)
  • k-2000 Disperbyk-2000 (manufactured by BYK Chemie, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), wherein the compound represented by the general formula (2) forms a salt.
  • N21116 Disperbyk-LPN21116 (produced by Big Chemie, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), wherein the compound represented by the general formula (2) forms a salt, (Solid content 40% by mass) byk-161: Disperbyk-161 (by Big Chemie, urethane-based dispersant, solid content: 30% by mass)
  • PB822 Ajisper PB822 (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd., polyester dispersant, solid content 30% by mass)
  • NCI-831 Oxime ester photoinitiator (Adeka Arcles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA)
  • TR-PBG-304 Oxime ester photoinitiator (Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.)
  • OXE03 Oxime ester photoinitiator (Irgacure OXE-03, manufactured by BASF)
  • NCI-930 Oxime ester photoinit
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer.
  • the glass substrate After observing the unexposed portion (50 mm ⁇ 50 mm) of the glass substrate after the formation of the colored layer by visual observation, the glass substrate is thoroughly wiped with a lens cleaner (trade name Toraysee MK Clean Cloth, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.), The coloring degree of the lens cleaner was visually observed. The results are shown in Table 12. (Development residue evaluation criteria) A: The development residue was not visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was not colored at all. B: The development residue was not visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was slightly colored. C: The development residue was slightly confirmed visually.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 2 to 80 ⁇ m.
  • the glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer.
  • the substrate after development was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of a colored layer with respect to the mask opening line width was observed. The results are also shown in Table 12.
  • a colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of less than 10 ⁇ m
  • E A colored layer was not observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 80 ⁇ m or less. If the above evaluation criteria are A, B or C, they can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B and further A, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is suitable for higher definition.
  • ⁇ Development resistance evaluation> The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each coated on a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater. did. After heating and drying on an 80 ° C. hot plate for 3 minutes, ultraviolet rays of 40 mJ / cm 2 were irradiated using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. The film thickness at this point is measured and set to T1 ( ⁇ m). Thereafter, shower development was performed using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The film thickness after development is measured and set to T2 ( ⁇ m). T2 / T1 ⁇ 100 (%) was calculated.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter obtained in each example and each comparative example was thick after post-baking using a spin coater on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.). After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer of 1.6 ⁇ m, it is dried for 3 minutes at 60 ° C. using a hot plate and exposed to 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp without a photomask. By irradiating, a colored layer was formed on the glass substrate.
  • a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having a solvophilic property or A salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt with at least a part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the acid value of the dispersant is 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less.
  • Example III Series Second Embodiment of the Second Invention
  • the dispersants a to h solutions were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Examples II-1 to II-8 of Example II series, respectively.
  • An alkali-soluble resin A solution was also obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-9 of Example II series.
  • Example III-1 Production of colorant dispersion III-G1 6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant a solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 5.33 parts by mass and C.I. I.
  • Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138, trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 7.67 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, granules Place 100 parts by mass of 2.0 mm zirconia beads in a mayonnaise bin, shake for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a preliminary crush, then take out the 2.0 mm zirconia beads and remove the particle size 200 parts by mass of 0.1 mm zirconia beads was added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion III-G1.
  • a paint shaker manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.
  • Example III-2 to III-10 Comparative Examples III-C1 to III-C5
  • Example III-1 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5
  • Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 13, instead of Dispersant a Solution
  • the type and amount of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same mass part, and the color materials were changed in Comparative Examples III-C1 to III-C3, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass Except for the adjustment, colorant dispersions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example III-1.
  • Example III-1 (3) Formation of colored layer in Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 were used. Colored layers III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that to III-CG5 was used.
  • Example III-11 to III-14, III-33 (1) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G11 to III-G14 and III-G33 for color filters In Examples III-11 to III-12 and III-33, Example III-1 (2) Example III-1 (2) except that the colorant dispersion III-G2 was used instead of the colorant dispersion III-G1 and the photoinitiator was changed to that shown in Table 13. Thus, photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G11 to III-12, III-G33 for color filters were obtained.
  • Example III-13 the above-mentioned color material dispersion III-G2 was used instead of the color material dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example III-1, and further, (2) of Example III-1 ) Instead of 0.02 parts by mass of ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) in -1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) 0.10 parts by mass, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) Same as (2) of Example III-1, except for changing to 0.05 parts by mass Photosensitive wear for color filters To obtain a resin composition III-G13.
  • Example III-14 the colorant dispersion III-G2 is used in place of the colorant dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example 1, and the alkali-soluble resin A solution is used as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the solution is changed to an alkali-soluble resin B solution (epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure, product number INR-16M manufactured by Nagase Chemtech Co., Ltd.) so that the solid content becomes the same mass part.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition III-G14 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example III-1, except that the amount used was adjusted.
  • Example III-1 (3) Formation of colored layer in Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G11 to III-G14 and III-G33, respectively, were used. Colored layers III-G11 to III-G14 and III-G33 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
  • G36 C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 (trade name: FASTOGEN GREEN 2YK-50, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • Y138 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 (trade name: Chromo Fine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
  • G58, G7, byk-2000, N21116, byk-161, PB822, NCI-831, TR-PBG-304, OXE03, and NCI-930 are the same as the Example II series.
  • Example III-15 to III-20 Comparative Examples III-C6 to III-C8
  • Example III-1 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8
  • Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 14 respectively, the types and amounts of coloring materials used In Example III-1, except that the type and amount used of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass.
  • colorant dispersions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 were obtained.
  • Example III-1 (3) Formation of colored layer
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1 instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 were used, respectively. Colored layers III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that to III-CG8 was used.
  • Y150 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 (trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS)
  • Example III-1 (Examples III-21 to III-25, Comparative Example III-C9) Production of Coloring Material Dispersions III-G21 to III-G25, III-CG9
  • Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 15, the type and amount of coloring material were changed, and further dispersed Except for changing the type and amount of the agent so that the solid content is the same part by mass and adjusting the amount of PGMEA so that the total is 100 parts by mass, in the same manner as in (1) of Example III-1, Colorant dispersions III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 were obtained.
  • Example III-1 (3) Formation of colored layer
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1 instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 were used. Colored layers III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
  • Y185 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (trade name: Paliotol (registered trademark) Yellow D1155, manufactured by BASF Corporation)
  • Example III-1 (Examples III-26 to III-28, Comparative Example III-C10) Production of Coloring Material Dispersions III-G26 to III-G28, III-CG10
  • Example III-1 (1) as shown in Table 16, the type and amount of coloring material were changed, and further dispersed. Except for changing the type and amount of the agent so that the solid content is the same part by mass and adjusting the amount of PGMEA so that the total is 100 parts by mass, in the same manner as in (1) of Example III-1, Colorant dispersions III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 were obtained.
  • Example III-1 (3) Formation of colored layer in Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 were used. Colored layers III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
  • Example III-29 to III-31 Comparative Example III-C11
  • Example III-1 Production of Color Material Dispersions III-G29 to III-G31, III-CG11
  • Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 17, the type and amount of color material were changed, and the dispersion was further performed. Except for changing the type and amount of the agent so that the solid content is the same part by mass and adjusting the amount of PGMEA so that the total is 100 parts by mass, in the same manner as in (1) of Example III-1, Colorant dispersions III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 were obtained.
  • Example III-1 (3) Formation of colored layer in Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 were used. Colored layers III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
  • Example III-32 (1) Production of colorant dispersion 6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 13 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, particle size 2.0 mm zirconia beads 100 The mass part is put into a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.), then the zirconia beads 200 having a particle size of 0.1 mm are taken out.
  • PG59 trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138, trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.), 14.59 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution, 66.20 parts by weight of PGMEA, and particle size 2
  • PY138 trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • PGMEA particle size 2
  • Example III-1 Formation of colored layer Example III-1 was the same as Example III-1 (3) except that the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G32 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1.
  • the colored layer III-G32 was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of -1.
  • the resulting photosensitive colored resin composition III-G32 for color filters had the same composition as the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G2 for color filters of Example III-2, and the photosensitive colored resin for color filters
  • the evaluation results of composition III-G32 and colored layer III-G32 were the same as the evaluation results of photosensitive colored resin composition III-G2 for color filter and colored layer III-G2.
  • the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples III-C1, III-C2, and III-C3, in which PG58, PG7, and PG36 are combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) It was revealed that the viscosity stability was inferior to that of Example III-1 in which the same dispersant was combined. Further, the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples III-C2 and III-C3, in which PG7 and PG36 were combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), had poor dispersibility. .
  • the photosensitive color resin for color filters of Examples III-1 to III-14 in which PG59 is combined with a yellow color material PY138 and a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) It was revealed that the composition has good colorant dispersion stability, excellent contrast, excellent solvent resolubility, and further suppresses development residue.
  • a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having a solvophilic property or A salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt with at least a part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the acid value of the dispersant is 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less.
  • Example III-14 using an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure is more closely related to development adhesion than Example III-2, Excellent development resistance and water stain generation suppression effect. Further, among the examples, from the comparison of Examples III-2, III-11, III-12, III-13, and III-33, Examples using an oxime ester photoinitiator as a photoinitiator It was revealed that the development resistance and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain were increased.
  • Example III-28 it was revealed that the P / V ratio could be further reduced by combining PG59 and PG58 as the green color material and PY138 and PY150 as the yellow color material. Further, in Example III-30 in Table 17, when PG59 is further combined with PG59 and a yellow color material, the P / V ratio is reduced as compared with Comparative Example III-C11 in which PG58 and Y138 are combined. It was clarified that the brightness could be improved.
  • Example III-31 it has also been clarified that the P / V ratio can be further reduced by combining PG59 and PG7 as the green color material and PY138 and PY150 as the yellow color material.
  • PG58 is used as shown in Comparative Example III-C1
  • the brightness was inferior.
  • the development residue was also bad.
  • the dispersibility is poor, so that the contrast is low, the re-solubility and the development residue are inferior.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Comparative Examples III-C4 to III-C5 in which PG59 is combined with a urethane dispersant or a polyester dispersant are inferior in dispersibility. In comparison, the brightness was low, the contrast was low, the redissolving property and the development residue were poor.
  • Example IV Series Third Embodiment of the Second Invention
  • the dispersants a to h solutions were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Examples II-1 to II-8 of Example II series, respectively.
  • An alkali-soluble resin A solution was also obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-9 of Example II series.
  • Example IV-1 (1) Production of colorant dispersion IV-G1 6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant a solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. CI Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC Co., Ltd.) 6.42 parts by mass, blue color material C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4 (PB15: 4, trade name Cyanine Blue CP-1 manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 1.39 parts by weight, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (PY139, trade name: IRGAPHOR YELLOW 2R-CF manufactured by BASF) 1.40 parts by mass; I.
  • Pigment Yellow 150 (PY150, trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS) 3.80 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, particle size 2.0 mm 100 parts by weight of zirconia beads are put into a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a pre-crush, then the zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm are taken out, 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads were added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion IV-G1.
  • a paint shaker manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1 obtained in (2) above is a 0.7 mm thick 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.). Then, after applying using a spin coater, it is dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and further applied in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the colored layer IV-G1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the film thickness after curing was 2.80 ⁇ m by post-baking for minutes.
  • Example IV-1 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 Examples IV-2 to IV-10 and Comparative Examples IV-C3 to IV- In C4, in Example IV-1 (1), as shown in Table 18, instead of the dispersant a solution, the type and amount of dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass. In the same manner as in (1) of Example IV-1, except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass, the colorant dispersions IV-G2 to IV-G10 and IV-CG3 to IV were used.
  • Example IV-15 to IV-17 the dispersant b solution was used in place of the dispersant a solution in Example IV-1 (1), and the coloring material was further changed to a total of 100 parts by mass. Except for adjusting the amount of PGMEA, color material dispersions IV-G15 to IV-G17 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example IV-1. In Comparative Examples IV-C1 to IV-C2, IV-CG1 to IV- were prepared in the same manner as in Example IV-1 (1) except that the color material was changed in (1) of Example IV-1. CG2 was obtained.
  • Example IV-1 (3) Formation of colored layer In Example IV-1, (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G2 to IV-G10 and IV-G15 were used. Colored layers IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, in the same manner as in (3) of Example IV-1, except that to IV-G17 and IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 were used IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 were obtained.
  • Example IV-11 to IV-14, Example IV-36 (1) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G11 to IV-G14 and IV-G36 for color filters
  • Examples IV-11 to IV-12 and IV-36 are the same as those in Example IV-1 (2).
  • Example IV-1 (2) except that the color material dispersion IV-G2 was used instead of the color material dispersion IV-G1 and the photoinitiator was changed to that shown in Table 18.
  • photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G11 to IV-12 and IV-G36 for color filters were obtained.
  • Example IV-13 the color material dispersion IV-G2 was used in place of the color material dispersion IV-G1 in (2) of Example IV-1.
  • Example IV-1 (2) ) Instead of 0.02 parts by mass of ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) in -1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) 0.10 parts by mass, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) Same as (2) of Example IV-1, except for changing to 0.05 parts by mass Photosensitive color resin for color filters It was obtained Narubutsu IV-G13.
  • Example IV-14 the color material dispersion IV-G2 is used in place of the color material dispersion IV-G1 in (2) of Example IV-1, and an alkali-soluble resin A solution is further used as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the alkali-soluble resin B solution epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing cardo structure, product number INR-16M manufactured by Nagase Chemtech Co., Ltd.
  • the solid content becomes the same mass part
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G14 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example IV-1 except that the amount used was adjusted as described above.
  • G36, G58, Ni-azo-1, Y138, byk-2000, N21116, byk-161, PB822, NCI-831, TR-PBG-304, OXE03, and NCI-930 are the same as those in Example II or III series. The same.
  • Example IV-1 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions IV-G18 to IV-G19, IV-CG5 to IV-CG13
  • Example IV-1 (1), as shown in Table 19, the types and amounts of color materials used In Example IV-1 except that the type and amount of dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same mass part, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass.
  • colorant dispersions IV-G18 to IV-G19 and IV-CG5 to IV-CG13 were obtained.
  • Example IV-1 (3) Formation of colored layer In Example IV-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G18 to IV-G19 and IV-CG6 were used, respectively.
  • the colored layers IV-G18 to IV-G19, IV-CG6, and IV-CG7 are the same as in (3) of Example IV-1 except that IV-CG7 and IV-CG12 to IV-CG13 are used. And IV-CG12 to IV-CG13 were obtained.
  • PB15: 6 C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (trade name: FASTOGEN BLUE A510, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • Example IV-1 Production of Coloring Material Dispersions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16
  • Example IV-1 (1) as shown in Table 20, the type and amount of coloring material were changed. Furthermore, except that the type and amount of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same mass part, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total was 100 parts by mass, and (1) of Example IV-1 Similarly, colorant dispersions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 were obtained.
  • Example IV-1 (3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example IV-1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 were used. Colored layers IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example IV-1 except that .about.IV-CG16 was used.
  • G7 and Y185 are the same as those in Example III series.
  • Example IV-35 (1) Production of colorant dispersion 6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 13 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, particle size 2.0 mm zirconia beads 100 The mass part is put into a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.), then the zirconia beads 200 having a particle size of 0.1 mm are taken out.
  • PG59 trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • C.I. I A yellow color material dispersion y1 was obtained in the same manner as the green color material dispersion g except that 13 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 139 (PY139, trade name: IRGAPHOR YELLOW 2R-CF BASF) was used. In the green color material dispersion g, C.I. I. Instead of using 13 parts by mass of Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation), C.I. I.
  • a yellow color material dispersion y2 was obtained in the same manner as in the green color material dispersion g except that 13 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 150 (PY150, trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS) was used.
  • Pigment Yellow 150 trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS
  • Example IV-1 Formation of colored layer Example IV-1 is the same as Example IV-1 (3) except that the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G35 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1.
  • the colored layer IV-G35 was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of -1.
  • the resulting photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G35 for color filter had the same composition as the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G2 for color filter of Example IV-2, and the photosensitive colored resin for color filter
  • the evaluation results of the composition IV-G35 and the colored layer IV-G35 were the same as the evaluation results of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G2 for the color filter and the colored layer IV-G2.
  • Example IV Series Evaluation Method Optical performance evaluation and contrast evaluation were performed as follows. Evaluation of dispersibility evaluation, display defect evaluation, solvent resolubility evaluation, development residue evaluation, development adhesion evaluation, development resistance evaluation, and water stain evaluation of the colorant dispersion is performed in the same manner as in Example II series. It was.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Examples IV-1 to IV-17 and IV-36 have good colorant dispersion stability, excellent contrast, and excellent solvent resolubility. Further, it has been clarified that generation of development residue is suppressed.
  • a dispersant a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having a solvophilic property, or A salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt with at least a part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the acid value of the dispersant is 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less.
  • Example IV-14 using an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure as an alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive colored resin composition has a development adhesion even when compared with Example IV-2. Excellent development resistance and water stain generation suppression effect.
  • Example IV-33 of Table 20 when PG59 is further combined with PG59 in combination with the blue color material and the specific yellow color material, compared to Example IV-32 which achieves the same color, It has been clarified that the P / V ratio can be reduced and the luminance can be improved.
  • Comparative Example IV-C7 which has a large blue color material, is extremely inferior in brightness so that it does not reach the practical level. Comparative Example IV-C12 was poor in development residue and development adhesion.
  • Comparative Example IV-C14 in Table 20 is an example in which the color corresponding to Example IV-24 was realized using G36, but display failure occurred, the luminance was inferior, and further, re-solubility, development residue, The development adhesion was also poor.
  • Comparative Example IV-C15 was an example in which the color corresponding to Example IV-34 was realized using G36, but the luminance was inferior and the re-solubility, development residue, and development adhesion were poor.
  • Comparative Example IV-C16 is an example in which the color corresponding to Examples IV-32 and IV-33 was realized using G58, but the luminance was inferior and the re-solubility, development residue, and development adhesion were poor. .

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is coloring material dispersant for a color filter, said coloring material dispersant containing a coloring material, a dispersant and a solvent, wherein the dispersant comprises at least one of a block copolymer (P1) described below and a salt-type block copolymer (P2) described below. P1 is a block copolymer containing an A block, which contains structural units represented by general formula (I), and a B block containing structural units derived from monomers containing a carboxy group. P2 is a salt-type block copolymer in which a salt is formed by at least a portion of the nitrogen sites at the ends of the structural units represented by general formula (I) of the aforementioned block copolymer, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by general formulas (1) to (3). The acid value of the dispersant is 1-18 KOH/g, and the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is at least 30°C. (Each symbol in general formula (I) and formulas (1) to (3) is as defined in the description.)

Description

カラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
 本発明は、カラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a color material dispersion for a color filter, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic light emitting display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、最近においては、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、コントラストや色再現性の向上といったさらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays has increased. The penetration rate of mobile displays (cell phones, smartphones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding. Recently, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display having high visibility due to self-emission has been attracting attention as a next-generation image display device. In the performance of these image display devices, further improvement in image quality such as improvement in contrast and color reproducibility and reduction in power consumption are strongly desired.
 従来の表示装置は、色空間の国際標準規格であるsRGB(IEC61966-2-1)に準拠するものが多かった。しかしながら、より実物に近い表現を求めて、更なる色再現性の向上の要求から、sRGBと比べて広い色再現域を有するAdobeRGBに対応する表示装置への要求が高まっている。AdobeRGB規格はAdobeSystemsによって提唱された色空間の定義であり、AdobeRGBにおいて三原色は、XYZ表色系における色度座標x及びyについて下記のように定められている。AdobeRGB規格は、sRGB規格と比べて緑方向に広い色再現域を有することが特徴である。
 赤:x=0.64;y=0.34
 緑:x=0.21;y=0.71
 青:x=0.15;y=0.06
Many conventional display devices comply with sRGB (IEC 61966-2-1), which is an international standard for color space. However, there is a growing demand for display devices that support AdobeRGB having a wider color reproduction range than sRGB, in order to obtain a more realistic representation and to further improve color reproducibility. The AdobeRGB standard is a color space definition proposed by Adobe Systems. In AdobeRGB, the three primary colors are defined as follows for the chromaticity coordinates x and y in the XYZ color system. The AdobeRGB standard is characterized by having a wider color gamut in the green direction than the sRGB standard.
Red: x = 0.64; y = 0.34
Green: x = 0.21; y = 0.71
Blue: x = 0.15; y = 0.06
 また、sRGBと比べて、赤と緑方向に広い色再現域を有するDCI(Digital Cinema Initiatives)規格に合わせる仕様への要求もある。 There is also a demand for a specification that conforms to the DCI (Digital Cinematic Initiatives) standard, which has a wider color gamut in the red and green directions than sRGB.
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられる。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。その際の光源としては、従来の冷陰極管のほか、白色発光の有機発光素子や白色発光の無機発光素子が利用される場合がある。また、有機発光表示装置では、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタを用いる。
 このような状況下、カラーフィルタにおいても、高輝度化や高コントラスト化、色再現性の向上といった要望が高まっている。
Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, in the formation of a color image of a liquid crystal display device, the light passing through the color filter is colored as it is into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and the light of those colors is synthesized to form a color image. As a light source at that time, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used. In the organic light emitting display device, a color filter is used for color adjustment.
Under such circumstances, demands for higher luminance, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility are increasing in color filters.
 ここで、カラーフィルタは、一般的に、透明基板と、透明基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように透明基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。 Here, the color filter is generally formed on a transparent substrate, a transparent layer formed on the transparent substrate, and composed of a colored layer of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. And a light shielding portion formed.
 カラーフィルタにおける画素の形成方法としては、中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。
 顔料分散法を用いて形成された画素を有するカラーフィルタにおいては、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を実現するため、顔料の微細化が検討されている。顔料を微細化することにより、顔料粒子によるカラーフィルタを透過する光の散乱が低減されて、高輝度化や高コントラスト化が達成されるものと考えられている。
 しかしながら、微細化された顔料粒子は凝集しやすいため、分散性や分散安定性が低下するという問題があった。
As a method for forming pixels in a color filter, among others, a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, and the like.
In a color filter having pixels formed by using a pigment dispersion method, miniaturization of pigments is being studied in order to achieve high brightness and high contrast. By making the pigment finer, it is considered that the scattering of light transmitted through the color filter by the pigment particles is reduced, and high brightness and high contrast are achieved.
However, since the refined pigment particles tend to aggregate, there is a problem that the dispersibility and dispersion stability are lowered.
 微細化された顔料の分散性を向上する手法として、分散剤を用いることが有効であることが知られている。例えば特許文献1には、色度特性に優れ、現像性及び保存安定性の良好なカラーフィルタ用着色組成物を提供することを目的として、顔料分散剤として、アミノ基又はアンモニウム塩基を有する特定の繰り返し単位を含むAブロックと、カルボン酸エステルのアルコール由来部分にアルキレンオキシ鎖を含む特定の繰り返し単位と、酸性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含むBブロックとを有するブロック共重合体を用いた、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物が開示されている。
 また、特許文献2には色度特性に優れ、現像性及び保存安定性の良好なカラーフィルタ用着色組成物を提供することを目的として、顔料分散剤として、アミノ基又はアンモニウム塩基を有する特定の繰り返し単位と、カルボン酸エステルを含む繰り返し単位と、酸性基を有する繰り返し単位とを含み、カルボン酸エステルを含む繰り返し単位を特定の割合とし、重量平均分子量と数平均分子量との比を特定の割合とした共重合体を用いた、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物が開示されている。
It is known that a dispersant is effective as a technique for improving the dispersibility of the finely divided pigment. For example, in Patent Document 1, a specific pigment having an amino group or an ammonium base is used as a pigment dispersant for the purpose of providing a color composition for a color filter that has excellent chromaticity characteristics and good developability and storage stability. A color using a block copolymer having an A block containing a repeating unit, a specific repeating unit containing an alkyleneoxy chain in the alcohol-derived portion of the carboxylic acid ester, and a B block containing a repeating unit having an acidic group A filter coloring composition is disclosed.
Patent Document 2 discloses a specific pigment having an amino group or an ammonium base as a pigment dispersant for the purpose of providing a coloring composition for a color filter that has excellent chromaticity characteristics and good developability and storage stability. A repeating unit, a repeating unit containing a carboxylic acid ester, and a repeating unit having an acidic group, the repeating unit containing a carboxylic acid ester as a specific ratio, and the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight is a specific ratio A coloring composition for a color filter using the above copolymer is disclosed.
 一方、カラーフィルタにおいては、赤、緑、青色画素の3点を結んだ領域が、再現できる色の限界となる。つまり、赤、緑、青色画素の3点による三角形が大きいカラーフィルタほど、表示装置が画面上で再現できる色の範囲が広いということになる。
 上記AdobeRGBやDCI等広い色再現域を有する色空間を達成するためには、特にカラーフィルタの緑色画素を高色濃度の緑の色度{(x=0.14~0.30、y=0.55~0.75)、更に好ましくは(x=0.14~0.30、y=0.57~0.75)、より更に好ましくは(x=0.14~0.30、y=0.61~0.75)}の領域とすることが求められていた。
On the other hand, in a color filter, a region connecting three points of red, green, and blue pixels is a limit of colors that can be reproduced. In other words, a color filter having a larger triangle formed by three points of red, green, and blue pixels has a wider range of colors that the display device can reproduce on the screen.
In order to achieve a color space having a wide color reproduction gamut such as AdobeRGB or DCI, the green pixel of the color filter, in particular, has a high color density of green chromaticity {(x = 0.14 to 0.30, y = 0. .55 to 0.75), more preferably (x = 0.14 to 0.30, y = 0.57 to 0.75), and still more preferably (x = 0.14 to 0.30, y = 0.61 to 0.75)}.
 従来、緑色画素に広く用いられている緑色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(以下、PG7と略す場合がある)、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(以下、PG36と略す場合がある)、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(以下、PG58と略す場合がある)が挙げられる。
 しかしながら、PG7を用いて前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域を達成するように緑色画素を作製する場合には、当該緑色画素の輝度が低下するという問題があった。PG7を主たる緑色色材として用いて緑色画素を形成すると暗いカラーフィルタとなってしまう。
 また、PG36を用いて前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域を達成するように緑色画素を形成する場合にも、PG7ほどではないが、当該緑色画素の輝度が低下するという問題があった。
 また、PG58を用いると、輝度は高くなるものの、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域に含まれる緑色画素を作製する場合、緑色画素を非常に厚膜化する必要があり、量産性に問題がある上、緑色画素のみが厚膜化されることからカラーフィルタ性能を維持するのが困難であった。更に、PG58のみを用いても、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域において達成できない領域があり、より大きな三角形となるように緑色画素を作製するには限界があった。
Conventional green pigments widely used for green pixels include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG7), C.I. I. Pigment green 36 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG36), C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG58).
However, when a green pixel is produced using PG7 so as to achieve the high color density green chromaticity region, there is a problem that the luminance of the green pixel is lowered. If a green pixel is formed using PG7 as the main green color material, a dark color filter is obtained.
Also, when forming a green pixel so as to achieve the high color density green chromaticity region using PG 36, there is a problem that the luminance of the green pixel is reduced, although not as high as PG7.
Further, when PG58 is used, the luminance is increased, but when a green pixel included in the green chromaticity region having the high color density is manufactured, it is necessary to make the green pixel very thick, which causes a problem in mass productivity. In addition, since only the green pixels are thickened, it is difficult to maintain the color filter performance. Furthermore, even if only PG 58 is used, there are regions that cannot be achieved in the green chromaticity region of the high color density, and there is a limit in producing a green pixel so as to form a larger triangle.
 特許文献3には、厚膜化することなく高色濃度の緑の目標色度を達成し、且つ高輝度な緑色画素を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物として、高塩素化亜鉛フタロシアニンを含む顔料を用いることが記載されている。しかしながら、更に高い輝度が求められている。 Patent Document 3 discloses highly chlorinated zinc phthalocyanine as a colored resin composition for a color filter that achieves a green target chromaticity with a high color density without forming a thick film and can form a high-luminance green pixel. The use of pigments containing is described. However, higher brightness is required.
 一方、特許文献4には、緑色画素形成用として近年注目されている臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料に起因する異物故障の発生が抑制されたカラーフィルタ用着色硬化性樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とし、顔料分散剤として、特定の構造単位を含むアミン系重合体である顔料分散剤と、凝集防止剤として、側鎖に4級アンモニウム塩基を有する構造単位と、4級アンモニウム塩基を有さない構造単位とを含むブロック共重合体とを併用する、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物が開示されている。しかしながら、特許文献4に記載されている臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料は、実質的にはC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)だけであり、青味の緑色を呈し且つ輝度の高い緑色顔料分散液は得られていない。 On the other hand, Patent Document 4 aims to provide a colored curable resin composition for a color filter in which the occurrence of a foreign matter failure due to a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment that has been attracting attention in recent years for forming a green pixel is suppressed. A pigment dispersant which is an amine polymer containing a specific structural unit as a pigment dispersant, a structural unit having a quaternary ammonium base in the side chain as a coagulation inhibitor, and a structure not having a quaternary ammonium base The coloring composition for color filters which uses together the block copolymer containing a unit is disclosed. However, the brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment described in Patent Document 4 is substantially C.I. I. Only Pigment Green 58 (PG58), and a green pigment dispersion liquid having a bluish green color and high brightness has not been obtained.
 また、緑色画素は、表示不良を起こしやすいという問題があった。より具体的には、横電界方式の液晶表示装置は、液晶駆動電界中にカラーフィルタの着色層が存在するため、着色層の電気的特性の影響を大きく受けてしまう。緑色画素にPG36を使用した場合、横電界方式の液晶表示装置では、緑色画素の電気的特性に起因する液晶の配向乱れ、スイッチングの閾値ずれによる焼き付き現象など、様々な表示不良が起こっていた。このような表示不良は、緑色画素にPG58を使用した場合、更に顕著に起こって問題となっていた。 Also, the green pixel has a problem that it tends to cause display defects. More specifically, the lateral electric field type liquid crystal display device is greatly affected by the electrical characteristics of the colored layer because the colored layer of the color filter is present in the liquid crystal driving electric field. When the PG 36 is used for the green pixel, the horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device has various display defects such as liquid crystal orientation disorder due to the electrical characteristics of the green pixel and a burn-in phenomenon due to a shift in the switching threshold. Such a display defect occurs more prominently when PG58 is used for the green pixel, which is a problem.
 特許文献5には、横電界方式の液晶表示装置において、カラーフィルタの着色層の電気的な性質が液晶のスイッチング性能に悪影響を与えることがなく、透明樹脂による保護層を設けなくても十分な性能を確保でき、かつ高色再現性に対応できるカラーフィルタとして、緑色画素を形成する着色層が、特定量以下のPG36を含み、特定の誘電正接(tanδ)の値を有することが開示されている。
 しかしながら、特許文献5に開示されている技術では、表示不良は低減されても、輝度が不十分であり、また、広い色再現性という点でも不十分であった。
In Patent Document 5, in a horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device, the electrical properties of the colored layer of the color filter do not adversely affect the switching performance of the liquid crystal, and it is sufficient to not provide a protective layer of transparent resin. As a color filter capable of ensuring performance and corresponding to high color reproducibility, it is disclosed that a colored layer forming a green pixel contains a specific amount or less of PG36 and has a specific dielectric loss tangent (tan δ) value. Yes.
However, with the technique disclosed in Patent Document 5, even if display defects are reduced, luminance is insufficient, and wide color reproducibility is also insufficient.
 一方、特許文献6には、高いコントラストを低下させないで輝度を調整し得るカラーフィルタ用緑色組成物として、PG58と、黄色有機顔料を含み、且つ、青色顔料、赤色顔料、紫色顔料及び橙色顔料から選ばれるいずれか1種を含む緑色組成物が開示されている。
 しかしながら、特許文献6に開示されている技術では、広い色再現性という点で不十分であった。
On the other hand, Patent Document 6 includes PG58 and a yellow organic pigment as a green composition for a color filter that can adjust the luminance without reducing a high contrast, and includes a blue pigment, a red pigment, a purple pigment, and an orange pigment. A green composition containing any one selected is disclosed.
However, the technique disclosed in Patent Document 6 is insufficient in terms of wide color reproducibility.
特開2011-237769号公報JP 2011-237769 A 特開2012-32767号公報JP 2012-32767 A 特開2013-20558号公報JP 2013-20558 A 特開2012-108266号公報JP 2012-108266 A 特開2009-162979号公報JP 2009-162979 A 特開2011-118051号公報JP 2011-118051 A
 近年のカラーフィルタにおいては、高輝度化や高コントラスト化の要求を実現するための色材分散性を向上する技術に伴って、カラーフィルタを量産する中での様々な課題について解決する必要がある。すなわち、樹脂組成物中の色材濃度を高めるためには、必然的に分散剤も増やす必要があり、現像残渣の発生や、現像時間の遅延等の問題が生じていた。また、色材濃度を高め、分散剤含有量が増加すると、相対的にバインダー量が減少することから、着色樹脂層が現像時に下地基板から剥離し易くなるという問題が生じていた。そのため、着色樹脂組成物として高い現像密着性を有することが求められるが、実用レベルに達しないという問題があった。更に、カラーフィルタの製造工程においては、一度乾燥した着色樹脂組成物の固形分が再度溶剤に溶解する性質、溶剤への再溶解性に優れたものであることが求められている。例えば、ダイコーターによる塗布を行う際にダイリップ先端に感光性着色樹脂組成物が付着すると、乾燥によって固化物が発生するが、塗布が再開された際に固化物が感光性着色樹脂組成物に溶解しやすくないと、ダイリップ上の固化物が一部剥離し、カラーフィルタの着色層に付着しやすく、異物欠陥の原因となる。特に、着色樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めた場合には、溶剤再溶解性が不足しやすく、カラーフィルタの製造工程の上記異物の発生による歩留まりの低下が問題となっていた。
 しかしながら、特許文献1~2に記載の方法によっても、色材分散性に加えて、カラーフィルタを量産する中での様々な課題、現像残渣の発生、現像密着性、溶剤再溶解性の全てについて解決することは、後述する比較例に示すように、困難であった。
In recent color filters, it is necessary to solve various problems in mass production of color filters in accordance with the technology for improving the colorant dispersibility in order to realize the demand for higher brightness and higher contrast. . That is, in order to increase the color material concentration in the resin composition, it is necessary to increase the amount of the dispersant, which causes problems such as generation of a development residue and a delay in development time. Further, when the colorant concentration is increased and the dispersant content is increased, the amount of the binder is relatively decreased, which causes a problem that the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development. Therefore, although it is calculated | required that it has high image development adhesiveness as a colored resin composition, there existed a problem that it did not reach a practical use level. Furthermore, in the manufacturing process of a color filter, it is calculated | required that the solid content of the colored resin composition once dried is excellent in the property which melt | dissolves in a solvent again, and the re-solubility in a solvent. For example, if the photosensitive colored resin composition adheres to the tip of the die lip when coating with a die coater, a solidified product is generated by drying, but the solidified product dissolves in the photosensitive colored resin composition when coating is resumed. If it is not easy to do, a part of the solidified product on the die lip peels off and easily adheres to the colored layer of the color filter, which causes a foreign matter defect. In particular, when the colorant concentration of the colored resin composition is increased, the solvent re-solubility is likely to be insufficient, and the yield is reduced due to the occurrence of the foreign matter in the color filter manufacturing process.
However, even with the methods described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, in addition to dispersibility of color materials, all of various problems in mass production of color filters, development residue generation, development adhesion, and solvent resolubility It has been difficult to solve the problem as shown in a comparative example described later.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性及び溶剤再溶解性に優れた感光性着色樹脂組成物を作製可能な色材分散液、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、また、コントラストに優れた着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ、並びに、当該カラーフィルタを用いることにより表示特性に優れた液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置を提供することを第一の目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a photosensitive colored resin composition having excellent colorant dispersion stability and excellent development adhesion and solvent resolubility while suppressing generation of development residues. Color filter capable of forming a colored layer with excellent colorant dispersion, excellent colorant dispersion stability, excellent development adhesion and solvent re-dissolution, and excellent contrast while suppressing development residue generation Photosensitive coloring resin composition, color filter formed using the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, liquid crystal display device excellent in display characteristics by using the color filter, and organic light emitting display device The primary purpose is to provide
 また、カラーフィルタの緑色画素を、厚膜化することなく、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域としながら、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を達成するには、青味の緑色を呈し且つ輝度の高い緑色顔料分散液が望まれていたが、従来存在しなかった。
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、青味の緑色を呈し、色材分散安定性に優れ、輝度の高い緑色色材分散液、当該色材分散液を用いた、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いた高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタ、並びに、当該カラーフィルタを用いることにより高輝度で色再現性に優れた液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置を提供することを第二の目的とする。
In order to achieve high brightness and high contrast without increasing the thickness of the green pixel of the color filter while maintaining the high color density green chromaticity region, the color filter exhibits a bluish green color and brightness. A green pigment dispersion having a high particle size has been desired, but has not existed in the past.
The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and exhibits a bluish green color, is excellent in color material dispersion stability, and has a high luminance. Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters capable of forming a colored layer having excellent solubility, high luminance and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility, and high luminance and high using the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters A second object is to provide a color filter having excellent contrast and color reproducibility, and a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility by using the color filter.
 前記第一の目的を解決するための第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記分散剤が、下記ブロック共重合体(P1)、及び、下記塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種であって、
 P1:下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体;
 P2:前記ブロック共重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体;
 当該分散剤の酸価が1~18mgKOH/gで、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることを特徴とする。
The color material dispersion for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention for solving the first object is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
The dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2),
P1: a block copolymer containing an A block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer;
P2: From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more selected compounds form a salt;
The acid value of the dispersant is 1 to 18 mgKOH / g, and the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is 30 ° C. or higher.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
 一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。一般式(2)において、R、Rb’、及びRb”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。一般式(3)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In General Formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R. It represents e, R e is a straight chain of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, branched chain or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or an alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via a group. In the general formula (2), R b , R b ′ , and R b ″ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, Represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or —O—R f , wherein R f has a substituent. A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or 1 carbon atom Represents a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ˜4, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, wherein R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom; A hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Represents a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, A phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R c and R d contains a carbon atom .)
 前記第二の目的を解決するための第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含み、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることを特徴とする。
The color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention for solving the second object is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
The color material is C.I. I. Including Pigment Green 59,
The dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In General Formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
 また、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記本発明に係る色材分散液と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤とを含有することを特徴とする。 Moreover, the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention contains the color material dispersion according to the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator. .
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、透明基板と、当該透明基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、前記着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層であることを特徴とする。 The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the color filter photosensitivity according to the present invention. It is a colored layer formed by curing a colored resin composition.
 本発明は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有する、液晶表示装置を提供する。
 また、本発明は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有する、有機発光表示装置を提供する。
The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
The present invention also provides an organic light emitting display device comprising the color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitter.
 第一の本発明によれば、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性に優れた感光性着色樹脂組成物を作製可能な色材分散液、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、また、コントラストに優れた着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ、並びに、当該カラーフィルタを用いることにより表示特性に優れた液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置を提供することができる。
 また、第二の本発明によれば、青味の緑色を呈し、色材分散安定性に優れ、輝度の高い緑色色材分散液、当該色材分散液を用いた、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いた高輝度で及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタ、並びに、当該カラーフィルタを用いることにより高輝度で色再現性に優れた液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置を提供することができる。
According to the first aspect of the present invention, a coloring material that is excellent in coloring material dispersion stability and capable of producing a photosensitive colored resin composition excellent in development adhesion and solvent resolubility while suppressing generation of development residue. Photosensitive colored resin for color filters that is excellent in dispersion and color material dispersion stability, has excellent development adhesion and solvent re-dissolution properties, and can form colored layers with excellent contrast while suppressing development residue generation. It is possible to provide a composition, a color filter formed using the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a liquid crystal display device excellent in display characteristics by using the color filter, and an organic light emitting display device. it can.
Further, according to the second aspect of the present invention, it exhibits a bluish green color, is excellent in colorant dispersion stability, has a high brightness, and is excellent in solvent resolubility using the colorant dispersion. , A photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters capable of forming a colored layer with high brightness and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility, and high brightness and high contrast color using the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters A color filter having excellent reproducibility, and a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility can be provided by using the color filter.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
I.第一の本発明
 以下、第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、液晶表示装置並びに有機発光表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 本明細書において、特に断りのない限り、色度座標x、yは、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系におけるものである。
I. Hereinafter, the color material dispersion for color filter, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, the color filter, the liquid crystal display device and the organic light emitting display device according to the first invention will be described in detail below. .
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.
In the present invention, (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source.
I-1.第一の本発明に係る色材分散液
 第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記分散剤が、下記ブロック共重合体(P1)、及び、下記塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種であって、
 P1:下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体;
 P2:前記ブロック共重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体;
 当該分散剤の酸価が1~18mgKOH/gで、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることを特徴とする。
I-1. Colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention The colorant dispersion for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention is a colorant dispersion containing a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent,
The dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2),
P1: a block copolymer containing an A block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer;
P2: From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more selected compounds form a salt;
The acid value of the dispersant is 1 to 18 mgKOH / g, and the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is 30 ° C. or higher.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
 一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。一般式(2)において、R、Rb’、及びRb”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。一般式(3)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In General Formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R. It represents e, R e is a straight chain of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, branched chain or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or an alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via a group. In the general formula (2), R b , R b ′ , and R b ″ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, Represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or —O—R f , wherein R f has a substituent. A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or 1 carbon atom Represents a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ˜4, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, wherein R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom; A hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Represents a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, A phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R c and R d contains a carbon atom .)
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、分散剤として、前記特定の酸価と特定のガラス転移温度を有する、上記特定の構成単位を含むブロック共重合体(P1)、及び当該ブロック共重合体と前記特定化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種を用いるため、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性に優れた感光性着色樹脂組成物を作製可能である。また、当該色材分散液を用いて調製されるカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、コントラストに優れた着色層を形成することができる。 The colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes, as a dispersant, a block copolymer (P1) having the specific acid unit and a specific glass transition temperature and including the specific structural unit, and the block copolymer. Since at least one salt-type block copolymer (P2) in which a salt is formed with the specific compound is used, the colorant dispersion stability is excellent, and the development adhesion is suppressed while the generation of development residue is suppressed. A photosensitive colored resin composition having excellent solubility can be produced. Moreover, the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters prepared using the said color material dispersion liquid can form the colored layer excellent in contrast.
 前記特定の酸価と特定のガラス転移温度を有する、上記特定の構成単位を含むブロック共重合体(P1)、及び当該ブロック共重合体と前記特定化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種を分散剤として用いることにより、上記のような効果を発揮する作用としては、未解明であるが以下のように推定される。
 従来、顔料分散剤として、アミノ基又はアンモニウム塩基を有する特定の繰り返し単位を含むAブロックと、酸性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むBブロックとを有するブロック共重合体により、分散性や分散安定性、アルカリ現像性を向上することができることは知られていた(例えば特許文献1、2及び4)。
 しかしながら、本発明者らが検討した結果、特許文献1に記載されている方法では、特に現像密着性が実用レベルに達するものではなかった。特許文献1に記載されている方法では、後述する比較例に示すように、ブロック共重合体にカルボン酸エステルのアルコール由来部分にアルキレンオキシ鎖を含む特定の繰り返し単位を含むことからガラス転移温度が低くなることが原因と推定された。顔料分散剤としてのブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度が、現像液温度よりも低い温度、もしくは近い温度であると、現像時に分散剤の分子運動が大きくなり、その結果、現像密着性が低下すると推定された。
 また、特許文献2及び4に記載されている方法でも、特に現像密着性が実用レベルに達するものではなかった。特許文献2及び4に記載されている方法では、後述する比較例に示すように、本願で特定した値よりも分散剤の酸価が高いことから、現像性に優れるものの、極性が高すぎて却って剥離が生じ易くなることが原因と推定された。特許文献2及び4に記載されている方法では、分散剤が、特定の低い酸価と特定の高いガラス転移温度を同時に満たすという発想がないため、現像密着性が実用レベルに達するものではないと推定される。
The block copolymer (P1) having the specific structural unit and having the specific acid value and the specific glass transition temperature, and the salt-type block copolymer in which the block copolymer and the specific compound form a salt By using at least one of the coalesced (P2) as a dispersant, the effect of exerting the above-mentioned effects is unclear but is estimated as follows.
Conventionally, as a pigment dispersant, a block copolymer having an A block containing a specific repeating unit having an amino group or an ammonium base and a B block containing a repeating unit having an acidic group, dispersibility and dispersion stability, It has been known that alkali developability can be improved (for example, Patent Documents 1, 2, and 4).
However, as a result of investigations by the present inventors, the method described in Patent Document 1 did not particularly achieve the development adhesion at a practical level. In the method described in Patent Document 1, as shown in a comparative example to be described later, since the block copolymer contains a specific repeating unit containing an alkyleneoxy chain in the alcohol-derived portion of the carboxylic acid ester, the glass transition temperature is low. The cause was estimated to be lower. When the glass transition temperature of the block copolymer as the pigment dispersant is lower than or near the temperature of the developer, the molecular motion of the dispersant increases during development, and as a result, the development adhesion decreases. Estimated.
In addition, even with the methods described in Patent Documents 2 and 4, the development adhesiveness has not reached a practical level. In the methods described in Patent Documents 2 and 4, as shown in Comparative Examples described later, the acid value of the dispersant is higher than the value specified in the present application, so the developability is excellent, but the polarity is too high. On the other hand, it was presumed that the peeling was likely to occur. In the methods described in Patent Documents 2 and 4, since there is no idea that the dispersant satisfies a specific low acid value and a specific high glass transition temperature at the same time, the development adhesion does not reach a practical level. Presumed.
 本発明者らは、鋭意検討の結果、特定のブロック共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価が高いと現像密着性が実用レベルに達せず、且つ溶剤再溶解性が悪化するが、特定の値以下の低酸価であると、現像残渣の抑制効果を有しつつ、剥離が生じ難く良好な現像密着性が得られ、且つ溶剤再溶解性に優れることを見出した。一方、当該特定のブロック共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体が上記特定の値以下の低酸価であっても、ガラス転移温度が所定値よりも低いと現像密着性が実用レベルに達しないが、ガラス転移温度が現像液温度よりも高い30℃以上であるブロック共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体を用いると、現像密着性に優れることを見出した。ガラス転移温度が現像液温度よりも高い30℃以上であるブロック共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体を用いると、現像時の分散剤の分子運動が抑制されることから、現像密着性の低下が抑制されると推定される。 As a result of intensive studies, the inventors have not reached a practical level when the acid value of a specific block copolymer or salt-type block copolymer is high, and the solvent resolubility deteriorates. It has been found that when the acid value is not more than a specific value, it has an effect of suppressing the development residue, is less likely to be peeled off, has good development adhesion, and is excellent in solvent resolubility. On the other hand, even if the specific block copolymer or salt-type block copolymer has a low acid value not higher than the specific value, if the glass transition temperature is lower than the predetermined value, the development adhesion does not reach a practical level. However, it has been found that when a block copolymer or a salt-type block copolymer having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher, which is higher than the developer temperature, is used, the development adhesiveness is excellent. When a block copolymer or salt type block copolymer having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher, which is higher than the developer temperature, is used, molecular movement of the dispersant during development is suppressed, resulting in a decrease in development adhesion. Is estimated to be suppressed.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、少なくとも色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 以下、このような本発明に係る色材分散液の各成分について、本発明に特徴的な分散剤から順に詳細に説明する。
The color material dispersion according to the present invention contains at least a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. is there.
Hereinafter, each component of the colorant dispersion according to the present invention will be described in detail in order from the dispersant characteristic of the present invention.
<分散剤>
 本発明においては、分散剤として、前記ブロック共重合体(P1)、及び、前記塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種であって、当該分散剤の酸価が1~18mgKOH/gで、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である分散剤が用いられる。
<Dispersant>
In the present invention, the dispersant is at least one of the block copolymer (P1) and the salt-type block copolymer (P2), and the dispersant has an acid value of 1 to 18 mgKOH / g. Thus, a dispersant having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher is used.
 Aブロックに含まれる前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。また、当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した場合においては、当該塩形成部が色材に対してより強い吸着部位として機能する。一方、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックは、親溶剤性を有するブロックとして機能する。そのため、本発明のブロック共重合体は、色材と吸着するAブロックと溶剤親和性を有するBブロックとで機能を分担して、色材分散剤として機能する。 The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contained in the A block has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for the coloring material. Further, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) are salts. In this case, the salt forming part functions as a stronger adsorption site for the coloring material. On the other hand, the B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer functions as a block having solvophilicity. Therefore, the block copolymer of the present invention functions as a colorant dispersing agent by sharing the function between the colorant and the adsorbing A block and the solvent B compatible block.
[ブロック共重合体]
 {Aブロック}
(一般式(I)で表される構成単位)
 一般式(I)において、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基である。直接結合とは、Aが原子を有しないこと、即ち、一般式(I)におけるC(炭素原子)と、N(窒素原子)とが、他の原子を介さずに結合していることを意味する。
 Aにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、炭素原子数1~10のエーテル基(-R’-OR”-:R’及びR”は、各々独立にアルキレン基)及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(I)におけるAは、直接結合、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。
[Block copolymer]
{A block}
(Structural unit represented by general formula (I))
In general formula (I), A is a direct bond or a divalent linking group. The direct bond means that A does not have an atom, that is, C (carbon atom) and N (nitrogen atom) in the general formula (I) are bonded without interposing another atom. To do.
Examples of the divalent linking group in A include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (—R′—OR). "-: R 'and R" each independently represents an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, A in the general formula (I) is preferably a direct bond, a -CONH- group, or a divalent linking group containing a -COO- group.
 R及びRにおける、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1~18が好ましく、中でも、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。
 アラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられる。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 また、アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
 ヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、炭化水素基中の水素原子は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子により置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group that may include a hetero atom in R 2 and R 3 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group.
Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like. 1 to 18 are preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a biphenylmethyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 14.
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 24, and more preferably 6 to 12. The preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
The hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
The hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom.
 RとRが互いに結合して環構造を形成しているとは、RとRが窒素原子を介して環構造を形成していることをいう。R及びRが形成する環構造にヘテロ原子が含まれていても良い。環構造は特に限定されないが、例えば、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環等が挙げられる。 The phrase “R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure” means that R 2 and R 3 form a ring structure through a nitrogen atom. The ring structure formed by R 2 and R 3 may contain a hetero atom. The ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.
 本発明においては、中でも、RとRが各々独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、RとRが結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましい。 In the present invention, among them, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, It is preferable to form a piperidine ring or a morpholine ring.
 上記一般式(I)で表される構成単位としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。
Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, and other alkyl group-substituted amino groups. Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like. Of these, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be composed of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロック中、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、3個以上含まれることが好ましい。中でも、分散性、及び分散安定性を向上する点から、3~100個含むことが好ましく、3~50個含むことがより好ましく、更に3~30個含むことがより好ましい。 In the A block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (I) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
 Aブロックは本発明の目的を達成する範囲で、一般式(I)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位を有するものであってもよく、一般式(I)で表される構成単位と共重合可能な構成単位であれば含有することができる。例えば、塩基性ブロック部が含有してもよい一般式(I)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位としては、後述するBブロックにおいて挙げられた“その他の構成単位”を用いることができ、具体的には例えば、後述する一般式(II)で表される構成単位等が挙げられる。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体におけるAブロック中、一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、Aブロックの全構成単位の合計質量に対して、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、80~100質量%であることがより好ましく、100質量%であることが最も好ましい。一般式(I)で表される構成単位の割合が高いほど、色材への吸着力が向上し、ブロック共重合体の分散性、及び分散安定性が良好となるからである。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するAブロックを合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。
The A block may have a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the object of the present invention is achieved, and may share the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). Any polymerizable structural unit can be contained. For example, as the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that may be contained in the basic block part, “other structural units” mentioned in the B block described later can be used, Specific examples include a structural unit represented by general formula (II) described later.
In the A block in the block copolymer before salt formation, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is 50 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the A block. Is preferable, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and most preferably 100% by mass. This is because as the proportion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is higher, the adsorptive power to the coloring material is improved, and the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the block copolymer are improved. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining A block which has a structural unit represented by general formula (I).
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、分散性、及び分散安定性が良好となる点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、5~60質量%であることが好ましく、10~50質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記ブロック共重合体における各構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。
 なお、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、色材との親和性を有すればよく、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
Further, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are obtained from the viewpoint of good dispersibility and dispersion stability. The total mass is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass. In addition, the content rate of each structural unit in the said block copolymer is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation.
In addition, the structural unit represented by general formula (I) should just have affinity with a color material, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units. Good.
 {Bブロック}
 Bブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含まず、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むブロックである。Bブロックとしては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な、不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーの中から、親溶剤性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、共重合体の23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、Bブロックを導入することが好ましい。
{B block}
B block is a block which does not contain the structural unit represented by the said general formula (I), but contains the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer. As the B block, among monomers having an unsaturated double bond that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an appropriate solvent is used depending on the solvent. It is preferable to select and use. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
(カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位)
 本発明に用いられるカルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合とカルボキシ基を含有するモノマーを用いることができる。
 このようなモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシ基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの酸無水物基含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。
(Constitutional unit derived from carboxy group-containing monomer)
As the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the present invention, a monomer containing an unsaturated double bond and a carboxy group that can be copolymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by formula (I) can be used.
Examples of such monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like. Also, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used. Moreover, you may use acid anhydride group containing monomers, such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の酸価が前記特定の酸価の範囲内になるように適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、0.05~4.5質量%であることが好ましく、0.07~3.7質量%であることがより好ましい。
 カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合が、前記下限値以上であることより、現像残渣の抑制効果に優れ、前記上限値以下であることより現像密着性の悪化や溶剤再溶解性の悪化を防止できる。
 なお、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位は、上記特定の酸価となればよく、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
In the block copolymer before salt formation, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer may be appropriately set so that the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value. Although not limited, it is preferably 0.05 to 4.5% by mass and more preferably 0.07 to 3.7% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer.
The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer is greater than or equal to the lower limit value, so that it is excellent in the effect of suppressing development residue, and is less than or equal to the upper limit value, thereby deteriorating development adhesion and solvent resolubility. Can be prevented.
In addition, the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer should just become said specific acid value, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units.
(その他の構成単位)
 Bブロックには、親溶剤性を良好にする点から、通常、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の他に、更に親溶剤性を向上する構成単位が含まれる。
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合を有する単量体を挙げることができ、中でも下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位が好ましい。
(Other structural units)
In view of improving the solvophilicity, the B block usually contains a structural unit that further improves the solvophilicity in addition to the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer.
Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The structural unit represented by (II) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(一般式(II)中、A’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基、Rは、炭化水素基、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-R又は-[(CH-O]-Rで示される1価の基である。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、Rは、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、又は-CHCOORで示される1価の基であり、Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基である。
 上記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In the general formula (II), A ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 8. Each of R 6 and R 7 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 8 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 9 , and R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is an alkyl group.
The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 一般式(II)において、A’は、一般式(I)におけるAと同様のものとすることができる。中でも、有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、直接結合、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。 In general formula (II), A 'can be the same as A in general formula (I). Of these, a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, a —CONH— group, or a —COO— group is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent.
 一般式(II)において、Rは、炭化水素基、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-R又は-[(CH-O]-Rを示す。
 Rにおける炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~18のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 上記炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-エトキシエチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ジシクロペンテニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。
 上記炭素原子数2~18のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。
 アルキル基やアルケニル基等の脂肪族炭化水素の置換基としては、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
In the general formula (II), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 8. Indicates.
The hydrocarbon group for R 5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, 2 -Ethylhexyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, dicyclopentenyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group and the like can be mentioned.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group. The position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the polymer obtained, it is preferable that there is a double bond at the terminal of the alkenyl group.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon substituent such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環の置換基としては、炭素原子数1~4の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の他、アルケニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
 なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 24, and more preferably 6 to 12.
Moreover, as an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, etc. are mentioned, Furthermore, you may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 14.
Examples of the substituent on the aromatic ring such as an aryl group and an aralkyl group include straight-chain and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, and halogen atoms.
The preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
 上記Rにおいて、xは1~18の整数、好ましくは1~4の整数、より好ましくは1~2の整数であり、yは1~5の整数、好ましくは1~4の整数、より好ましくは2又は3である。zは1~18の整数、好ましくは1~4の整数、より好ましくは1~2の整数である。 In R 5 described above, x is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2, and y is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably Is 2 or 3. z is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 上記Rにおける炭化水素基は、前記Rで示したものと同様のものとすることができる。
 Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であって、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位中のRは、互いに同一であってもよいし、異なるものであってもよい。
The hydrocarbon group for R 8 can be the same as that shown for R 5 .
R 9 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
Moreover, R 5 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be the same or different from each other.
 上記Rとしては、中でも、後述する溶剤との相溶性に優れたものとなるように選定することが好ましく、具体的には、例えば上記溶剤が、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の溶剤として一般的に使用されているグリコールエーテルアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系などの溶剤を用いる場合には、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ベンジル基等が好ましい。 The R 5 is preferably selected so as to be excellent in compatibility with a solvent described later. Specifically, for example, the solvent is generally used as a solvent for a colored resin composition for a color filter. When a commonly used solvent such as glycol ether acetate, ether or ester is used, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like is preferable.
 さらに、上記Rは、上記ブロック共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、アルコキシ基、水酸基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基等の置換基によって置換されたものとしてもよく、また、上記ブロック共重合体の合成後に、上記置換基を有する化合物と反応させて、上記置換基を付加させてもよい。 Furthermore, R 5 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, or an isocyanate group as long as the dispersion performance of the block copolymer is not hindered. After the synthesis of the polymer, the substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the substituent.
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位の数は特に限定されないが、親溶剤性部位と親色材部位が効果的に作用し、色材の分散性を向上する点から、10~300個であることが好ましく、10~100個であることがより好ましく、更に10~70個であることがより好ましい。 The number of structural units constituting the B block is not particularly limited, but is 10 to 300 in terms of improving the dispersibility of the colorant by effectively acting the solvophilic part and the parent colorant part. Preferably, the number is 10 to 100, more preferably 10 to 70.
 ブロック共重合体におけるBブロック中、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、親溶剤性や色材分散性を向上する点から、Bブロックの全構成単位の合計質量に対して、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、70~100質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有するBブロックを合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。 In the B block in the block copolymer, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is based on the total mass of all the structural units of the B block from the viewpoint of improving the solvent affinity and the colorant dispersibility. On the other hand, the content is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 70 to 100% by mass. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the B block which has a structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer.
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、色材分散性を向上する点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、40~95質量%であることが好ましく、50~90質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。  Further, in the block copolymer before salt formation, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer from the viewpoint of improving the colorant dispersibility. The content is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation. *
 Bブロックは、親溶剤性部位として機能するように構成単位を適宜選択すれば良く、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。Bブロックに含まれる2種以上の構成単位は、当該ブロック内ではランダムに配列していてもよい。 In the B block, the structural unit may be appropriately selected so as to function as a solvophilic moiety, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds. The structural unit may be included. Two or more structural units included in the B block may be randomly arranged in the block.
 本発明においては、ブロック共重合体のBブロック中に、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位が含まれることが、現像密着性を向上する点から好ましい。水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位が含まれる場合には、通常基板として用いられるガラスや金属等と相互作用し易いため、現像密着性が向上すると考えられる。Bブロック中に、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位が含まれる場合には、更に現像速度も向上する。
 なお、ここでの水酸基は、脂肪族炭化水素に結合したアルコール性水酸基をいう。
In this invention, it is preferable from the point which improves the development adhesiveness that the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl-containing monomer is contained in B block of a block copolymer. In the case where a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is included, it tends to interact with glass, metal or the like usually used as a substrate, so that it is considered that the development adhesion is improved. When the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is contained in the B block, the development speed is further improved.
Here, the hydroxyl group means an alcoholic hydroxyl group bonded to an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
 水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合と水酸基を含有するモノマーを用いることができる。このようなモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートのε-カプロラクトン1モル付加物、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 現像性が向上する点から、1級水酸基を有することが2級水酸基を有するよりも好ましい。なお、1級水酸基とは、水酸基が結合する炭素原子が第1級炭素原子である水酸基をいい、2級水酸基とは、水酸基が結合する炭素原子が第2級炭素原子である水酸基をいう。
 後述するように、本発明に用いられる分散剤のガラス転移温度を特定の値以上とし、現像密着性が向上する点から、中でも、各モノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が、0℃以上となる水酸基含有モノマーを用いることが好ましく、更に10℃以上となる水酸基含有モノマーを用いることが好ましい。
 現像密着性が向上する点から、中でも、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、及び2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましい。
As the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a monomer containing an unsaturated double bond and a hydroxyl group that can be copolymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by formula (I) can be used. Examples of such monomers include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and glycerin mono (meth). Examples include acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, ε-caprolactone 1-mole adduct of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
From the viewpoint of improving developability, it is preferable to have a primary hydroxyl group rather than a secondary hydroxyl group. The primary hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group in which the carbon atom to which the hydroxyl group is bonded is a primary carbon atom, and the secondary hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group in which the carbon atom to which the hydroxyl group is bonded is a secondary carbon atom.
As will be described later, the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is set to a specific value or higher, and the development adhesion is improved. It is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing monomer that is 0 ° C. or higher, and it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing monomer that is 10 ° C. or higher.
From the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate.
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)中、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより更に好ましく、4質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると現像密着性が好ましいものとすることができる。同様に、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより更に好ましく、40質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると他の有用なモノマーの導入比率を上げられる点から好ましいものとすることができる。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。 Moreover, the content rate of the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl-containing monomer in the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is 1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer. It is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 4% by mass or more. When it is at least the above lower limit, the development adhesiveness can be made preferable. Similarly, it is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. If it is not more than the above upper limit, it can be made preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the introduction ratio of other useful monomers. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation.
 また、本発明においては、Bブロック中に、芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位が含まれることが、溶剤再溶解性が向上する点から好ましい。芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位が含まれる場合には、溶剤や他の成分との相溶性が向上し易いため、溶剤再溶解性が向上すると考えられる。
 芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合と芳香族基を含有するモノマーを用いることができる。このようなモノマーとしては、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアクリレート類、スチレン等のスチレン類、フェニルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類が挙げられる。
 後述するように、本発明に用いられる分散剤のガラス転移温度を特定の値以上とし、現像密着性が向上する点から、中でも、各モノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が、0℃以上となる芳香族基含有モノマーを用いることが好ましく、更に10℃以上となる芳香族基含有モノマーを用いることが好ましい。
 再溶解性が向上し易い点から、中でも、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、及びフェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、更に、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及び2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましい。 
Moreover, in this invention, it is preferable from the point which the solvent resolubility improves that the structural unit derived from an aromatic group containing monomer is contained in B block. In the case where a structural unit derived from an aromatic group-containing monomer is included, compatibility with the solvent and other components is likely to be improved, so that it is considered that the solvent resolubility is improved.
As the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer, a monomer containing an unsaturated double bond and an aromatic group that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) can be used. . Examples of such monomers include acrylates such as benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrenes such as styrene, and vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether. Kind.
As will be described later, the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is set to a specific value or higher, and the development adhesion is improved. It is preferable to use an aromatic group-containing monomer having a temperature of 0 ° C. or higher, and it is preferable to use an aromatic group-containing monomer having a temperature of 10 ° C. or higher.
From the viewpoint of easy improvement in re-solubility, among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. Further, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of benzyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate.
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)中、芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合は、溶剤再溶解性を向上する点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより更に好ましく、4質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると溶剤再溶解性が好ましいものとすることができる。同様に、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより更に好ましく、40質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると他の有用なモノマーの導入比率を上げられる点から好ましいものとすることができる。 In the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer is the total mass of all the structural units of the block copolymer from the viewpoint of improving solvent resolubility. On the other hand, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 4% by mass or more. Solvent resolubility can be made preferable as it is more than the said lower limit. Similarly, it is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. If it is not more than the above upper limit, it can be made preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the introduction ratio of other useful monomers.
 また、中でも親溶剤性を有するBブロックが、(i)水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位、並びに、(ii)水酸基及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の少なくとも1種を含むことが、現像密着性及び溶剤再溶解性を向上する点から好ましい。 Among them, the B block having solvophilic properties is composed of (i) a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a structural unit derived from an aromatic group-containing monomer, and (ii) a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group and an aromatic group-containing monomer. The inclusion of at least one kind is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
(i)水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位をそれぞれ含む場合には、芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位1質量部に対して、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を0.15質量部以上で含有することが好ましく、0.5質量部以上で含有することがさらに好ましい。上記下限値以上であると現像密着性に優れたものとすることができるからである。また、同様に芳香族基含有モノマーの構成単位1質量部に対して、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を15質量部以下で含有することが好ましく、7質量部以下で含有することがさらに好ましい。上記上限値以下であると溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができるからである。中でも、単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が10℃以上となる芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位1質量部に対して、単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が10℃以上となる水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を上記範囲で含有することが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上で含有することで現像密着性をさらに優れたものとすることができ、上記上限値以下で含有することで溶剤再溶解性をさらに優れたものとすることができるからである。 (I) When the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and the structural unit derived from an aromatic group-containing monomer are included, the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer with respect to 1 part by mass of the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer Is preferably contained in an amount of 0.15 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more. It is because it can be set as the thing excellent in image development adhesiveness as it is more than the said lower limit. Similarly, the structural unit derived from the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is preferably contained in an amount of 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7 parts by mass or less, with respect to 1 part by mass of the structural unit of the aromatic group-containing monomer. It is because it can be excellent in solvent resolubility that it is below the above-mentioned upper limit. Among them, the glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the homopolymer is 10 parts per 1 part by mass of the structural unit derived from the aromatic group-containing monomer having a glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the homopolymer of 10 ° C. or more. It is particularly preferable that the structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer having a temperature of at least ° C. is contained in the above range. It is because the development adhesiveness can be further improved by containing at the above lower limit or more, and the solvent resolubility can be further improved by containing at the above upper limit or less.
 また、(ii)水酸基及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位における、水酸基及び芳香族基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-アクリロイロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチル-フタル酸等が挙げられる。2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレートは、単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が10℃以上であって、且つ、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位から得られる効果と芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位から得られる効果のいずれも得られる点から好ましく用いられる。すなわち、現像密着性、現像速度、溶剤再溶解性が向上する点で好ましいからである。
 (ii)水酸基及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含む場合には、1つの構成単位により現像密着性、現像速度、溶剤再溶解性を向上することができるため、他の機能性モノマーの導入比率を上げることができるというメリットもある。
In addition, (ii) the hydroxyl group and aromatic group-containing monomer in the structural unit derived from the hydroxyl group and aromatic group-containing monomer includes, for example, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-acryloyloxyethyl- Examples include 2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid. 2-Hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate has a glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of a homopolymer of 10 ° C. or higher, an effect obtained from a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, and aromaticity. It is preferably used since any of the effects obtained from the structural unit derived from the group-containing monomer can be obtained. That is, it is preferable in terms of improving the development adhesion, the development speed, and the solvent re-solubility.
(Ii) When a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group and aromatic group-containing monomer is included, the development adhesion, development speed, and solvent resolubility can be improved by one structural unit. There is also an advantage that the introduction ratio can be increased.
 また、後述するように、本発明に用いられる分散剤のガラス転移温度を特定の値以上とし、現像密着性が向上する点から、モノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が10℃以上であるモノマーを、合計でBブロック中に75質量%以上とすることが好ましく、更に85質量%以上とすることが好ましい。 Further, as described later, the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is set to a specific value or more, and the glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the monomer homopolymer is 10 from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion. It is preferable that the monomer having a temperature of 0 ° C. or higher is 75% by mass or more, and more preferably 85% by mass or more in the B block.
 前記ブロック共重合体(P1)において、前記Aブロックの構成単位のユニット数mと、前記Bブロックの構成単位のユニット数nの比率m/nとしては、0.05~1.5の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.1~1.0の範囲内であることが、色材の分散性、分散安定性の点からより好ましい。 In the block copolymer (P1), the ratio m / n of the unit number m of the structural unit of the A block and the unit number n of the structural unit of the B block is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5. In view of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant, it is more preferable that the ratio be in the range of 0.1 to 1.0.
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価は、特に限定されないが、色材分散性及び分散安定性の点から、下限としては、40mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上であることがさらにより好ましい。また、上限としては、140mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、130mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、分散安定性がより優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。
 なお、本発明において塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価とは、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の固形分1gを中和するのに必要な塩酸量に対して当量となる水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される値である。
Further, the amine value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability, the lower limit is preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and 50 mgKOH / G or more is more preferable, and 60 mgKOH / g or more is even more preferable. Moreover, as an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 140 mgKOH / g or less, It is more preferable that it is 130 mgKOH / g or less, It is still more preferable that it is 120 mgKOH / g or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, dispersion stability is more excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it is excellent in compatibility with another component and solvent resolubility becomes favorable.
In the present invention, the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation refers to potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the block copolymer before salt formation. This is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237.
 前記ブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、特に限定されないが、色材分散性及び分散安定性を良好なものとする点から、1000~20000であることが好ましく、2000~15000であることがより好ましく、更に3000~12000であることがより好ましい。
ここで、重量平均分子量は(Mw)、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。
 なお、本発明においてブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。測定は、東ソー(株)製のHLC-8120GPCを用い、溶出溶剤を0.01モル/リットルの臭化リチウムを添加したN-メチルピロリドンとし、校正曲線用ポリスチレンスタンダードをMw377400、210500、96000、50400、20650、10850、5460、2930、1300、580(以上、Polymer Laboratories社製 Easi PS-2シリーズ)及びMw1090000(東ソー(株)製)とし、測定カラムをTSK-GEL ALPHA-M×2本(東ソー(株)製)として行われたものである。なお、ブロック共重合体の原料となるマクロモノマーや塩型ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体についても、上記条件で行う。
The weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 20000, and preferably 2000 to 15000 from the viewpoint of good colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3000 to 12000.
Here, the weight average molecular weight is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by (Mw) and gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). For the measurement, HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation was used, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone to which 0.01 mol / liter of lithium bromide was added, and polystyrene standards for calibration curves were Mw377400, 210500, 96000, 50400. , 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (Easy PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSK-GEL ALPHA-M × 2 (Tosoh Corporation) (Made by Co., Ltd.). The macromonomer, salt-type block copolymer, and graft copolymer that are the raw materials for the block copolymer are also subjected to the above conditions.
 本発明においてブロック共重合体の各ブロックの配置は特に限定されず、例えば、ABブロック共重合体、ABAブロック共重合体、BABブロック共重合体等とすることができる。中でも、分散性に優れる点で、ABブロック共重合体、又はABAブロック共重合体が好ましい。 In the present invention, the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used. Among these, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
 上記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されない。公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができるが、中でもリビング重合法で製造することが好ましい。連鎖移動や失活が起こりにくく、分子量の揃った共重合体を製造することができ、分散性等を向上できるからである。リビング重合法としては、リビングラジカル重合法、グループトランスファー重合法等のリビングアニオン重合法、リビングカチオン重合法等を挙げることができる。これらの方法によりモノマーを順次重合することによって共重合体を製造することができる。例えば、Aブロックを先に製造し、AブロックにBブロックを構成する構成単位を重合することにより、ブロック共重合体を製造することができる。また上記の製造方法においてAブロックとBブロックの重合の順番を逆にすることもできる。また、AブロックとBブロックを別々に製造し、その後、AブロックとBブロックをカップリングすることもできる。 The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, it is preferable to produce it by a living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved. Examples of the living polymerization method include a living anionic polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cation polymerization method. A copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods. For example, a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block into the A block. In the above production method, the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed. Also, the A block and the B block can be manufactured separately, and then the A block and the B block can be coupled.
[塩型ブロック共重合体]
 本発明においては、前記ブロック共重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体を用いても良い。
 前記塩型ブロック共重合体は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位における塩形成部位において、色材吸着性がより向上し、色材分散性が向上する点から好適に用いられる。
[Salt-type block copolymer]
In the present invention, the block copolymer is selected from the group consisting of at least part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formulas (1) to (3). You may use the salt type block copolymer in which the 1 or more types of compound formed the salt.
The salt-type block copolymer is preferably used from the viewpoint that the color material adsorbability is further improved and the color material dispersibility is improved at the salt forming site in the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
(前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物)
 前記一般式(1)~(3)において、R、R、Rb’、Rb”、R、R、R、及びRにおける炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基としては、直鎖又は分岐鎖のいずれでも良く、また、環状構造を含んでいても良く、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、テトラデシル基、オクタデシル基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、炭素数1~15の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、更に好ましくは炭素数1~8の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 また、R、R、R、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基の置換基としては、例えば、炭素原子数が1~5のアルキル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
(One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3))
In the general formulas (1) to (3), R a , R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , R c , R d , R e , and R f are linear or branched chains having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alternatively, the cyclic alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may contain a cyclic structure, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n- Examples thereof include an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a tetradecyl group, an octadecyl group, etc., preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon number. 1-8 straight Examples include a chain, branched chain, or cyclic alkyl group.
In R a , R c , R d , and R e , examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group that may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an acyl group. And an acyloxy group.
 R、Rb’、Rb”、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基の置換基としては、例えば、酸性基又はそのエステル基、炭素原子数が1~5のアルキル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 また、R、Rb’、Rb”、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、或いはビニル基の置換基としては、酸性基又はそのエステル基、フェニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 R、Rb’、Rb”、及びRにおいて酸性基とは、水中でプロトンを放出し酸性を示す基のことをいう。酸性基の具体例としては、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホ基(-SOH)、ホスホノ基(-P(=O)(OH))、ホスフィニコ基(>P(=O)(OH))、ボロン酸基(-B(OH))、ボリン酸基(>BOH)等が挙げられ、カルボキシラト基(-COO)等のように水素原子が解離したアニオンであってもよく、更に、ナトリウムイオンやカリウムイオン等のアルカリ金属イオンと塩形成した酸性塩であってもよい。
 また、酸性基のエステル基としては、カルボン酸エステル(-COOR)、スルホン酸エステル(-SOR)、リン酸エステル(-P(=O)(OR))、(>P(=O)(OR))、ボロン酸エステル(-B(OR))、ボリン酸エステル(>BOR)等が挙げられる。中でも、酸性基のエステル基としては、カルボン酸エステル(-COOR)であることが分散性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。なお、Rは炭化水素基であり、特に限定されないが、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、中でも炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。
In R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , and R f , examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include an acidic group or an ester group thereof, 5 alkyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups and the like.
In R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , and R f , as a substituent for a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a vinyl group Includes an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a phenyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like.
In R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , and R f , the acidic group refers to a group that exhibits acidity by releasing protons in water. Specific examples of the acidic group include a carboxy group (—COOH), A sulfo group (—SO 3 H), a phosphono group (—P (═O) (OH) 2 ), a phosphinico group (> P (═O) (OH)), a boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), A borinic acid group (> BOH) and the like, and an anion in which a hydrogen atom is dissociated such as a carboxylate group (—COO ), and a salt of an alkali metal ion such as sodium ion or potassium ion and a salt It may be an acid salt formed.
As the ester group of the acidic group, carboxylic acid ester (—COOR), sulfonic acid ester (—SO 3 R), phosphoric acid ester (—P (═O) (OR) 2 ), (> P (═O ) (OR)), boronic acid ester (—B (OR) 2 ), borinic acid ester (> BOR) and the like. Among them, the acidic ester group is preferably a carboxylic acid ester (—COOR) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. R is a hydrocarbon group and is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferred.
 前記一般式(2)の化合物は、分散性、分散安定性、アルカリ現像性、及び現像残渣抑制の点から、カルボキシ基、ボロン酸基、ボリン酸基、これらのアニオン、並びにこれらのアルカリ金属塩、及びこれらのエステルより選択される1種以上の官能基を有することが好ましく、中でも、カルボキシ基、カルボキシラト基、カルボン酸塩基、及びカルボン酸エステルより選択される官能基を有することがより好ましい。
 前記一般式(2)の化合物が酸性基及びそのエステル基(以下、酸性基等という)を有する場合、当該化合物が有する酸性基等側、及び、ハロゲン原子側炭化水素のいずれもが末端の窒素部位と塩形成し得るが、末端の窒素部位と酸性基等とが塩形成した場合に比べて、末端の窒素部位とハロゲン原子側炭化水素とが安定して塩形成するものと推定される。そして、安定して存在する塩形成部位に色材が吸着することにより分散性及び分散安定性が向上するものと推定される。
The compound of the general formula (2) includes a carboxy group, a boronic acid group, a borinic acid group, anions thereof, and alkali metal salts thereof from the viewpoints of dispersibility, dispersion stability, alkali developability, and development residue suppression. It is preferable to have one or more functional groups selected from these esters, and among them, it is more preferable to have a functional group selected from a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a carboxylic acid group, and a carboxylic acid ester. .
When the compound of the general formula (2) has an acidic group and an ester group thereof (hereinafter referred to as an acidic group or the like), both the acidic group equivalent side and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon of the compound have terminal nitrogen. Although it is possible to form a salt with the site, it is presumed that the terminal nitrogen site and the halogen atom-side hydrocarbon form a salt more stably than when the terminal nitrogen site and an acidic group form a salt. And it is estimated that a dispersibility and dispersion stability improve because a coloring material adsorb | sucks to the salt formation site | part which exists stably.
 前記一般式(2)の化合物が前記酸性基等を有する場合、前記酸性基等を2個以上有していてもよい。前記酸性基等を2個以上有する場合、複数ある前記酸性基等は同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。前記一般式(2)の化合物が有する前記酸性基等の数は1~3個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましく、1個であることが更により好ましい。 When the compound of the general formula (2) has the acidic group or the like, it may have two or more acidic groups or the like. When two or more acidic groups or the like are included, the plurality of acidic groups or the like may be the same or different. The number of the acidic groups etc. contained in the compound of the general formula (2) is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and still more preferably 1.
 前記一般式(1)においてR、前記一般式(2)においてR、Rb’、及びRb”の少なくとも1つ、並びに、前記一般式(3)においてR及びRの少なくとも1つが芳香族環を有する場合には、後述する色材の骨格との間の親和性が向上し、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が優れたものとなり、コントラストに優れた着色組成物を得ることができる点から好ましい。 R a in the general formula (1), at least one of R b , R b ′ and R b ″ in the general formula (2), and at least one of R c and R d in the general formula (3) When one of them has an aromatic ring, the affinity with the skeleton of the coloring material described later is improved, the coloring material has excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability, and a colored composition having excellent contrast is obtained. It is preferable because it can be used.
 前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の分子量は、色材分散性向上の点から、1000以下であることが好ましく、中でも50~800であることが好ましく、更に50~400であることが好ましく、より更に80~350であることが好ましく、100~330であることが最も好ましい。 The molecular weight of the one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) is preferably 1000 or less, particularly 50 to 800, from the viewpoint of improving the colorant dispersibility. It is preferably 50 to 400, more preferably 80 to 350, and most preferably 100 to 330.
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物としては、例えば、ベンゼンスルホン酸、ビニルスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、モノメチル硫酸、モノエチル硫酸、モノn-プロピル硫酸等が挙げられる。なお、p-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物のような水和物を用いても良い。前記一般式(2)で表される化合物としては、例えば、メチルクロライド、メチルブロマイド、エチルクロライド、エチルブロマイド、ヨウ化メチル、ヨウ化エチル、n-ブチルクロライド、ヘキシルクロライド、オクチルクロライド、ドデシルクロライド、テトラデシルクロライド、ヘキサデシルクロライド、フェネチルクロライド、ベンジルクロライド、ベンジルブロマイド、ベンジルヨーダイド、クロロベンゼン、α-クロロフェニル酢酸、α-ブロモフェニル酢酸、α-ヨードフェニル酢酸、4-クロロメチル安息香酸、4-ブロモメチル安息香酸、4-ヨードフェニル安息香酸、クロロ酢酸、ブロモ酢酸、ヨード酢酸、α-ブロモフェニル酢酸メチル、3-(ブロモメチル)フェニルボロン酸、等が挙げられる。前記一般式(3)で表される化合物としては、例えば、モノブチルリン酸、ジブチルリン酸、メチルリン酸、ジベンジルリン酸、ジフェニルリン酸、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ジメタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート等が挙げられる。
 分散安定性が特に優れる点から、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ジメタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、ジブチルリン酸、ベンジルクロライド、ベンジルブロミド、ビニルスルホン酸、及びp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物よりなる群から選択される1種以上が好ましく、中でも、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ベンジルブロミド、及びp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物よりなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが好ましい。
 また、分散安定性に優れ、且つ、酸価を有するブロック共重合体(P1)との組み合わせにより現像残渣の抑制効果が向上する点から、酸性基及びそのエステル基を有する一般式(2)で表される化合物も好適に用いられ、中でも、α-クロロフェニル酢酸、α-ブロモフェニル酢酸、α-ヨードフェニル酢酸、4-クロロメチル安息香酸、4-ブロモメチル安息香酸、及び4-ヨードフェニル安息香酸よりなる群から選択される1種以上も好適に用いられる。
Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) include benzene sulfonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, p-toluene sulfonic acid, monomethyl sulfuric acid, monoethyl sulfuric acid, mono n-propyl sulfuric acid and the like. A hydrate such as p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate may be used. Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) include methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, ethyl bromide, methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, n-butyl chloride, hexyl chloride, octyl chloride, dodecyl chloride, Tetradecyl chloride, hexadecyl chloride, phenethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, benzyl iodide, chlorobenzene, α-chlorophenylacetic acid, α-bromophenylacetic acid, α-iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethyl Examples include benzoic acid, 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid, chloroacetic acid, bromoacetic acid, iodoacetic acid, methyl α-bromophenylacetate, 3- (bromomethyl) phenylboronic acid, and the like. Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) include monobutyl phosphoric acid, dibutyl phosphoric acid, methyl phosphoric acid, dibenzyl phosphoric acid, diphenyl phosphoric acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, and the like. .
The group consisting of phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, dibutyl phosphoric acid, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, vinyl sulfonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate because of particularly excellent dispersion stability One or more selected from the group consisting of phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, benzyl bromide, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate are preferably used.
Moreover, from the point which is excellent in dispersion stability and the inhibitory effect of a development residue improves by a combination with the block copolymer (P1) which has an acid value, it is general formula (2) which has an acidic group and its ester group. The compounds represented are also preferably used, among which α-chlorophenylacetic acid, α-bromophenylacetic acid, α-iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethylbenzoic acid, and 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid. One or more selected from the group consisting of
 塩型ブロック共重合体において、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の含有量は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と塩形成しているものであることから、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位1モルに対して、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を0.01モル以上とすることが好ましく、0.1モル以上とすることがより好ましく、0.2モル以上とすることがさらに好ましく、0.3モル以上とすることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると、塩形成による色材分散性向上の効果が得られやすい。同様に、1モル以下とすることが好ましく、0.8モル以下とすることがより好ましく、0.7モル以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.6モル以下とすることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると現像密着性や溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができる。
 なお、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the salt type block copolymer, the content of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) is the terminal end of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The group consisting of the above general formulas (1) to (3) with respect to 1 mol of the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) because it forms a salt with the nitrogen site. One or more compounds selected from are preferably 0.01 mol or more, more preferably 0.1 mol or more, still more preferably 0.2 mol or more, and 0.3 mol or more. It is particularly preferable that If it is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of improving the colorant dispersibility due to salt formation can be easily obtained. Similarly, it is preferably 1 mol or less, more preferably 0.8 mol or less, further preferably 0.7 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 mol or less. When it is not more than the above upper limit value, it can be excellent in development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When combining 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total content is in the above range.
 塩型ブロック共重合体の調製方法としては、前記ブロック共重合体を溶解乃至分散した溶剤中に、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を添加し、攪拌、更に必要により加熱する方法などが挙げられる。
 なお、ブロック共重合体の当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成していること、及びその割合は、例えばNMR等、公知の手法により確認することができる。
As a method for preparing the salt type block copolymer, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) are added to a solvent in which the block copolymer is dissolved or dispersed. And a method of heating, if necessary, and the like.
The terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) The formation of a salt and the proportion thereof can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
 得られた塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)のアミン価は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)に比べて塩を形成した分だけ値が小さくなる。しかし、塩形成部位は、アミノ基に相当する末端の窒素部位と同様、又はむしろ強化された色材吸着部位となるため、塩形成によって色材分散性や色材分散安定性が向上する傾向がある。また、塩形成部位は、アミノ基と同様に、多すぎると溶剤再溶解性に悪影響を与える。そのため、本発明においては、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価を、色材分散安定性、及び溶剤再溶解性を良好にするための指標とすることができる。得られた塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)のアミン価としては、0~130mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、0~120mgKOH/gであることが更に好ましい。
 上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。
The value of the amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer (P2) is smaller by the amount of salt formation than the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation. However, since the salt formation site is the same as the terminal nitrogen site corresponding to the amino group, or rather becomes a strengthened color material adsorption site, the color material dispersibility and color material dispersion stability tend to be improved by salt formation. is there. In addition, like the amino group, if the salt forming site is too much, the solvent resolubility is adversely affected. Therefore, in the present invention, the amine value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation can be used as an index for improving colorant dispersion stability and solvent resolubility. The amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer (P2) is preferably 0 to 130 mgKOH / g, more preferably 0 to 120 mgKOH / g.
If it is below the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
 なお、塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)のうち、前記一般式(2)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される値とすることができる。前記一般式(2)の化合物は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位とハロゲン原子側炭化水素が塩を形成するため、当該測定方法によっても塩形成の状態に変化をきたさず、アミン価を測定可能だからである。
 一方で、塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)のうち、前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、前述した塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価から、下記のように算出することにより求められる。前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と酸性基が塩を形成するため、このような塩型ブロック共重合体のアミン価を前記JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定すると、塩形成の状態に変化をきたし、正確な値を測定することができないからである。
 まず、前述の方法により、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価を求める。次に、塩型ブロック共重合体の13C-NMRスペクトルを核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定し、得られたスペクトルデータのうち、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位において、塩形成されていない窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークと、塩形成されている窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、塩型ブロック共重合体の、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位に対する、前記一般式(1)又は(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の反応率(塩形成されている末端の窒素部位比率)を測定する。前記一般式(1)又は(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物が塩形成した一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位は、アミン価が0になったとして、(JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前ブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価)×(13C-NMRスペクトルより算出される塩形成されている末端の窒素部位比率(%)/100)により算出される、塩形成により消費したアミン価を、塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価から差し引くことにより求められる。
 塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)のアミン価={JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前ブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価}-{JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前ブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価}×{13C-NMRスペクトルより算出される塩形成されている末端の窒素部位比率(%)/100}
In addition, the amine value of the salt type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) among the salt type block copolymer (P2) is determined by the method described in JIS K 7237. It can be a measured value. In the compound of the general formula (2), since the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon form a salt, the salt is also formed by the measurement method. This is because the amine value can be measured without any change.
On the other hand, among the salt-type block copolymer (P2), the amine value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) is the salt described above. It calculates | requires by calculating as follows from the amine value of the block copolymer before formation. In the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3), the terminal nitrogen site and the acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) form a salt. This is because when the amine value of the copolymer is measured by the method described in JIS K 7237, the state of salt formation is changed and an accurate value cannot be measured.
First, the amine value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is determined by the method described above. Next, the 13C-NMR spectrum of the salt-type block copolymer was measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus, and among the obtained spectrum data, the terminal nitrogen contained in the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) From the ratio of the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the site, the general formula (I The reaction rate of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (3) with respect to the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by Ratio). The terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) formed by salt formation of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (3) has an amine value of 0. (The amine number of the pre-salt-form block copolymer (P1) measured by the method described in JIS K 7237) × (the ratio of nitrogen sites at the terminals where salts are formed, calculated from 13C-NMR spectrum) (%) / 100) is calculated by subtracting the amine value consumed by salt formation from the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation.
Amine value of salt-type block copolymer (P2) = {amine value of block copolymer (P1) before salt formation measured by the method described in JIS K 7237} — {measured by the method described in JIS K 7237 Of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation} × {the ratio of nitrogen sites (%) / 100} at the terminal of salt formation calculated from 13C-NMR spectrum
 本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、現像残渣の抑制効果の点から、下限としては、1mgKOH/g以上である。中でも、現像残渣の抑制効果がより優れる点から、分散剤の酸価は2mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。また、本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、現像密着性の悪化や溶剤再溶解性の悪化を防止できる点から、上限としては、18mgKOH/g以下である。中でも、現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になる点から、分散剤の酸価は、16mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、14mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる分散剤においては、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、2mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。現像残渣の抑制効果が向上するからである。また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)の酸価の上限としては18mgKOH/g以下であるが、16mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、14mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になるからである。
The acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is 1 mg KOH / g or more as a lower limit from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue. Among them, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of more excellent development residue suppression effect. In addition, the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is 18 mg KOH / g or less as an upper limit from the viewpoint that deterioration of development adhesion and deterioration of solvent resolubility can be prevented. Among these, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of improving the development adhesion and the solvent resolubility.
In the dispersant used in the present invention, the acid value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more. This is because the effect of suppressing the development residue is improved. Further, the upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is 18 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 16 mgKOH / g or less, and still more preferably 14 mgKOH / g or less. . This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are improved.
 前述のように塩形成前のブロック共重合体(P1)の酸価は、ブロック共重合体の固形分1g中に含まれる酸性成分を中和するために要する水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 0070に記載の方法により測定される値である。
 また、塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)が、前記一般式(2)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価も、JIS K 0070に記載の方法により測定される値である。前記一般式(2)の化合物は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位とハロゲン原子側炭化水素が塩を形成するため、当該測定方法によっても塩形成の状態に変化をきたさず、測定可能だからである。
 一方で、塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)が、前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体の場合、塩形成に用いられている酸性基は除いて酸価を算出することとする。塩形成に用いられている酸性基は、分散剤の酸価を増加させる酸性基としての機能を果たさないからである。そのため、本願では前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価は、下記式により得られる値で算出する。前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価を、前記JIS K 0070に記載の方法により測定すると、塩形成の状態に変化をきたし、正確な値を測定することができないからである。
As described above, the acid value of the block copolymer (P1) before salt formation is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component contained in 1 g of the solid content of the block copolymer. And is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 0070.
Further, the acid value of the salt type block copolymer in which the salt type block copolymer (P2) is salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) is also measured by the method described in JIS K 0070. Is the value to be In the compound of the general formula (2), since the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon form a salt, the salt is also formed by the measurement method. This is because it can be measured without change.
On the other hand, when the salt type block copolymer (P2) is a salt type block copolymer that is salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3), the salt type block copolymer (P2) is used for salt formation. The acid value is calculated by removing the acidic groups. This is because the acidic group used for salt formation does not function as an acidic group that increases the acid value of the dispersant. Therefore, in this application, the acid value of the salt type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) is calculated by a value obtained by the following formula. When the acid value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) is measured by the method described in JIS K 0070, it changes to a salt-forming state. This is because an accurate value cannot be measured.
 塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の酸価={塩形成に用いられた前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物の全酸価-塩形成により消費する酸価}+塩形成前ブロック共重合体(P1)の酸価
 ここで、前記塩形成に用いられた前記一般式(1)又は(3)で表される化合物の全酸価は、前記JIS K 0070に記載の方法により測定することができる。一方、塩形成により消費する酸価については、NMRによって得られる塩形成比率より算出する。
 塩形成により消費する酸価は、具体的には例えば、塩型ブロック共重合体の13C-NMRスペクトルを核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定し、得られたスペクトルデータのうち、末端の窒素部位において、塩形成されていない窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークと、塩形成されている窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、末端の窒素部位総数に対する塩形成されている末端の窒素部位数の比率を算出する。{JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前ブロック共重合体(P1)のアミン価}×{13C-NMRスペクトルより算出される塩形成されている末端の窒素部位比率(%)/100}により、消費したアミン価を算出し、この値が塩形成により消費した酸価と同値となる。
 但し、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位1モルに対して、前記一般式(1)で表される化合物を1モル以下で塩形成する場合、酸性基を1つ有する前記一般式(3)で表される化合物を1モル以下で塩形成する場合、又は、酸性基を2つ有する前記一般式(3)で表される化合物を0.5モル以下で塩形成する場合に、酸性基の全量が一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と塩形成していれば、塩形成後の塩型ブロック共重合体において、当該酸性基は酸価に影響を与えないことから、塩形成前のブロック共重合体と同じ酸価を有するものとすることができる。
 一方、酸性基を2つ有する前記一般式(3)で表される化合物を上記よりも超えるモル数で添加する場合には、塩形成後にも分散剤中に塩形成していない酸性基が存在するため、前記式のように、塩形成していない酸性基の分の酸価を、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価に加算して、分散剤の酸価を算出する。
Acid value of the salt-type block copolymer (P2) = {total acid value of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) used for salt formation−acid value consumed by salt formation} + salt Acid value of block copolymer (P1) before formation Here, the total acid value of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (3) used for the salt formation is described in JIS K 0070. It can be measured by the method. On the other hand, the acid value consumed by salt formation is calculated from the salt formation ratio obtained by NMR.
Specifically, for example, the acid value consumed by salt formation is determined by measuring the 13C-NMR spectrum of the salt-type block copolymer using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus, and at the terminal nitrogen site in the obtained spectrum data. From the ratio of the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt formed nitrogen atom, the terminal nitrogen formed as a salt to the total number of nitrogen sites at the end Calculate the ratio of the number of parts. {Amine number of block copolymer (P1) before salt formation (P1) measured by the method described in JIS K 7237} × {Nitrogen site ratio of terminal at which salt is calculated from 13C-NMR spectrum (%) / 100}, the consumed amine value is calculated, and this value is the same as the acid value consumed by salt formation.
However, when 1 mol or less of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is salt-formed with respect to 1 mol of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the acidic group is 1 When the salt of the compound represented by the general formula (3) having 1 mol or less is formed, or the compound represented by the general formula (3) having two acidic groups is salted by 0.5 mol or less. When forming, if the total amount of acidic groups forms a salt with the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), in the salt-type block copolymer after the salt formation, the acidic group Since does not affect the acid value, it can have the same acid value as the block copolymer before salt formation.
On the other hand, when the compound represented by the general formula (3) having two acidic groups is added in a mole number exceeding the above, there is an acidic group that is not salt-formed in the dispersant even after the salt is formed. Therefore, as shown in the above formula, the acid value of the acidic group that has not formed a salt is added to the acid value of the block copolymer before the salt formation to calculate the acid value of the dispersant.
 また、本発明において、分散剤のガラス転移温度は、30℃以上である。すなわち、分散剤が、ブロック共重合体(P1)であっても、塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)であっても、そのガラス転移温度は、30℃以上である。
 分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃未満である場合、特に現像液温度(通常23℃程度)と同等以下であると、現像密着性が低下する。これは、当該ガラス転移温度が現像液温度と同等以下もしくは近い温度であると、現像時に分散剤の運動が大きくなり、その結果、現像密着性が悪化するからと推定される。
 分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性の点から中でも32℃以上が好ましく、35℃以上がより好ましい。一方、精秤が容易など、使用時の操作性の観点から、200℃以下であることが好ましい。
 本発明における分散剤のガラス転移温度は、JIS K7121に準拠し、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により測定することにより求める。
Moreover, in this invention, the glass transition temperature of a dispersing agent is 30 degreeC or more. That is, regardless of whether the dispersant is the block copolymer (P1) or the salt type block copolymer (P2), the glass transition temperature thereof is 30 ° C. or higher.
When the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is less than 30 ° C., the development adhesiveness is lowered particularly when it is equal to or lower than the developer temperature (usually about 23 ° C.). This is presumed that when the glass transition temperature is equal to or less than or close to the developer temperature, the movement of the dispersant increases during development, resulting in poor development adhesion.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or higher, more preferably 35 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of development adhesion. On the other hand, the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of operability during use, such as easy precision weighing.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention is determined by measuring by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
 但し、塩形成をしていないブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度(Tg)は下記式で計算し、指標とすることができる。
1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi)
ここでは、ブロック共重合体はi=1からnまでのn個のモノマー成分が共重合しているとする。Xiはi番目のモノマーの重量分率(ΣXi=1)、Tgiはi番目のモノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度(絶対温度)である。ただしΣはi=1からnまでの和をとる。なお、各モノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)は、Polymer Handbook(3rd Edition)(J.Brandrup, E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))の値を採用することができる。
 当該計算値によるガラス転移温度は、後述の実施例に示すように、上記DSCによる測定値とほぼ同様の値となるため、塩形成をしていないブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度の指標とすることができる。
However, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block copolymer not forming salt can be calculated by the following formula and used as an index.
1 / Tg = Σ (Xi / Tgi)
Here, it is assumed that n monomer components from i = 1 to n are copolymerized in the block copolymer. Xi is the weight fraction of the i-th monomer (ΣXi = 1), and Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer. However, Σ is the sum from i = 1 to n. As the glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of the homopolymer of each monomer, the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EHImmergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)) can be adopted.
The glass transition temperature based on the calculated value is almost the same as the value measured by the DSC as shown in the examples described later, and is therefore used as an index of the glass transition temperature of the block copolymer that is not salt-formed. be able to.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記ブロック共重合体及び塩型ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種を用い、その含有量は、用いる色材の種類、更に後述するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中の固形分濃度等に応じて適宜選定される。
 分散剤の含有量は、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、3~45質量部、より好ましくは5~35質量部の割合で配合することが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。
 特に色材濃度が高い塗膜乃至着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、3~25質量部、より好ましくは5~20質量部の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
In the color material dispersion according to the present invention, as the dispersant, at least one of the block copolymer and the salt type block copolymer is used, the content of which is the type of the color material to be used, and a color filter described later. It is appropriately selected according to the solid content concentration in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for use.
The content of the dispersant is preferably 3 to 45 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 35 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colorant dispersion. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the storage stability of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a color material, and the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable.
In particular, when a coating film or a colored layer having a high color material concentration is formed, the content of the dispersant is 3 to 25 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. It is preferable to blend at a ratio of 5 to 20 parts by mass.
In the present invention, the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes monomers dissolved in the solvent.
<色材>
 本発明において、色材は、カラーフィルタの着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、分散可能な染料を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
<Color material>
In the present invention, the color material is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when the color layer of the color filter is formed, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, and dispersible dyes can be used alone. Or a mixture of two or more. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185、及びC.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38;
 C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、220、224、226、242、243、245、254、255、264、265;
 C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60;
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58、59;
 C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25;
 C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7。
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment;
C. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73;
C. I. Pigment violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38;
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 2, 58: 4, 60: 1, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64: 1, 81: 1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 202, 06,207,208,209,215,216,220,224,226,242,243,245,254,255,264,265;
C. I. Pigment blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60;
C. I. Pigment green 7, 36, 58, 59;
C. I. Pigment brown 23, 25;
C. I. Pigment Black 1 and 7.
 中でも、色材として、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含む場合には、青味の緑色を呈し、色材分散安定性に優れ、輝度の高い緑色色材分散液を得ることができる点から好ましい。当該緑色色材分散液を用いると、カラーフィルタの緑色画素を、厚膜化することなく、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域としながら、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を達成することが可能になる。C.I.ピグメントグリーン59については、後述する第二の本発明の説明において詳述する。また、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料についても、後述する第二の本発明の説明において詳述する。 Above all, as a coloring material, C.I. I. When the pigment green 59 is included, it is preferable in that a green color material dispersion having a bluish green color, excellent color material dispersion stability, and high luminance can be obtained. By using the green color material dispersion liquid, it is possible to achieve high brightness and high contrast while making the green pixel of the color filter the green chromaticity region of the high color density without increasing the film thickness. become. C. I. The pigment green 59 will be described in detail in the second description of the present invention. In addition, C.I. I. The pigment yellow 150 pigment will also be described in detail in the second description of the present invention.
 また、前記無機顔料の具体例としては、酸化チタン、硫酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム、亜鉛華、硫酸鉛、黄色鉛、亜鉛黄、べんがら(赤色酸化鉄(III))、カドミウム赤、群青、紺青、酸化クロム緑、コバルト緑、アンバー、チタンブラック、合成鉄黒、カーボンブラック等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red bean (red iron (III) oxide), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, bitumen, and oxidation. Examples thereof include chrome green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, and carbon black.
 例えば、カラーフィルタの基板上に、本発明に係る色材分散液を後述するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物として遮光層のパターンを形成する場合には、インク中に遮光性の高い黒色顔料を配合する。遮光性の高い黒色顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラックや四三酸化鉄などの無機顔料、或いは、シアニンブラックなどの有機顔料を使用できる。 For example, when a pattern of a light shielding layer is formed as a photosensitive color resin composition for a color filter, which will be described later, on a color filter substrate, the color material dispersion according to the present invention, a black pigment having a high light shielding property in the ink. Is blended. As the black pigment having a high light shielding property, for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or iron trioxide or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
 上記分散可能な染料としては、染料に各種置換基を付与したり、公知のレーキ化(造塩化)手法を用いて、溶剤に不溶化することにより分散可能となった染料や、溶解度の低い溶剤と組み合わせて用いることにより分散可能となった染料が挙げられる。このような分散可能な染料と、前記分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより当該染料の分散性や分散安定性を向上することができる。
 分散可能な染料としては、従来公知の染料の中から適宜選択することができる。このような染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、シアニン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、フタロシアニン染料などを挙げることができる。
 なお、目安として、10gの溶剤(又は混合溶剤)に対して染料の溶解量が10mg以下であれば、当該溶剤(又は混合溶剤)において、当該染料が分散可能であると判定することができる。
Examples of the dispersible dye include dyes that have been made dispersible by imparting various substituents to the dye, or insolubilized in a solvent using a known rake (chlorination) technique, and solvents having low solubility The dye which became dispersible by using in combination is mentioned. By using such a dispersible dye in combination with the dispersant, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
The dispersible dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
As a guide, if the amount of dye dissolved in 10 g of solvent (or mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmであることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明に係る色材分散液を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。
 なお、本発明における色材の平均一次粒径は、「体積分布メジアン径(D50)」を表している。色材の平均一次粒径は、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製、電界放射型走査電子顕微鏡(S-4800)に、専用の明視野STEM試料台とオプション検出器を取り付けることで、走査透過電子顕微鏡(以下、「STEM」と略記する)として使用できるようにし、20万倍のSTEM写真を撮り、下記のソフトウェアに取り込み、写真上で色材を任意に100個選び、それぞれの直径(差し渡し長さ)を測定し、体積基準の分布から体積で50%累積粒子径として求める。
 STEMに供する測定試料は、色材とトルエンを混合し、コロジオン膜貼付メッシュに滴下して調製する。また、STEM写真から体積基準の粒径分布や体積分布メジアン径(D50)を求めるときには、(株)マウンテック社製の画像解析式粒度分布測定ソフトウェア「Mac-View Ver.4」を用いる。
The average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can produce a desired color when it is used as a color layer of a color filter, and varies depending on the type of color material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 60 nm. When the average primary particle diameter of the color material is in the above range, the display device including the color filter manufactured using the color material dispersion according to the present invention has high contrast and high quality. it can.
The average primary particle diameter of the color material in the present invention represents “volume distribution median diameter (D50)”. The average primary particle size of the colorant is determined by attaching a special bright field STEM sample stage and an optional detector to a field emission scanning electron microscope (S-4800) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation. It can be used as a microscope (hereinafter abbreviated as “STEM”), take a STEM photo of 200,000 times, import it into the following software, select 100 color materials on the photo, and select each diameter (pass length) And 50% cumulative particle size by volume from the volume-based distribution.
A measurement sample to be subjected to STEM is prepared by mixing a coloring material and toluene and dropping the mixture onto a collodion film-attached mesh. Further, when obtaining a volume-based particle size distribution or volume distribution median diameter (D50) from a STEM photograph, image analysis type particle size distribution measurement software “Mac-View Ver. 4” manufactured by Mountec Co., Ltd. is used.
 また、色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している色材粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、色材分散液に用いられている溶剤で、色材分散液をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分布粒径は、体積平均粒径である。
In addition, the average dispersed particle diameter of the color material in the color material dispersion varies depending on the type of the color material used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. preferable.
The average dispersed particle size of the color material in the color material dispersion is the dispersed particle size of the color material particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is. For particle size measurement with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the color material dispersion is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times). Etc.) and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average distribution particle size here is a volume average particle size.
 本発明に用いられる、色材は、再結晶法、ソルベントソルトミリング法等の公知の方法にて製造することができる。また、市販の色材を微細化処理して用いても良い。 The color material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Further, a commercially available color material may be used after being refined.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、色材の含有量は、特に限定されない。色材の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、5~80質量部、より好ましくは8~70質量部の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 特に色材濃度が高い塗膜乃至着色層を形成する場合には、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、30~80質量部、より好ましくは40~75質量部の割合で配合することが好ましい。
In the color material dispersion according to the present invention, the content of the color material is not particularly limited. The content of the color material is 5 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 8 to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix.
In particular, when a coating film or a colored layer having a high color material concentration is formed, a ratio of 30 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 40 to 75 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. It is preferable to mix with.
<溶剤>
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、色材分散液中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、N-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
<Solvent>
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colorant dispersion and can dissolve or disperse them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, etc. Tone solvents; glycol ether acetate solvents such as methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate; methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene Glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene Glycol ether solvents such as glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; aprotic amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; γ-butyrolactone, etc. Lactone solvents; cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane, and N-octane; Examples include organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, In addition, one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and coating suitability.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、以上のような溶剤を、当該溶剤を含む色材分散液全量に対して、通常、55~95質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも65~90質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、70~88質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。溶剤が少なすぎると、粘度が上昇し、分散性が低下しやすい。また、溶剤が多すぎると、色材濃度が低下し、目標とする色度座標に達成することが困難な場合がある。 In the color material dispersion according to the present invention, the solvent as described above is preferably within a range of 55 to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the color material dispersion containing the solvent. It is preferably in the range of mass%, more preferably in the range of 70 to 88 mass%. When there is too little solvent, a viscosity will rise and a dispersibility will fall easily. Moreover, when there are too many solvents, color material density | concentration will fall and it may be difficult to achieve to a target chromaticity coordinate.
<その他の成分>
 本発明に係る色材分散液には、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、更に必要に応じて、分散補助樹脂、その他の成分を配合してもよい。
 分散補助樹脂としては、例えば後述するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物で例示されるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の立体障害によって色材粒子同士が接触しにくくなり、分散安定化することやその分散安定化効果によって分散剤を減らす効果がある場合がある。
 また、その他の成分としては、例えば、濡れ性向上のための界面活性剤、密着性向上のためのシランカップリング剤、消泡剤、ハジキ防止剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などが挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
As long as the effect of this invention is not impaired, you may mix | blend a dispersion auxiliary resin and another component with the coloring material dispersion liquid which concerns on this invention as needed.
Examples of the dispersion auxiliary resin include alkali-soluble resins exemplified by a photosensitive color resin composition for a color filter described later. The steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin makes it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, and may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion or reducing the dispersant due to the dispersion stabilizing effect.
Other components include, for example, surfactants for improving wettability, silane coupling agents for improving adhesion, antifoaming agents, repellency inhibitors, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents, and UV absorbers. Etc.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、後述するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製するための予備調製物として用いられる。すなわち、色材分散液とは、後述のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製する前段階において予備調製される、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比の高い色材分散液である。具体的には、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比は通常1.0以上である。色材分散液と、後述する各成分とを混合することにより、分散性に優れたれカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製することができる。 The colorant dispersion according to the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described later. That is, the color material dispersion is preliminarily prepared in the previous stage of preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described later, (color material component mass in the composition) / (color material component in the composition). Is a colorant dispersion having a high solid content mass ratio. Specifically, the ratio of (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more. By mixing the colorant dispersion and each component described later, a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter having excellent dispersibility can be prepared.
<色材分散液の製造方法>
 本発明において、色材分散液の製造方法は、前記色材が、前記ブロック共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体の分散剤により、溶剤中に分散された色材分散液が得られる方法であれば特に限定されない。中でも、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から、以下の2つの製造方法のうちのいずれかとすることが好ましい。
<Method for producing colorant dispersion>
In the present invention, the method for producing a color material dispersion is a method in which a color material dispersion in which the color material is dispersed in a solvent by a dispersant of the block copolymer or salt type block copolymer is obtained. If there is no particular limitation. Especially, it is preferable to set it as either of the following two manufacturing methods from the point which is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a coloring material.
 即ち、本発明に係る色材分散液の第一の製造方法は、前記ブロック共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体の分散剤を準備する工程と、溶剤中、前記分散剤の存在下で、色材を分散する工程とを有するものである That is, a first method for producing a colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes a step of preparing a dispersant for the block copolymer or a salt-type block copolymer, and in the presence of the dispersant in a solvent. And a step of dispersing the color material.
 また、塩型ブロック共重合体である分散剤を用いる場合の本発明に係る色材分散液の第二の製造方法は、溶剤と、前記ブロック共重合体と、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物と、色材とを混合して、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、前記化合物とを塩形成しながら、色材を分散する工程とを有するものである。 A second method for producing a colorant dispersion according to the present invention in the case of using a dispersant that is a salt type block copolymer includes a solvent, the block copolymer, and the general formulas (1) to ( 3) One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of 3) and a coloring material are mixed, and at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is combined with the compound. And a step of dispersing the coloring material while forming a salt.
 塩型ブロック共重合体を用いる場合において、上記第一の製造方法によれば、塩型ブロック共重合体を調製した後に、当該塩型ブロック共重合体を分散剤として用いて色材を分散するため、塩形成前のブロック共重合体と、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の反応終点や反応率を正確に確認することができる点から好ましい。
 また、上記第二の製造方法によれば、塩型ブロック共重合体の分散剤を調製しながら、色材を分散するため、塩型ブロック共重合体が自己凝集することがなく、色材分散液を効率よく調製することができ、また、分散性を向上することができる。
In the case of using the salt type block copolymer, according to the first production method, after preparing the salt type block copolymer, the color material is dispersed using the salt type block copolymer as a dispersant. Therefore, the reaction end point and reaction rate of the block copolymer before salt formation and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) can be accurately confirmed. preferable.
Further, according to the second production method, the color material is dispersed without preparing the salt type block copolymer by self-aggregation because the color material is dispersed while preparing the dispersant for the salt type block copolymer. A liquid can be prepared efficiently and dispersibility can be improved.
 上記第一の製造方法及び上記第二の製造方法において色材は、従来公知の分散機を用いて分散することができる。
 分散機の具体例としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03~3.0mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.05~2.0mmである。
In the first production method and the second production method, the color material can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
Specific examples of the dispersing machine include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill. As a preferable dispersion condition of the bead mill, the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
 具体的には、ビーズ径が比較的大きめな2.0mmジルコニアビーズで予備分散を行い、更にビーズ径が比較的小さめな0.1mmジルコニアビーズで本分散することが挙げられる。また、分散後、0.5~2μmのフィルターで濾過することが好ましい。 Specifically, preliminary dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and the main dispersion is further performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Further, after dispersion, it is preferably filtered through a 0.5 to 2 μm filter.
I-2.第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物
 第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤とを含有することを特徴とする。
 第一の本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液を用いることにより、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、また、コントラストに優れた着色層を形成可能である。
I-2. Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter according to the first aspect of the invention The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter according to the first aspect of the invention comprises the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the invention and an alkali-soluble composition. It contains a resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator.
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention is excellent in colorant dispersion stability by using the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, while the generation of development residues is suppressed. Further, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent development adhesion and solvent resolubility and excellent contrast.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤とを少なくとも含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。以下、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分について説明するが、分散剤、色材、及び溶剤については、上記本発明に係る色材分散液において説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator. Other components may be contained as long as the effects are not impaired. Hereinafter, although each component contained in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention will be described, the dispersant, the color material, and the solvent are the same as those described in the color material dispersion according to the present invention. Therefore, explanation here is omitted.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂>
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられる現像液、特に好ましくはアルカリ現像液に可溶性であるものの中から、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基としてカルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体、カルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。また、これらアクリル系共重合体、スチレン-アクリル系共重合体及びエポキシアクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
<Alkali-soluble resin>
The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, acts as a binder resin, and is suitably selected from developers used for pattern formation, particularly preferably those that are soluble in an alkali developer. Can be used.
A preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having a carboxy group as an acidic group, specifically, an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, and a carboxy group. The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has is mentioned. Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. These acrylic copolymers, styrene-acrylic copolymers and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination of two or more.
 カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体、及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体は、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとこれ以外のエチレン性不飽和モノマーを共重合して得られる。 The acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and the styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group are obtained by copolymerizing a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and another ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
 カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものを挙げることができ、具体的には、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等のカルボキシ基を有しないモノマーと、(メタ)アクリル酸及びその無水物から選ばれる1種以上とからなるコポリマーを例示できる。また、上記のコポリマーに、例えばグリシジル基、水酸基等の反応性官能基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を付加させるなどして、エチレン性不飽和結合を導入したポリマー等も例示できるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 これらの中で、コポリマーにグリシジル基又は水酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を付加等することにより、着色層の感度や膜強度がより安定なものとなる点で、特に好適である。
Specific examples of the acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, and specific examples thereof include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) ) A copolymer composed of a monomer having no carboxy group such as acrylate, and one or more selected from (meth) acrylic acid and anhydrides thereof. In addition, for example, a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the above copolymer can be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
Among these, the addition of an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the copolymer is particularly preferable in that the sensitivity and film strength of the colored layer become more stable.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体におけるカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合は、通常、5~50質量%、好ましくは10~40質量%である。この場合、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合が5質量%未満では、得られる塗膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が低下し、パターン形成が困難になる。また、共重合割合が50質量%を超えると、アルカリ現像液による現像時のパターンの欠けやパターン表面の膜荒れを来たしやすくなる傾向がある。 The copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass. In this case, when the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is less than 5% by mass, the solubility of the resulting coating film in an alkaline developer is lowered, and pattern formation becomes difficult. On the other hand, if the copolymerization ratio exceeds 50% by mass, there is a tendency that pattern chipping or film roughness on the pattern surface tends to occur during development with an alkali developer.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~50,000の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000~20,000である。1,000未満では硬化後のバインダー機能が著しく低下する場合があり、50,000を超えるとアルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が困難となる場合がある。
 なお、カルボキシ基含有共重合体の上記重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により測定することができる。
The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではないが、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。
 エポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
Although it does not specifically limit as an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group, Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
The epoxy compound, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、中でも、分子内に、下記化学式(A)に示すフルオレン骨格に二つのベンゼン環が結合した構造(カルド構造)を含むものが、表示不良抑制効果が向上し、且つ、着色層の硬化性が向上し、また着色層の残膜率が高くなる点から好ましい。 Among epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group, those containing a structure (cardo structure) in which two benzene rings are bonded to the fluorene skeleton represented by the following chemical formula (A) in the molecule are effective in suppressing display defects. Is improved, the curability of the colored layer is improved, and the remaining film ratio of the colored layer is increased.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 前記カルド構造を含むカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂(以下、カルド樹脂という)は、正確なメカニズムは不明であるが、フルオレン骨格がπ共役系を含むため、ラジカルに対して高感度であると考えられ、後述するオキシムエステル系光開始剤とカルド樹脂を組み合わせることで、感度、現像性、現像密着性等の要求性能を向上することができる。また、カルド樹脂は、溶剤再溶解性が高いため、高色濃度においても、凝集物がない着色樹脂組成物を設計することができる点からも好ましい。 Although the exact mechanism of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure (hereinafter referred to as a cardo resin) is unknown, the fluorene skeleton contains a π-conjugated system, so it is highly sensitive to radicals. The required performance such as sensitivity, developability, and development adhesion can be improved by combining an oxime ester photoinitiator described later and a cardo resin. In addition, cardo resin is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored resin composition free from aggregates can be designed even at high color density because of high solvent re-solubility.
 カルド樹脂としては、例えば、特開2007-119720号公報に記載された下記一般式(B)で表される重合性化合物、及び特開2006-308698号公報に記載されたフルオレン骨格を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートと多塩基酸の反応物(重縮合物)等が好ましく挙げられる。 Examples of the cardo resin include a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (B) described in JP-A-2007-119720 and an epoxy having a fluorene skeleton described in JP-A-2006-308698 ( Preferable examples include a reaction product (polycondensate) of meth) acrylate and polybasic acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(ここで、上記一般式(B)中、Xは下記一般式(D)で表される基を示し、Yはそれぞれ独立して、多価カルボン酸またはその酸無水物の残基を示し、Rは下記一般式(C)で表される基を示し、jは0~4の整数、kは0~3の整数、nは1以上の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(Here, in the above general formula (B), X represents a group represented by the following general formula (D), Y each independently represents a residue of a polyvalent carboxylic acid or its acid anhydride, R i represents a group represented by the following general formula (C), j is an integer of 0 to 4, k is an integer of 0 to 3, and n is an integer of 1 or more.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(ここで、上記一般式(C)中、Riiは水素原子またはメチル基、Riiiはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子またはメチル基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the general formula (C), R ii represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R iii independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(ここで、上記一般式(D)中、Rivはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基、またはハロゲン原子、Rは-O-または-OCH2CH2O-を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the general formula (D), R iv is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a halogen atom, and R v is —O— or —OCH 2 CH. 2 O- is shown.)
 本発明に用いられるカルド樹脂は、例えば、フルオレンビスフェノール化合物をエポキシ化してフルオレンビスフェノール化合物のエポキシ化合物とし、これに(メタ)アクリル酸を反応させてエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートとし、このエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートに多価カルボン酸又はその酸無水物と反応させることにより得ることができる。
 フルオレンビスフェノール化合物としては、上記一般式(D)において、Rが-O-であり、この-O-が-OHとなったものが好ましく挙げられる。
 フルオレンビスフェノール化合物としては、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メトキシフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-フルオロフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-クロロフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-ブロモフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジクロロフェニル)フルオレン、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジブロモフェニル)フルオレン等のビスフェノール化合物、及びこれらの混合物が挙げられる。
The cardo resin used in the present invention is, for example, epoxidizing a fluorene bisphenol compound to obtain an epoxy compound of a fluorene bisphenol compound, which is reacted with (meth) acrylic acid to form an epoxy (meth) acrylate, and this epoxy (meth) acrylate. Can be obtained by reacting with a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an acid anhydride thereof.
Preferred examples of the fluorene bisphenol compound include those in which, in the general formula (D), R v is —O—, and —O— is —OH.
Examples of the fluorene bisphenol compound include 9,9-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) fluorene, and 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl). ) Fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-fluorophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3) -Chlorophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3-bromophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-dichlorophenyl) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy- Bisphenol compounds such as 3,5-dibromophenyl) fluorene, and mixtures thereof.
 前記のフルオレン骨格を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂の反応に使用される多価カルボン酸及びその酸無水物としては、マレイン酸、コハク酸、イタコン酸、フタル酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、メチルエンドメチレンテトラヒドロフタル酸、クロレンド酸、メチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、グルタル酸等のジカルボン酸またはそれらの酸無水物;ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸、ビフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸、ビフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸、4-(1,2-ジカルボキシエチル)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、ブタンテトラカルボン酸、ピロメリット酸等のテトラカルボン酸またはそれらの酸二無水物;トリメリット酸またはその酸無水物等のトリカルボン酸またはそれらの酸無水物等が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いることができ、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 本発明に用いられるカルド樹脂としては、好ましくはフルオレンエポキシ(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体とジカルボン酸無水物及び/又はテトラカルボン酸二無水物との付加生成物であるフルオレン骨格を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート酸付加物が挙げられる。
 本発明に用いることができるカルド樹脂の市販品の商品名としては、INR-16M(ナガセケムテック(株)製)等が挙げられる。
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、それぞれ1種単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
Examples of the polyvalent carboxylic acid used in the reaction of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a fluorene skeleton and the acid anhydride thereof include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid. Dicarboxylic acids such as methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, methylendomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorendic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, glutaric acid or their anhydrides; biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, biphenylethertetracarboxylic acid, Biphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic acid, 4- (1,2-dicarboxyethyl) -1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, butanetetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid such as pyromellitic acid, or That Dianhydride; trimellitic acid or tricarboxylic acids or their anhydrides of the acid anhydrides and the like. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The cardo resin used in the present invention is preferably an epoxy (meth) acrylate having a fluorene skeleton which is an addition product of a fluorene epoxy (meth) acrylic acid derivative and a dicarboxylic acid anhydride and / or tetracarboxylic dianhydride. An acid adduct is mentioned.
As a trade name of a commercially available cardo resin that can be used in the present invention, INR-16M (manufactured by Nagase Chemtech Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよく、その含有量としては特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対してアルカリ可溶性樹脂は好ましくは5~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10~40質量%の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値よりも少ないと、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られない場合があり、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値よりも多いと、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けが発生する場合がある。尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、液状の多官能モノマー等も含まれる。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited. The alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for filters. If the content of the alkali-soluble resin is less than the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability may not be obtained, and if the content of the alkali-soluble resin is more than the above upper limit, the film may be rough during development. Pattern chipping may occur. In the present invention, the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes a liquid polyfunctional monomer.
<多官能モノマー>
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる多官能モノマーは、後述する光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を2つ以上有する化合物が用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
<Multifunctional monomer>
The polyfunctional monomer used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and usually has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. In particular, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups is preferable.
Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 これらの多官能(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、多官能モノマーが、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記多官能モノマーの含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して多官能モノマーは好ましくは5~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10~40質量%の範囲内である。多官能モノマーの含有量が上記下限値より少ないと十分に光硬化が進まず、露光部分が現像時に溶出する場合があり、また、多官能モノマーの含有量が上記上限値より多いとアルカリ現像性が低下するおそれがある。
These polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type. When the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter of the present invention requires excellent photocurability (high sensitivity), the polyfunctional monomer has three polymerizable double bonds (trifunctional). Preferred are poly (meth) acrylates of polyhydric alcohols having a valence of 3 or more and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products. Specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tris Succinic acid modified product of (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) ) Succinic acid modified product of acrylate, dipen Hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in content of the said polyfunctional monomer used in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, Preferably a polyfunctional monomer is 5 with respect to solid content whole quantity of the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters. It is in the range of ˜60 mass%, more preferably in the range of 10˜40 mass%. If the polyfunctional monomer content is less than the above lower limit, photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, and if the polyfunctional monomer content is greater than the above upper limit, alkali developability May decrease.
<光開始剤>
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種光開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
 光開始剤としては、一種のみ用いてもよいが、二種以上の化合物を併用してもよい。光開始剤としては、中でも、パターンの欠け発生の抑制効果、及び水染み発生抑制効果が高い点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含むことが好ましい。酸価を有する分散剤を用いると、特に水染みが発生し易い傾向があるが、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を組み合わせると水染み発生を抑制できる点から好適に用いられる。なお、水染みとは、アルカリ現像後、純水でリンスした後に、水が染みたような跡が発生するこの現象をいう。このような水染みは、ポストベーク後に消えるので製品としては問題がないが、現像後にパターニング面の外観検査において、ムラ異常として検出されてしまい、正常品と異常品の区別がつかないという問題が生じる。そのため、外観検査において検査装置の検査感度を下げると、結果として最終的なカラーフィルタ製品の歩留まり低下を引き起こし、問題となる。
<Photoinitiator>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a photoinitiator used in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, It can use 1 type (s) or 2 or more types in combination from the conventionally well-known various photoinitiators. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
As a photoinitiator, although only 1 type may be used, you may use 2 or more types of compounds together. As the photoinitiator, it is preferable to include an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoints of the effect of suppressing the occurrence of pattern chipping and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain. When a dispersant having an acid value is used, water stain tends to occur particularly. However, when an oxime ester photoinitiator is combined, it is preferably used since water stain can be suppressed. The water stain refers to this phenomenon in which a trace of water stain is generated after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Such a water stain disappears after post-baking, so there is no problem as a product. Arise. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the appearance inspection, the yield of the final color filter product is lowered as a result, which becomes a problem.
 当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物によるカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、イルガキュアOXE-01、イルガキュアOXE-02、イルガキュアOXE-03(以上BASF社製)、ADEKA OPT-N-1919、アデカアークルズNCI-930、アデカアークルズNCI-831(以上、ADEKA社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-326、TR-PBG-3057(以上、常州強力電子新材料社製)などを用いても良い。
As the oxime ester photoinitiator, those having an aromatic ring are preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the contamination of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters and the contamination of the apparatus due to decomposition products, and a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring is preferable. It is more preferable to have a condensed ring including a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
Examples of oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl) Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP 2000-80068 A, JP 2001-233842 A, Special Table 2010-527339, Special Table 2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP2013-041153A. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (above BASF), ADEKA OPT-N-1919, Adeka Arkles NCI-930, Adeka Arkles NCI-831 (above, ADEKA) TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-326, TR-PBG-3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), etc. may be used.
 本発明に用いられる当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、中でもアルキルラジカルを発生するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが、更にメチルラジカルを発生するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが、PG59を用いて広い色再現域を達成するために色材濃度を高くした感光性着色樹脂組成物に対しても硬化性に優れ、現像耐性、パターンの欠け発生の抑制効果、及び水染み発生抑制効果が優れる点から好ましい。アルキルラジカルは、アリールラジカルと比べてラジカル移動が活性化し易いことが推定される。アルキルラジカルを発生するオキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:イルガキュアOXE-02、BASF製)、メタノン,[8-[[(アセチルオキシ)イミノ][2-(2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロポキシ)フェニル]メチル]-11-(2-エチルヘキシル)-11H-ベンゾ[a]カルバゾール-5-イル]-,(2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル)(商品名:イルガキュアOXE-03、BASF製)、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(1,3-ジオキソラン,4-(2-メトキシフェノキシ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名ADEKA OPT-N-1919、ADEKA社製)、メタノン,(9-エチル-6-ニトロ-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル)[4-(2-メトキシ-1-メチルエトキシ-2-メチルフェニル]-,o-アセチルオキシム(商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)、1-プロパノン,3-シクロペンチル-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名TR-PBG-304、常州強力電子新材料社製)、1-プロパノン,3-シクロペンチル-1-[2-(2-ピリミジニルチオ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名TR-PBG-314、常州強力電子新材料社製)、エタノン,2-シクロヘキシル-1-[2-(2-ピリミジニルオキシ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名TR-PBG-326、常州強力電子新材料社製)、エタノン,2-シクロヘキシル-1-[2-(2-ピリミジニルチオ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名TR-PBG-331、常州強力電子新材料社製)、1-オクタノン,1-[4-[3-[1-[(アセチルオキシ)イミノ]エチル]-6-[4-[(4,6-ジメチル-2-ピリミジニル)チオ]-2-メチルベンゾイル]-9H-カルバゾール-9-イル]フェニル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:EXTA-9、ユニオンケミカル製)等が挙げられる。 As the oxime ester photoinitiator used in the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator that generates an alkyl radical, and further to use an oxime ester photoinitiator that generates a methyl radical. It has excellent curability even for photosensitive colored resin compositions with high colorant density to achieve a wide color gamut using, development resistance, pattern chipping suppression effect, and water stain generation suppression effect Is preferable from the viewpoint of superiority. It is presumed that the radical transfer of the alkyl radical is easier to activate than the aryl radical. Examples of oxime ester photoinitiators that generate alkyl radicals include ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (Product name: Irgacure OXE-02, manufactured by BASF), Methanone, [8-[[(Acetyloxy) imino] [2- (2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy) phenyl] methyl] -11- ( 2-ethylhexyl) -11H-benzo [a] carbazol-5-yl]-, (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) (trade name: Irgacure OXE-03, manufactured by BASF), ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl -6- (1,3-Dioxolane, 4- (2-methoxyphenoxy) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) ADEKA OPT-N-1919, manufactured by ADEKA), methanone, (9-ethyl-6-nitro-9H-carbazol-3-yl) [4- (2-methoxy-1-methylethoxy-2-methylphenyl]- , O-acetyloxime (trade name Adeka Arcles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA), 1-propanone, 3-cyclopentyl-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3- Yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name TR-PBG-304, manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials), 1-propanone, 3-cyclopentyl-1- [2- (2-pyrimidinylthio)- 9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name TR-PBG-314, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Ethanone, 2 -Cyclohexyl-1- [2- (2-pyrimidinyloxy) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials) , Ethanone, 2-cyclohexyl-1- [2- (2-pyrimidinylthio) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name TR-PBG-331, Changzhou Power Electronics New 1) -octanone, 1- [4- [3- [1-[(acetyloxy) imino] ethyl] -6- [4-[(4,6-dimethyl-2-pyrimidinyl) thio]- 2-methylbenzoyl] -9H-carbazol-9-yl] phenyl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name: EXTA-9, manufactured by Union Chemical) and the like.
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが、感度向上の点から、好ましい。3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)などが挙げられる。 In addition, it is preferable to use a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. is there. Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical).
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤の含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して光開始剤は好ましくは3~40質量%、さらに好ましくは10~30質量%の範囲内である。この含有量が上記下限値より少ないと十分に光硬化が進まず、露光部分が現像時に溶出する場合があり、一方上記上限値より多いと、得られる着色層の黄変性が強くなって輝度が低下する場合がある。 The content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited, but the photoinitiator is preferably 3 to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. It is in the range of 40% by mass, more preferably 10-30% by mass. If this content is less than the above lower limit, the photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, while if it exceeds the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer will become strong and the luminance will be high. May decrease.
<任意添加成分>
 カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、酸化防止剤の他、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
<Optional components>
The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may contain various additives as necessary.
Examples of the additive include an antioxidant, a polymerization terminator, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and an adhesion promoter. Can be mentioned.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含有することが、耐熱性の点から好ましい。酸化防止剤は従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention preferably further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of heat resistance. The antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known antioxidants. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant.
 酸化防止剤を用いる場合、その配合量は、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲であれば特に限定されない。酸化防止剤の配合量としては、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中の固形分全量に対して、酸化防止剤が0.1~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~4.0質量%であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を高感度のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物とすることができる。 When the antioxidant is used, the amount of the antioxidant is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. The blending amount of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 5.0% by mass of the antioxidant with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, preferably 0.5 to It is more preferable that it is 4.0 mass%. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of this invention can be used as the highly sensitive photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters.
 また、界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, for example.
<カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物における各成分の配合割合>
 色材の合計の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、3~65質量%、より好ましくは4~60質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、15~65質量%、より好ましくは25~60質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 また、分散剤の含有量としては、色材を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して1~40質量%用いることができる。更に、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して2~30質量%の割合で配合するのが好ましく、特に3~25質量%の割合で配合するのが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、2~25質量%、より好ましくは3~20質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。なお、分散剤の質量は、塩型ブロック共重合体の場合、塩形成前の前記ブロック共重合体と、上記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物との合計の質量である。
 また、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含むカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の全量に対して、通常、55~95質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも、65~88質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。
<Combination ratio of each component in photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter>
The total colorant content is preferably 3 to 65% by mass, more preferably 4 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. If it is not less than the above lower limit, the colored layer has a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board | substrate can be obtained. In the case of forming a colored layer having a particularly high color material concentration, the content of the color material is 15 to 65% by mass, more preferably 25 to 25% by weight based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix at a ratio of 60% by mass.
Further, the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material. For example, the content of the dispersant is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. 1 to 40% by mass can be used. Further, it is preferably blended in a proportion of 2 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the storage stability of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a color material, and the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. Particularly when a colored layer having a high colorant concentration is formed, the content of the dispersant is 2 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 3%, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix at a ratio of 20% by mass. In the case of a salt block copolymer, the mass of the dispersant is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the block copolymer before salt formation and the above general formulas (1) to (3). And the total mass.
Moreover, what is necessary is just to set content of a solvent suitably in the range which can form a colored layer accurately. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 55 to 95% by mass, more preferably in the range of 65 to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent. preferable. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
<カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、前記本発明に係る色材分散液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてその他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。
<Method for Producing Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition for Color Filter>
The method for producing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and necessary. Depending on the case, it can be obtained by adding other components and mixing them using a known mixing means.
I-3.第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ
 第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、透明基板と、当該透明基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層を有する。
I-3. The color filter according to the first invention The color filter according to the first invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, and at least one of the colored layers. One has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the present invention.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、透明基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a transparent substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
<着色層>
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する透明基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
<Colored layer>
At least one colored layer used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light shielding part on a transparent substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of three or more colored patterns.
In addition, the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used. Moreover, the width | variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, etc. of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm. .
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する透明基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
First, the above-described photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is transparently described later using coating means such as spray coating, dip coating, bar coating, roll coating, spin coating, and die coating. Apply onto the substrate to form a wet coating. Of these, spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
Next, after drying the wet coating film using a hot plate or an oven, it is exposed through a mask having a predetermined pattern and cured by photopolymerization of an alkali-soluble resin and a polyfunctional monomer. Let it be a coating film. Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to promote a polymerization reaction after exposure, you may heat-process. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for the color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, it develops using a developing solution, a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt | dissolving and removing an unexposed part. As the developer, a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution. Further, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development treatment, usually, the developer is washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after image development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
<遮光部>
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する透明基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
<Light shielding part>
The light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape. The light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like. Alternatively, the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, there are a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring the photosensitive resist, etc. is there.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5~2μm程度で設定される。 The thickness of the light shielding part is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 μm in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is done.
<透明基板>
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記透明基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や配向突起、柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
<Transparent substrate>
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used. Specifically, transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but for example, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention is one in which, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, and the like are formed in addition to the transparent substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. May be.
I-4.第一の本発明に係る液晶表示装置
 第一の本発明の液晶表示装置は、前述した第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
I-4. The liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the invention is the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect of the invention formed between the color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, the counter substrate, and the color filter and the counter substrate. And a liquid crystal layer.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
Note that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used.
Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Furthermore, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。
 真空注入方式では、例えば、あらかじめカラーフィルタ及び対向基板を用いて液晶セルを作製し、液晶を加温することにより等方性液体とし、キャピラリー効果を利用して液晶セルに液晶を等方性液体の状態で注入し、接着剤で封止することにより液晶層を形成することができる。その後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。
 また液晶滴下方式では、例えば、カラーフィルタの周縁にシール剤を塗布し、このカラーフィルタを液晶が等方相になる温度まで加熱し、ディスペンサー等を用いて液晶を等方性液体の状態で滴下し、カラーフィルタ及び対向基板を減圧下で重ね合わせ、シール剤を介して接着させることにより、液晶層を形成することができる。その後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。
As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
In the vacuum injection method, for example, a liquid crystal cell is prepared in advance using a color filter and a counter substrate, and the liquid crystal is heated to obtain an isotropic liquid, and the liquid crystal is applied to the liquid crystal cell using the capillary effect. The liquid crystal layer can be formed by injecting in this state and sealing with an adhesive. Thereafter, the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
In the liquid crystal dropping method, for example, a sealant is applied to the periphery of the color filter, the color filter is heated to a temperature at which the liquid crystal becomes isotropic, and the liquid crystal is dropped in an isotropic liquid state using a dispenser or the like. In addition, the liquid crystal layer can be formed by overlapping the color filter and the counter substrate under reduced pressure and bonding them with a sealant. Thereafter, the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
I-5.第一の本発明に係る有機発光表示装置
 第一の本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前述した第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
I-5. Organic light-emitting display device according to the first aspect of the invention An organic light-emitting display device according to the first aspect of the invention includes the color filter according to the first aspect of the invention and an organic light-emitting body.
Such an organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic view illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a method for laminating the organic light emitter 80, for example, the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60. As the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
Note that the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
II.第二の本発明
 以下、第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、液晶表示装置並びに有機発光表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
II. Second Invention Hereinafter, the color material dispersion for color filter, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, the color filter, the liquid crystal display device and the organic light emitting display device according to the second invention will be described in detail in order. .
II-1.第二の本発明に係る色材分散液
(i)第二の本発明の第一実施形態
 第二の本発明の第一実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含み、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることを特徴とする。
II-1. Colorant dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention (i) First embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention The colorant dispersion for a color filter according to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention comprises a colorant, a dispersion A colorant dispersion containing an agent and a solvent,
The color material is C.I. I. Including Pigment Green 59,
The dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In General Formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
 第二の本発明の第一実施形態に係る色材分散液は、前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59(以下、PG59と略す場合がある)を含み、且つ分散剤として、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、青味の緑色を呈し、色材分散安定性に優れ、輝度の高い緑色色材分散液を得ることができる。
 第二の本発明においては、色材としてPG59を用いることから、PG58では達成できなかった色度領域を達成でき、更に一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を達成しながら、赤、緑、青色画素の3点を結んだ三角形が大きい、色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタを作成することができる。
In the color material dispersion according to the first embodiment of the second invention, the color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG59), and as a dispersant used in combination with a polymer having a structural unit represented by General Formula (I), exhibits a bluish green color, A green color material dispersion having excellent color material dispersion stability and high brightness can be obtained.
In the second aspect of the present invention, since PG59 is used as the color material, a chromaticity region that cannot be achieved with PG58 can be achieved, and a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used in combination. Therefore, while achieving high brightness and high contrast, a color filter having a large triangle connecting three points of red, green, and blue pixels and having excellent color reproducibility can be created.
 また、第二の本発明の第一実施形態に係る色材分散液は、PG59に、分散剤として一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせるため、色材分散安定性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性に優れた感光性着色樹脂組成物を作製可能である。PG59を含む色材に、分散剤として一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせることから、PG59を含む色材が一般式(I)で表される構成単位に含まれる窒素部位にしっかり吸着して色材分散性に優れると共に、窒素部位にしっかり吸着して分散剤に取り囲まれたPG59を含む色材が、分散剤に吸着したまま再溶解性の溶剤に流されやすいと推定される。また、PG59を含む色材に、分散剤として一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせた場合、現像残渣の発生が抑制されやすい傾向がみられた。これは、窒素部位にしっかり吸着して分散剤に取り囲まれたPG59を含む色材が現像時に分散剤に吸着したまま流されやすくなり、基材上に色材が取り残されることがなく、現像残渣の発生が抑制されやすいのではないかと推定される。 In addition, the color material dispersion according to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention combines PG59 with a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. It is possible to produce a photosensitive colored resin composition excellent in solvent resolubility. Since the colorant containing PG59 is combined with the polymer having the structural unit represented by general formula (I) as a dispersant, the colorant containing PG59 is included in the structural unit represented by general formula (I). Color material containing PG59 firmly adsorbed to the nitrogen site and surrounded by the dispersant is easily washed away into the re-dissolvable solvent while adsorbing firmly to the nitrogen site and excellent in color material dispersibility. It is estimated to be. Moreover, when the polymer which has a structural unit represented by general formula (I) as a dispersing agent was combined with the coloring material containing PG59, the tendency for generation | occurrence | production of a development residue to be suppressed was seen. This is because the coloring material including PG59 firmly adsorbed on the nitrogen site and surrounded by the dispersing agent is easily flown while being adsorbed by the dispersing agent during the development, so that the coloring material is not left on the base material, and the development residue It is presumed that the occurrence of this is likely to be suppressed.
(ii)第二の本発明の第二実施形態
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液としては、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59、及び黄色色材を含み、
 前記分散剤が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることが挙げられる。
(Ii) Second embodiment of the second invention The color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention includes a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent. A dispersion,
The color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, and yellow color material,
It is mentioned that the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the said general formula (I).
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態に係る色材分散液は、前記色材が、PG59及び黄色色材を含み、且つ分散剤として、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、色材分散安定性に優れ、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能である。
 第二の本発明において色材として用いられるPG59は、単色で青味の緑色を呈し、着色力が比較的強く、且つ輝度が高いことから、黄色色材と組み合わせることにより、色材中のPG59の含有量を抑えても、また、P/V比((組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比)を抑えても、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域に含まれる緑色画素を作製することができる。緑色画素において表示不良が発生し易いのは、フタロシアニン骨格を有する緑色色材に起因すると推定されるが、本発明の色材分散液を用いると、当該フタロシアニン骨格を有する緑色色材の画素中の含有量を低減し、且つ前記P/V比を低減可能なことから、表示不良の発生が抑制された緑色画素を達成できると推定される。
 また、第二の本発明において色材として用いられるPG59は、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域においてPG58では達成できなかった色度領域を達成できる。更に、第二の本発明の第二実施形態においては、PG59及び黄色色材と、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体とを組み合わせて用いることから、色材分散性及び色材分散安定性に優れるため、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を達成しながら、赤、緑、青色画素の3点を結んだ三角形が大きい、色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタを作成することができる。
 また、第二の本発明の第二実施形態の色材分散液は、PG59及び黄色色材に、分散剤として一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせるため、溶剤再溶解性に優れた感光性着色樹脂組成物を作製可能である。PG59及び黄色色材に、分散剤として一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせることから、窒素部位にしっかり吸着して分散剤に取り囲まれたPG59及び黄色色材が、再溶解性の溶剤に分散剤に吸着したまま流されやすいと推定される。
In the color material dispersion according to the second embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the color material contains PG59 and a yellow color material, and has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. Since a combination is used in combination, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent colorant dispersion stability and high luminance and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
PG59 used as a color material in the second aspect of the present invention exhibits a single color and bluish green, has a relatively strong coloring power, and has a high luminance. Therefore, PG59 in the color material can be combined with a yellow color material. Even if the content of S is suppressed, or the P / V ratio ((color material component mass in the composition) / (solid content mass other than color material components in the composition) ratio) is suppressed, the high color A green pixel included in the density green chromaticity region can be produced. It is presumed that the display defect is likely to occur in the green pixel due to the green color material having the phthalocyanine skeleton. However, when the color material dispersion liquid of the present invention is used, the green pixel in the pixel of the green color material having the phthalocyanine skeleton is used. Since the content can be reduced and the P / V ratio can be reduced, it is estimated that a green pixel in which the occurrence of display defects is suppressed can be achieved.
In addition, PG59 used as a color material in the second aspect of the present invention can achieve a chromaticity region that could not be achieved by PG58 in the high color density green chromaticity region. Furthermore, in the second embodiment of the second invention, since PG59 and the yellow color material are combined with the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the color material dispersibility and Because of excellent colorant dispersion stability, it is possible to create a color filter with excellent color reproducibility with a large triangle connecting the three red, green, and blue pixels while achieving high brightness and high contrast. it can.
Further, the color material dispersion of the second embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention combines PG59 and a yellow color material with a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. A photosensitive colored resin composition having excellent solubility can be produced. Since PG59 and the yellow color material are combined with the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant, the PG59 and the yellow color material which are firmly adsorbed on the nitrogen site and surrounded by the dispersant are It is presumed that the re-dissolvable solvent tends to flow while adsorbed on the dispersant.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液においては、前記PG59が、前記色材中に、5~95質量%含有することが、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から好ましい。 In the color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the PG59 is contained in the color material in an amount of 5 to 95% by mass while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. From the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液においては、前記黄色色材が、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(以下、PY138と略す場合がある)、C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(以下、PY139と略す場合がある)、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185(以下、PY185と略す場合がある)、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150(以下、PY150と略す場合がある)及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れた着色層を形成しやすい点から好ましい。 In the color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, the yellow color material is C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY138), C.I. I. Pigment yellow 139 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY139), C.I. I. Pigment yellow 185 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY185), C.I. I. One or more selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PY150) and its derivative pigments, and high color reproduction with high brightness and high contrast while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. It is preferable because it is easy to form a colored layer excellent in.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液においては、前記色材が、PG59に加えて、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58及びC.I.ピグメントグリーン7の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。中でも、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、高輝度な緑色画素を形成可能となる点からは、PG59に加えてPG58を含むことが好ましい。一方、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、前記P/V比をより低減し、現像耐性等の製版性を向上する点からは、PG59に加えてPG7を含むことが好ましい。また、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、輝度向上と前記P/V比の低減による製版性の向上とのバランスの点からは、PG59に加えてPG58及びPG7を含むことが好ましい。 In the color material dispersion for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, the color material is C.I. I. Pigment green 58 and C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one pigment green 7 is included. Among them, it is preferable to include PG58 in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint that a high-luminance green pixel can be formed while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. On the other hand, it is preferable to include PG7 in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint of reducing the P / V ratio and improving plate making properties such as development resistance while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. . In addition to PG59, PG58 and PG7 are included from the viewpoint of the balance between improving luminance and reducing the P / V ratio while achieving target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. Is preferred.
(iii)第二の本発明の第三実施形態
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液としては、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用色材分散液であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59、青色色材、及び黄色色材を含み、当該黄色色材が、(Y1)C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含む少なくとも1種の黄色色材であるか、又は、(Y2)C.I.ピグメントイエロー139を必須成分として、更にC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材であり、
 前記分散剤が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることが挙げられる。
(Iii) Third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention The color filter dispersion for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention includes a color filter containing a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent. A colorant dispersion for
The color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, a blue color material, and a yellow color material, and the yellow color material is (Y1) C.I. I. At least one yellow colorant including CI Pigment Yellow 185, or (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and at least two kinds of yellow color materials including one or more selected from the group consisting of derivative pigments thereof,
It is mentioned that the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the said general formula (I).
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態に係る色材分散液は、前記特定の色材を含み、且つ分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、色材分散安定性に優れ、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能である。
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態に係る色材分散液によれば、黄色色材として、前記(Y1)又は前記(Y2)のいずれかをPG59及び青色色材に組み合わせることにより、G59及び青色色材で吸収が不十分な波長部分を効率良く吸収することが可能になり、色材総量を少なくして、すなわち前記P/V比を低減して色を再現することができると推定される。そのため、前記高色濃度の緑の色度の中でも、高色濃度の緑である(x=0.14~0.30、y=0.61~0.75)の領域、更に(x=0.14~0.30、y=0.66~0.75)を達成しながら、表示不良を抑制し、高輝度な着色層を形成可能である。
 また、前記特定の黄色色材は、後述する特定の分散剤と組み合わせた場合の分散性に優れる点から、コントラストを向上し易く、溶剤再溶解性に優れた感光性着色樹脂組成物を作製可能である。
The color material dispersion according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention is a combination of the specific color material and a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant. Since it is used, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent color material dispersion stability and high brightness and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
According to the color material dispersion liquid according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, as a yellow color material, by combining either (Y1) or (Y2) above with PG59 and a blue color material, G59 and It is estimated that it is possible to efficiently absorb the wavelength portion that is insufficiently absorbed by the blue color material, and the color can be reproduced by reducing the total amount of the color material, that is, by reducing the P / V ratio. The For this reason, among the high color density green chromaticity, the high color density green (x = 0.14 to 0.30, y = 0.61 to 0.75) region, and further (x = 0). .14 to 0.30, y = 0.66 to 0.75), while suppressing display defects and forming a high-luminance colored layer.
In addition, the specific yellow color material is excellent in dispersibility when combined with a specific dispersant described later, so that it is easy to improve the contrast and a photosensitive colored resin composition excellent in solvent resolubility can be produced. It is.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態に係る色材分散液においては、前記青色色材が、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3及びC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4の少なくとも1種を含むことが、輝度の点から好ましい。 In the color material dispersion according to the third embodiment of the second invention, the blue color material is C.I. I. Pigment blue 15: 3 and C.I. I. It is preferable from the point of a brightness | luminance to contain at least 1 sort (s) of pigment blue 15: 4.
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液は、少なくとも色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 以下、このような第二の本発明に係る色材分散液の各成分について、順に詳細に説明する。
The colorant dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. It ’s good.
Hereinafter, each component of the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention will be described in detail.
<色材>
 第二の本発明において、色材は、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料であるC.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含むものである。
 PG59は、単体でC光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標として、x=0.10~0.30、y=0.30~0.64を表示できる色材であって、中でもx=0.13~0.20、y=0.32~0.60を表示できることが特徴の色材である。
<Color material>
In the second aspect of the present invention, the coloring material is C.I. which is a zinc phthalocyanine pigment. I. Pigment Green 59 is included.
PG59 is a color that can display x = 0.10 to 0.30 and y = 0.30 to 0.64 as chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source alone. The colorant is characterized by being capable of displaying x = 0.13 to 0.20 and y = 0.32 to 0.60.
 PG59は、単体でC光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系において、下記方程式1、2及び3で囲まれるxy色度座標領域を表示できることを特徴とする。
(方程式1)
y=6.715×x-0.286
但し方程式1において、0.121<x<0.133
(方程式2)
y=7147.200×x5-8466.000×x4+3891.400×x3-854.200×x2+86.380×x-2.579
但し方程式2において、0.133<x<0.310
(方程式3)
y=1189.500×x6+1817.000×x5-3011.300×x4+1447.800×x3-307.420×x2+27.628×x-0.285
但し方程式3において、0.121<x<0.310
The PG 59 is characterized in that it can display an xy chromaticity coordinate area surrounded by the following equations 1, 2 and 3 in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured by using a C light source alone.
(Equation 1)
y = 6.715 × x-0.286
However, in Equation 1, 0.121 <x <0.133
(Equation 2)
y = 7147.200 × x 5 -8466.000 × x 4 + 3891.400 × x 3 −854.200 × x 2 + 86.380 × x−2.579
However, in Equation 2, 0.133 <x <0.310
(Equation 3)
y = 1189.500 × x 6 + 1817.000 × x 5 −3011.300 × x 4 + 1447.800 × x 3 −307.420 × x 2 + 27.628 × x−0.285
However, in Equation 3, 0.121 <x <0.310
 前記方程式1、2及び3で囲まれるxy色度座標領域の中でも、x=0.13~0.20、y=0.32~0.60の領域が最も特徴的であり、有効である。 Among the xy chromaticity coordinate regions surrounded by the equations 1, 2 and 3, the regions of x = 0.13 to 0.20 and y = 0.32 to 0.60 are the most characteristic and effective.
 本発明に用いられるPG59は、450nmの透過率を5%とした場合、400~700nmにおける分光透過率スペクトルの透過率が最大となる波長(Tmax)が505~535nmである。更に、前記波長(Tmax)における透過率が70%以上である。また、本発明に用いられるPG59は、435nmにおける前記分光透過率スペクトルの透過率が15%以下であり、更に、575nmにおける前記分光透過率スペクトルの透過率が5%以下である。 PG59 used in the present invention has a wavelength (Tmax) at which the transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 400 to 700 nm is maximum at 505 to 535 nm when the transmittance at 450 nm is 5%. Furthermore, the transmittance at the wavelength (Tmax) is 70% or more. Further, PG59 used in the present invention has a transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 435 nm of 15% or less, and further a transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 575 nm of 5% or less.
 PG59を単体で塗膜化して測色するためには、PG59に適当な分散剤、バインダー成分及び溶剤を配合して塗工液を調製し、透明基板上に塗工して乾燥し、必要に応じて硬化させればよい。バインダー成分としては、測色を行い得る透明な塗膜を形成できる限り、非硬化性の熱可塑性樹脂組成物を用いても良いし、光硬化性(感光性)又は熱硬化性の樹脂組成物を用いても良い。また、後述する本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材としてPG59のみ含有する組成物を用いることで、色材としてPG59のみ含有する塗膜を形成し、測色を行うこともできる。
 分散剤、バインダー成分を含む、測色を行い得る透明な塗膜としては、例えば、膜厚2.0μmで、380~780nmにおける分光透過率スペクトルの透過率が95%以上であることを目安にすることができる。
 なお、分光透過率スペクトルは、分光測定装置(例えば、オリンパス製 顕微装置OSP-SP200)を用いて測定することができる。測定条件としては、C光源である。
In order to measure the color of PG59 by coating it alone, prepare a coating solution by blending PG59 with an appropriate dispersant, binder component and solvent, apply it on a transparent substrate and dry it. It may be cured accordingly. As a binder component, a non-curable thermoplastic resin composition may be used as long as a transparent coating film capable of performing colorimetry can be formed, or a photo-curable (photosensitive) or thermosetting resin composition. May be used. Moreover, in the photosensitive coloring resin composition of this invention mentioned later, the coating film which contains only PG59 as a coloring material can be formed by using the composition which contains only PG59 as a coloring material, and can also perform colorimetry.
As a transparent coating film including a dispersant and a binder component that can perform colorimetry, for example, the film thickness is 2.0 μm, and the transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 380 to 780 nm is 95% or more. can do.
The spectral transmittance spectrum can be measured using a spectroscopic measurement device (for example, an Olympus microscope OSP-SP200). The measurement condition is a C light source.
 また、本発明に係る色材分散液においては、色材として、PG59のみを単独で用いてもよい。一方、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、PG59に、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の色材の項に例示したようなPG59とは異なる色材を、他の色材として組み合わせて用いてもよい。他の色材としては、例えば、他の緑色色材や、黄色色材や、青色色材が好適に用いられる。 In the color material dispersion according to the present invention, only PG59 may be used alone as the color material. On the other hand, as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, a color material different from PG59 exemplified in the color material section of the color material dispersion according to the first invention is combined with PG59 as another color material. May be used. As other color materials, for example, other green color materials, yellow color materials, and blue color materials are preferably used.
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液において、PG59とは異なる他の色材を用いる場合、PG59の含有率は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を、PG59を含む色材全体に対して、5質量%以上含むことが好ましく、10質量%以上含むことがより好ましい。 In the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, when another color material different from PG59 is used, the content of PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Especially, it is preferable to contain 5 mass% or more with respect to the whole coloring material containing PG59, and it is more preferable to contain 10 mass% or more from the point which makes color reproducibility wide and raises a brightness | luminance.
 また、第二の本発明に係る色材分散液においては、色材として、PG59に、更に黄色色材を組み合わせて用いることが、緑色画素の表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能な点から好ましい(第二の本発明の第二実施形態)。
 黄色色材としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185、及び、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料が挙げられる。
Further, in the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, it is possible to use PG59 as a color material in combination with a yellow color material, while suppressing the occurrence of display failure of the green pixel and increasing the color with high brightness. It is preferable from the point which can form the colored layer excellent in reproducibility (2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention).
Examples of the yellow color material include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185, and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 150 derivative pigment.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料としては、具体的には、少なくとも1種のゲスト化合物のホストとして働く下記化学式(i)またはそれの互変異性構造の1つに従うアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリおよびテトラアニオンと金属との金属錯体が挙げられ、前記金属としては、Li,Cs,Mg,Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb、好適にはNa,K,Ca,Sr,Ba,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu,MnおよびLaを挙げることができる。前記金属としては中でもNiが好適であり、更に好適には、NiとZnとを含む前記C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料、及び、NiとCuとを含む前記C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料の少なくとも1種が望ましい。中でも、Ni:Zn=8:2~2:8の比率(モル比)でNiとZnとを含む前記C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料、及び、Ni:Cu=5:5~9.8:0.2の比率(モル比)でNiとZnとを含む前記C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料の少なくとも1種が好ましい。 C. I. Specific examples of pigment yellow 150 pigment pigments include mono-, di-, tri- and tetra-azo compounds of the azo compound according to the following chemical formula (i) or one of its tautomeric structures that serve as a host for at least one guest compound. Examples of the metal complex include an anion and a metal. Examples of the metal include Li, Cs, Mg, Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, and Pb, preferably Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, and Fe. , Ni, Cu, Mn and La. Ni is preferable as the metal, and more preferably, the C.I. containing Ni and Zn. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment, and the C.I. I. At least one pigment pigment of pigment yellow 150 is desirable. Among them, the C.I. containing Ni and Zn at a ratio (molar ratio) of Ni: Zn = 8: 2 to 2: 8. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment, and said C.I. containing Ni and Zn in a ratio (molar ratio) of Ni: Cu = 5: 5 to 9.8: 0.2. I. At least one pigment pigment of pigment yellow 150 is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(上記化学式(i)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、OH、NH、NH-CN、アシルアミノまたはアリールアミノであり、R’はそれぞれ独立して、-OHまたは-NHである)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the chemical formula (i), each R is independently OH, NH 2 , NH—CN, acylamino or arylamino, and each R ′ is independently —OH or —NH 2 )
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料は、特開2001-354869号公報、特開2005-325350号公報、特開2007-25687号公報、特開2007-23287号公報、特開2007-23288号公報、及び特開2008-24927号公報を参照することにより入手可能である。
 また、前記黄色色材は、適宜市販品を用いることができる。
C. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and derivative pigments thereof are disclosed in JP-A No. 2001-354869, JP-A No. 2005-325350, JP-A No. 2007-25687, JP-A No. 2007-23287, JP-A No. 2007-23288, and It can be obtained by referring to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-24927.
Moreover, a commercial item can be used suitably for the said yellow color material.
 第二の本発明の色材分散液において、黄色色材は、適宜選択され、1種単独又は2種以上混合して用いられる。好適な黄色色材としては、後述のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に記載したのと同様の理由で、同様の黄色色材が好ましく用いられる。 In the color material dispersion of the second aspect of the present invention, the yellow color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more. As a suitable yellow color material, the same yellow color material is preferably used for the same reason as described in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter described later.
 また、第二の本発明の第二実施形態の色材分散液においては、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、PG59及び黄色色材に、後述の感光性着色樹脂組成物に例示したような他の色材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。他の色材としては、例えば、他の緑色色材や、青色色材、オレンジ色色材等が好適に用いられる。PG59とは異なる他の緑色色材としては、PG58、PG7、及びPG36等のフタロシアニン緑色顔料が挙げられる。好適な他の色材としては、後述のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に記載したのと同様の理由で、同様の他の色材が好ましく用いられる。
 第二の本発明の色材分散液において、更に他の緑色色材を含む場合には、黄色色材は、中でも、PY150及びその誘導体顔料の少なくとも1種と、PY138とを組み合わせて用いることが、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度の着色層を達成し易い点から好ましい。
In addition, in the color material dispersion liquid of the second embodiment of the second present invention, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, the PG59 and the yellow color material may be other than those exemplified in the photosensitive colored resin composition described later. These color materials may be used in combination. As other color materials, for example, other green color materials, blue color materials, orange color materials and the like are preferably used. Examples of other green color materials different from PG59 include phthalocyanine green pigments such as PG58, PG7, and PG36. As other suitable color materials, other similar color materials are preferably used for the same reason as described in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters described later.
In the color material dispersion liquid of the second aspect of the present invention, when other green color material is further included, the yellow color material is used in combination with at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigments and PY138. From the viewpoint of easily achieving a high-luminance colored layer while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態の色材分散液において、色材全体に対するPG59の含有割合、PG59に対する黄色色材の含有割合、並びに、PG59と、黄色色材、及びその他の色材を用いる場合の含有割合は、後述の感光性着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合とすることが好ましい。但し、色材分散液は、適宜2種以上混合して用いて、感光性着色樹脂組成物を製造することができるため、後述の感光性着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合としなくても好適に用いられる。 In the color material dispersion liquid of the second embodiment of the second invention, the content ratio of PG59 to the entire color material, the content ratio of the yellow color material to PG59, and PG59, the yellow color material, and other color materials When used, the content ratio is preferably the same as the photosensitive colored resin composition described later. However, since the photosensitive coloring resin composition can be produced by mixing two or more kinds of coloring material dispersions as appropriate, it is not necessary to have the same content ratio as the photosensitive coloring resin composition described later. Used for.
 また、第二の本発明に係る色材分散液においては、色材として、PG59に、青色色材、及び黄色色材を組み合わせ、当該黄色色材が、(Y1)PY185を含む少なくとも1種の黄色色材であるか、又は、(Y2)PY139を必須成分として、更にPY138、PY150及びPY150の誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材であることが好ましい(第二の本発明の第三実施形態)。 In the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, as the color material, PG59 is combined with a blue color material and a yellow color material, and the yellow color material contains at least one kind of (Y1) PY185. It is a yellow color material, or (Y2) at least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY138, PY150 and PY150 derivative pigments Preferred (third embodiment of the second invention).
 本発明において青色色材とは、PG59の場合に記載したのと同様に分光透過率スペクトルを測定した場合に、435nm以上490nm以下の範囲にピークトップがある色材を目安とする。
 青色色材としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60等が挙げられる。後述する感光性着色樹脂組成物に記載したような分散可能な染料の中から、上記青色色材の範囲に入る色材を適宜選択して用いても良い。
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態の色材分散液において、青色色材は、適宜選択され、1種単独又は2種以上混合して用いられる。
In the present invention, the blue color material is a color material having a peak top in a range from 435 nm to 490 nm when a spectral transmittance spectrum is measured in the same manner as described for PG59.
Examples of the blue color material include C.I. I. Pigment blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60, and the like. From among the dispersible dyes described in the photosensitive coloring resin composition described later, a color material that falls within the range of the blue color material may be appropriately selected and used.
In the color material dispersion according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the blue color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
 中でも、第二の本発明の第三実施形態に用いられる青色色材としては、PG59と、前記特定の黄色色材と組み合わせた場合に、輝度の低下を抑制できる点から、また前記特定の分散剤と組み合わせた場合の分散性に優れる点から、β型銅フタロシアニン顔料であることが好ましく、中でもC.I.ピグメントブルー15:3及びC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、これらのβ型銅フタロシアニン顔料を青色色材全量中に60質量%~100質量%含むことが好ましい。
 中でも輝度の点から、前記青色色材が、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3及びC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4の少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
Among these, as the blue color material used in the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the combination of PG59 and the specific yellow color material can suppress a decrease in luminance, and the specific dispersion. From the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility when combined with an agent, a β-type copper phthalocyanine pigment is preferable. I. Pigment blue 15: 3 and C.I. I. It is preferable to include at least one of Pigment Blue 15: 4, and it is preferable to include these β-type copper phthalocyanine pigments in an amount of 60% by mass to 100% by mass in the total amount of the blue color material.
Among these, the blue color material is C.I. I. Pigment blue 15: 3 and C.I. I. It is preferably at least one of pigment blue 15: 4.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態において、(Y1)PY185を含む少なくとも1種の黄色色材は、PY185の他に、更にその他の黄色色材を含んでいても良く、当該黄色色材としては、例えば、PY1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、及び、PY150の誘導体顔料等が挙げられる。
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態において、PY185と組み合わせる黄色色材としては、PY139、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、色材分散安定性に優れ、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を達成し易い点から好ましい。
In the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, (Y1) at least one yellow color material containing PY185 may further contain another yellow color material in addition to PY185, and as the yellow color material, Is, for example, PY1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, and PY150 derivative pigments.
In the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the yellow color material combined with PY185 is at least one selected from the group consisting of PY139, PY150 and derivative pigments, and has excellent color material dispersion stability. From the viewpoint of easily achieving a colored layer having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
 また、第二の本発明の第三実施形態において、(Y2)PY139を必須成分として、更にPY138、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材としては、前記少なくとも2種の黄色色材の他に、更にその他の黄色色材を含んでいても良く、当該黄色色材としては、例えば、PY1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、及び175等が挙げられる。 In the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, (Y2) at least two yellow colorants containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY138, PY150 and derivative pigments thereof. In addition to the at least two kinds of yellow color materials, other yellow color materials may be further included. Examples of the yellow color materials include PY1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, and 175. That.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態において、黄色色材として前記(Y1)を用いる場合には、より高輝度を達成し易い点から好ましい。一方、黄色色材として前記(Y2)を用いる場合には、高コントラストを達成し易い点から好ましい。
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態において、前記(Y2)PY139を必須成分として、更にPY138、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材としては、中でも、PY139を必須成分として、更にPY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材が、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度且つ高コントラストの着色層を達成し易い点から好ましい。
In the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, when (Y1) is used as the yellow color material, it is preferable from the viewpoint that higher luminance can be easily achieved. On the other hand, when (Y2) is used as the yellow color material, it is preferable from the viewpoint of easily achieving high contrast.
In the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the (Y2) PY139 is an essential component, and at least two kinds of yellow color materials further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY138, PY150 and derivative pigments thereof. Among them, at least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments have a high brightness and a high brightness while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easily achieving a contrast colored layer.
 また、第二の本発明の第三実施形態の色材分散液においては、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、PG59、青色色材、及び前記特定の黄色色材に、後述の感光性着色樹脂組成物に例示したような他の色材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。他の色材としては、例えば、他の緑色色材や、オレンジ色色材等が好適に用いられる。好適な他の色材としては、後述のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に記載したのと同様の理由で、同様の他の色材が好ましく用いられる。なお、本発明において緑色色材とは、前記と同様に分光透過率スペクトルを測定した場合に、490nm超過580nm以下の範囲にピークトップがある色材を目安とする。 Further, in the color material dispersion of the third embodiment of the second invention, the photosensitive coloring resin described later is added to PG59, the blue color material, and the specific yellow color material, as long as the effects of the invention are not impaired. Other colorants such as those exemplified in the composition may be used in combination. As other color materials, for example, other green color materials, orange color materials, and the like are preferably used. As other suitable color materials, other similar color materials are preferably used for the same reason as described in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters described later. In the present invention, the green color material is a color material having a peak top in the range of more than 490 nm and less than 580 nm when the spectral transmittance spectrum is measured in the same manner as described above.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態の色材分散液において、PG59、青色色材、及び黄色色材の各含有割合、更にその他の色材を用いる場合の含有割合は、後述の感光性着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合とすることが好ましい。但し、色材分散液は、適宜2種以上混合して用いて、感光性着色樹脂組成物を製造することができるため、後述の感光性着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合としなくても好適に用いられる。 In the color material dispersion liquid according to the third embodiment of the second invention, each content ratio of PG59, blue color material, and yellow color material, and the content ratio when other color materials are used are the photosensitive coloring described later. The content ratio is preferably the same as that of the resin composition. However, since the photosensitive coloring resin composition can be produced by mixing two or more kinds of coloring material dispersions as appropriate, it is not necessary to have the same content ratio as the photosensitive coloring resin composition described later. Used for.
 第二の本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径や、色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径としては、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の色材の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。
 また、第二の本発明に係る色材分散液において、色材の含有量は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の色材の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。
As the average primary particle size of the color material used in the second invention and the average dispersion particle size of the color material in the color material dispersion, the term of the color material of the color material dispersion according to the first invention described above. Since it may be the same as that described in FIG.
In the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the invention, the content of the color material may be the same as that described in the section of the color material of the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the invention. The description here is omitted.
<分散剤>
 第二の本発明においては、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いる。前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いることにより、色材への吸着性能が向上し、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が向上する。
<Dispersant>
In the second aspect of the present invention, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used as a dispersant. The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
The color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention uses a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), thereby improving the adsorption performance to the color material, and the dispersibility and dispersion of the color material. Stability is improved.
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の分散剤の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be the same as that described in the section of the dispersant for the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, and the description thereof is omitted here. .
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体においては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成していることが、塩形成部位において色材吸着性がより向上し、色材分散安定性、及び溶剤再溶解性に優れる点から好ましい。
 下記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の分散剤の塩型ブロック共重合体の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。
In the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the following general formulas (1) to ( 3) that one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the salt form a salt, the colorant adsorbability is further improved at the salt-forming site, the colorant dispersion stability, and It is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent solvent resolubility.
One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (1) to (3) are described in the section of the salt-type block copolymer of the dispersant for the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention. Since it may be the same as that described above, description thereof is omitted here.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(1)~(3)における各符号は、前述のとおりである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(The symbols in general formulas (1) to (3) are as described above.)
 また、第二の本発明に用いられる分散剤において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体における、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の含有量は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の分散剤の塩型ブロック共重合体の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 Further, in the dispersant used in the second present invention, one kind selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) in the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) The content of the above compound may be the same as that described in the section of the salt-type block copolymer of the dispersant of the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the invention, and the description thereof is omitted here. To do.
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体としては、分散性を向上する点から、更に溶剤親和性を有する部位を含むことが好ましい。溶剤親和性部位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノマーの中から、溶剤親和性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、重合体の23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、溶剤親和性部位を導入することが好ましい。
 第二の本発明において用いられる一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体としては、色材の分散性及び分散安定性及び樹脂組成物の耐熱性を向上し、高輝度且つ高コントラストな着色層を形成できる点から、中でも、ブロック共重合体又はグラフト共重合体が好ましく、ブロック共重合体が特に好ましい。以下、特に好ましいブロック共重合体について詳細に説明する。
The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably further includes a portion having solvent affinity from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility. As the solvent affinity site, a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond that can be polymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is selected depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use as appropriate. As a standard, it is preferable to introduce a solvent-affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
As the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) used in the second aspect of the present invention, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and the heat resistance of the resin composition are improved. Among these, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer is preferable, and a block copolymer is particularly preferable because a contrast colored layer can be formed. Hereinafter, particularly preferred block copolymers will be described in detail.
[ブロック共重合体]
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロックをAブロックとすると、当該Aブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。また、当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した場合においては、当該塩形成部が色材に対してより強い吸着部位として機能する。一方、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含まないBブロックは、溶剤親和性を有するブロックとして機能するようにする。そのため、本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体は、色材と吸着するAブロックと溶剤親和性を有するBブロックとで機能を分担して、色材分散剤として機能する。
[Block copolymer]
When the block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is an A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is basic and the A block has an adsorption site for a coloring material. Function as. Further, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) are salts. In this case, the salt forming part functions as a stronger adsorption site for the coloring material. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) functions as a block having solvent affinity. Therefore, the block copolymer used in the present invention functions as a color material dispersant by sharing the function between the color material, the adsorbing A block and the solvent B affinity block.
 第二の本発明において用いられる分散剤としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体であり、前記ブロック共重合体のアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上130mgKOH/g以下であることが、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59の分散性及び分散安定性がより良好になる点から好ましい。
 第二の本発明において用いられる分散剤においては、色材分散性及び分散安定性の点から、下限としては、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上であることがさらにより好ましい。また、上限としては、120mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、分散安定性がより優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。
 塩型ブロック共重合体の場合のアミン価は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体に比べて塩を形成した分だけ値が小さくなる。しかし、塩形成部位は、アミノ基に相当する末端の窒素部位と同様、又はむしろ強化された色材吸着部位となるため、塩形成によって色材分散性や色材分散安定性が向上する傾向がある。また、塩形成部位は、アミノ基と同様に、多すぎると溶剤再溶解性に悪影響を与える。そのため、本発明においては、塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価を、色材分散安定性、及び溶剤再溶解性を良好にするための指標とすることができる。得られた塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)のアミン価としては、0mgKOH/g以上130mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、0mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。
 上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。
The dispersant used in the second invention is a block copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the amine value of the block copolymer is 40 mgKOH / g or more and 130 mgKOH / g. That C. I. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of CI Pigment Green 59.
In the dispersant used in the second invention, the lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. preferable. Moreover, as an upper limit, it is still more preferable that it is 120 mgKOH / g or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, dispersion stability is more excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it is excellent in compatibility with another component and solvent resolubility becomes favorable.
In the case of the salt type block copolymer, the amine value becomes smaller by the amount of salt formation than the block copolymer before salt formation. However, since the salt formation site is the same as the terminal nitrogen site corresponding to the amino group, or rather becomes a strengthened color material adsorption site, the color material dispersibility and color material dispersion stability tend to be improved by salt formation. is there. In addition, like the amino group, if the salt forming site is too much, the solvent resolubility is adversely affected. Therefore, in the present invention, the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation can be used as an index for improving the colorant dispersion stability and solvent resolubility. The amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer (P2) is preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 130 mgKOH / g, and more preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g.
If it is below the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
 {Aブロック}
 Aブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロックであるが、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は上述の通りなので、ここでの説明は省略する。
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロック中、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、3個以上含まれることが好ましい。中でも、分散性、及び分散安定性を向上する点から、3~100個含むことが好ましく、3~50個含むことがより好ましく、更に3~30個含むことがより好ましい。
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、色材吸着部位として機能すれば良く、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
{A block}
The A block is a block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), but since the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is as described above, description thereof is omitted here.
In the A block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (I) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) only needs to function as a coloring material adsorption site, and may be composed of one kind or may contain two or more kinds of structural units.
 Aブロックは本発明の目的を達成する範囲で、一般式(I)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位を有するものであってもよく、一般式(I)で表される構成単位と共重合可能な構成単位であれば含有することができる。例えば、塩基性ブロック部が含有してもよい一般式(I)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位としては、具体的には例えば、後述する一般式(II)で表される構成単位等が挙げられる。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体におけるAブロック中、一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、Aブロックの全構成単位の合計質量に対して、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、80~100質量%であることがより好ましく、100質量%であることが最も好ましい。一般式(I)で表される構成単位の割合が高いほど、色材への吸着力が向上し、ブロック共重合体の分散性、及び分散安定性が良好となるからである。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するAブロックを合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。
The A block may have a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the object of the present invention is achieved, and may share the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). Any polymerizable structural unit can be contained. For example, as the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that may be contained in the basic block portion, specifically, for example, a structural unit represented by the general formula (II) described later, etc. Is mentioned.
In the A block in the block copolymer before salt formation, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is 50 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of the A block. Is preferable, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and most preferably 100% by mass. This is because as the proportion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is higher, the adsorptive power to the coloring material is improved, and the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the block copolymer are improved. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining A block which has a structural unit represented by general formula (I).
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、分散性、及び分散安定性が良好となる点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、5~60質量%であることが好ましく、10~50質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記ブロック共重合体における各構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。
 なお、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、色材との親和性を有すればよく、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
Further, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are obtained from the viewpoint of good dispersibility and dispersion stability. The total mass is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass. In addition, the content rate of each structural unit in the said block copolymer is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation.
In addition, the structural unit represented by general formula (I) should just have affinity with a color material, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units. Good.
 {Bブロック}
 Bブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含まないブロックである。Bブロックとしては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な、不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーの中から、親溶剤性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、共重合体の23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、Bブロックを導入することが好ましい。
{B block}
B block is a block which does not contain the structural unit represented by the said general formula (I). As the B block, among monomers having an unsaturated double bond that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an appropriate solvent is used depending on the solvent. It is preferable to select and use. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合を有する単量体を挙げることができ、中でも下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位が好ましい。
 下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の分散剤の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。
Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The structural unit represented by (II) is preferred.
The structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) may be the same as that described in the section of the dispersant of the colorant dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, and the description thereof is omitted here. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(一般式(II)における各符号は、前述のとおりである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(The symbols in general formula (II) are as described above.)
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位の数は特に限定されないが、溶剤親和性部位と色材吸着部位が効果的に作用し、色材の分散性を向上する点から、10~300個であることが好ましく、10~100個であることがより好ましく、更に10~70個であることがより好ましい。 The number of structural units constituting the B block is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 to 300 from the viewpoint that the solvent affinity site and the color material adsorption site effectively act to improve the dispersibility of the color material. Preferably, the number is 10 to 100, more preferably 10 to 70.
 ブロック共重合体におけるBブロック中、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、親溶剤性や色材分散性を向上する点から、Bブロックの全構成単位の合計質量に対して、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、70~100質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、Bブロックを合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。 In the B block in the block copolymer, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is based on the total mass of all the structural units of the B block from the viewpoint of improving the solvent affinity and the colorant dispersibility. On the other hand, the content is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 70 to 100% by mass. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining B block.
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、色材分散性や分散安定性を向上する点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、40~95質量%であることが好ましく、50~90質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。 Moreover, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) in the block copolymer before salt formation improves the color material dispersibility and dispersion stability. The amount is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the units. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation.
 Bブロックは、親溶剤性部位として機能するように構成単位を適宜選択すれば良く、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。Bブロックに含まれる2種以上の構成単位は、当該ブロック内ではランダムに配列していてもよい。 In the B block, the structural unit may be appropriately selected so as to function as a solvophilic moiety, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds. The structural unit may be included. Two or more structural units included in the B block may be randomly arranged in the block.
 また、前記分散剤としては、下記ブロック共重合体(P1)、及び、下記塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種であって、
 P1:前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体;
 P2:前記ブロック共重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と前記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体;
 当該分散剤の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下で、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である分散剤を用いることが、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生抑制効果に優れながら、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、更に、着色樹脂組成物とした際に高い現像密着性を有する点から好ましい。
 色材濃度を高め、分散剤含有量が増加すると、相対的にバインダー量が減少することから、着色樹脂層が現像時に下地基板から剥離し易くなる。分散剤がカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックを含み、前記特定の酸価及びガラス転移温度を有することにより、現像密着性が向上する。酸価が高すぎると、現像性に優れるものの、極性が高すぎて却って現像時に剥離が生じ易くなると推定される。
 このような分散剤は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液で用いられる分散剤の項で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。
The dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2),
P1: a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer;
P2: From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more selected compounds form a salt;
Use of a dispersant having an acid value of 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less and a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C or more of the dispersant is excellent in colorant dispersion stability and suppresses development residue generation. Although it is excellent in the effect, it is excellent in solvent re-solubility, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of having high development adhesiveness when a colored resin composition is obtained.
When the colorant concentration is increased and the dispersant content is increased, the amount of the binder is relatively decreased. Therefore, the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development. When the dispersant contains a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and has the specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but it is presumed that the polarity is too high and peeling easily occurs during development.
Such a dispersant may be the same as that described in the section of the dispersant used in the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention, and thus description thereof is omitted here.
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の少なくとも1種を用い、その含有量は、用いる色材の種類、更に後述するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物中の固形分濃度等に応じて適宜選定される。
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液において分散剤の含有量は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液で用いられる分散剤において説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。
In the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, as the dispersant, at least one polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used, and the content thereof is determined by the color material used. It is appropriately selected according to the type and the solid content concentration in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter described later.
The content of the dispersant in the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention may be the same as that described in the dispersant used in the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention. The description of is omitted.
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液において、用いられる溶剤及びその含有量や、必要に応じて配合しても良いその他の成分、並びに、色材分散液の製造方法は、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 In the color material dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention, the solvent used and the content thereof, other components that may be blended as necessary, and the method for producing the color material dispersion are the first Since it may be the same as that described in the color material dispersion according to the present invention, description thereof is omitted here.
 第二の本発明に係る色材分散液は、後述する第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製するための予備調製物として用いられる。すなわち、色材分散液とは、後述のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製する前段階において予備調製される、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比の高い色材分散液である。具体的には、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比は通常1.0以上である。第二の本発明に係る色材分散液と、後述する各成分とを混合することにより、分散性に優れた第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製することができる。 The colorant dispersion according to the second aspect of the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention described later. That is, the color material dispersion is preliminarily prepared in the previous stage of preparing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described later, (color material component mass in the composition) / (color material component in the composition). Is a colorant dispersion having a high solid content mass ratio. Specifically, the ratio of (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more. It is possible to prepare a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second invention excellent in dispersibility by mixing the colorant dispersion according to the second invention and each component described later. it can.
II-2.第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物
(i)第二の本発明の第一実施形態
 第二の本発明の第一実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含み、
 前記分散剤が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることを特徴とする。
 第二の本発明の第一実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含むことにより、前記高色濃度の緑の色度領域としながら、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を達成可能な、着色層を形成可能である。第二の本発明の第一実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記第二の本発明の第一実施形態の色材分散液において説明したのと同様の作用により、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能である。
II-2. Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the second aspect of the present invention (i) First embodiment of the second aspect of the invention Photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the second aspect of the present invention Is a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and a solvent,
The color material is C.I. I. Including Pigment Green 59,
The dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first embodiment of the second invention, the color material is C.I. I. By including the pigment green 59, it is possible to form a colored layer that can achieve high luminance and high contrast while maintaining the green chromaticity region of high color density. The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention has the same effect as that described in the color material dispersion of the first embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention. A colored layer having excellent solubility, high luminance, high contrast, and excellent color reproducibility can be formed.
(ii)第二の本発明の第二実施形態
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物としては、色材と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59、及び黄色色材を含み、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることが挙げられる。
(Ii) Second Embodiment of the Second Invention As the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter containing a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and a solvent,
The color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, and yellow color material,
It is mentioned that the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59及び黄色色材を含み、且つ分散剤として、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、前記第二の本発明の第二実施形態の色材分散液において説明したのと同様の作用により、色材分散安定性に優れ、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能である。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the second embodiment of the second invention, the colorant is C.I. I. Since the pigment green 59 and the yellow color material are used, and the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used in combination as a dispersant, the color of the second embodiment of the second invention is used. By the same action as described in the material dispersion liquid, it is possible to form a colored layer having excellent color material dispersion stability and high luminance and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects.
(iii)第二の本発明の第三実施形態
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物としては、色材と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59、青色色材、及び黄色色材を含み、当該黄色色材が、(Y1)C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含む少なくとも1種の黄色色材であるか、又は、(Y2)C.I.ピグメントイエロー139を必須成分として、更にC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材であり、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることが挙げられる。
(Iii) Third embodiment of the second invention As the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, a coloring material, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter containing a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and a solvent,
The color material is C.I. I. Pigment Green 59, a blue color material, and a yellow color material, and the yellow color material is (Y1) C.I. I. At least one yellow colorant including CI Pigment Yellow 185, or (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and at least two kinds of yellow color materials including one or more selected from the group consisting of derivative pigments thereof,
It is mentioned that the said dispersing agent is a polymer which has a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59、青色色材及び前記特定の黄色色材を含み、且つ分散剤として、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、前記第二の本発明の第三実施形態の色材分散液において説明したのと同様の作用により、色材分散安定性に優れ、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能である。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, the color material is C.I. I. Since the pigment green 59, the blue color material, and the specific yellow color material are used in combination with a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the second aspect of the present invention is used. In the same manner as described in the color material dispersion liquid of the third embodiment, a colored layer having excellent color material dispersion stability and high brightness and excellent color reproducibility is formed while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. Is possible.
 第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤とを少なくとも含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。以下、第二の本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分について説明するが、色材のうち必須成分であるC.I.ピグメントグリーン59、分散剤については、上記第二の本発明の色材分散液において説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。また、溶剤については、前記第一の本発明の色材分散液で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤、及び他の成分については、前記第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator. Further, other components may be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Hereinafter, although each component contained in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd this invention is demonstrated, C. which is an essential component among color materials. I. Since the pigment green 59 and the dispersant are the same as those described in the color material dispersion of the second invention, the description thereof is omitted here. Moreover, about a solvent, since it may be the same as that of what was demonstrated by the color material dispersion liquid of said 1st this invention, description here is abbreviate | omitted. The alkali-soluble resin, the polyfunctional monomer, the photoinitiator, and other components may be the same as those described in the photosensitive color resin composition for color filters according to the first aspect of the present invention. Therefore, explanation here is omitted.
<色材>
 第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物における色材は、必須成分としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含むが、色調を調整するために、更に他の色材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 カラーフィルタの着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、分散可能な染料を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
 他の色材としては、前記第一の本発明に係る色材分散液の色材の項に例示したようなPG59とは異なる色材を、他の色材として組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも黄色色材、他の緑色色材、青色色材が好ましく用いられる。
<Color material>
The coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention includes C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 is included, but other color materials may be used in combination in order to adjust the color tone.
It is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when forming the color layer of the color filter, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers.
As other color materials, color materials different from PG59 exemplified in the color material section of the color material dispersion according to the first aspect of the present invention may be used in combination as other color materials. Of these, yellow color materials, other green color materials, and blue color materials are preferably used.
 また、第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、色材として、PG59に、更に黄色色材を組み合わせて用いることが、緑色画素の表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度で色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能な点から好ましい(第二の本発明の第二実施形態)。第二の本発明の第二実施形態で用いられる黄色色材としては、前記第二の本発明の第二実施形態の色材分散液において説明したものと同様であって良い。第二の本発明の第二実施形態で用いられる他の色材としては、他の緑色色材、青色色材、オレンジ色色材が好ましく用いられる。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, it is possible to use PG59 in combination with a yellow color material as a color material, while suppressing the occurrence of display defects of green pixels. It is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored layer having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility can be formed (second embodiment of the second invention). The yellow color material used in the second embodiment of the second invention may be the same as that described in the color material dispersion of the second embodiment of the second invention. As other color materials used in the second embodiment of the second invention, other green color materials, blue color materials, and orange color materials are preferably used.
 中でも、第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、PG59に加えて、PG58及びPG7の少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。中でも、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、高輝度な緑色画素を形成可能となる点からは、PG59に加えてPG58を含むことが好ましい。PG59とPG58とを混合して用いると、PG58単独で用いるよりも、色再現性を広くして、前記P/V比を低減し、且つ輝度も向上することが可能である。一方、中でも、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、前記P/V比をより低減し、現像耐性等の製版性を向上する点からは、PG59に加えてPG7を含むことが好ましい。また、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、輝度向上と前記P/V比の低減による製版性の向上とのバランスの点からは、PG59に加えてPG58及びPG7を含むことが好ましい。 Especially, in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention, it is preferable to contain at least 1 sort (s) of PG58 and PG7 in addition to PG59. Among them, it is preferable to include PG58 in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint that a high-luminance green pixel can be formed while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. When PG59 and PG58 are used in combination, the color reproducibility can be broadened, the P / V ratio can be reduced, and the luminance can be improved as compared with using PG58 alone. On the other hand, PG7 is included in addition to PG59 from the viewpoint of reducing the P / V ratio and improving plate making properties such as development resistance while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. Is preferred. In addition to PG59, PG58 and PG7 are included from the viewpoint of the balance between improving luminance and reducing the P / V ratio while achieving target chromaticity and suppressing display defects. Is preferred.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材全体に対するPG59の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を含む色材全体に対して、PG59を5~95質量%含有することが好ましく、10~90質量%含有することがより好ましく、20~80質量%含有することがより更に好ましい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, the content ratio of PG59 with respect to the entire color material is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity. Among them, it is preferable to contain 5 to 95% by mass of PG59 with respect to the entire color material including PG59 from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. The content is more preferably 90% by mass, and still more preferably 20 to 80% by mass.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG59に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を10~900質量部含有することが好ましく、20~400質量部含有することがより好ましい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, the content ratio of the yellow color material with respect to PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 900 parts by mass of a yellow color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of PG59 from the viewpoint of widening color reproducibility and increasing luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. It is more preferable to contain ˜400 parts by mass.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、黄色色材は、適宜選択され、1種単独又は2種以上混合して用いられるが、中でも、PY138、PY139、PY185、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れた着色層を達成し易い点から好ましい。
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態においては、中でもPY150及びその誘導体顔料は、y=0.550~0.610、x=0.205~0.324の色度領域を表示する場合に用いることが好ましく、前記色度領域において前記P/V比をより低減し易い点から好ましい。
 また、PY138は、y=0.550~0.610、x=0.205~0.324の色度領域において高輝度を達成する場合に用いることが好ましく、中でもx=0.246~0.324の色度領域において高輝度を達成する場合に用いることが好ましい。
 また、PY185は、色再現域を広げるのに適しており、y=0.610~0.626の場合でも、x=0.205~0.324の色度領域を表示するのに好ましく、更にy=0.659もの色度領域を表示する場合に用いることが好ましい。
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention, the yellow color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, PY138, PY139 Using one or more selected from the group consisting of PY185, PY150 and its derivative pigments makes it easy to achieve a colored layer with high brightness, high contrast and excellent color reproducibility while suppressing the occurrence of display defects It is preferable from the point.
In the second embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, PY150 and its derivative pigment are used particularly when displaying a chromaticity region of y = 0.550 to 0.610 and x = 0.205 to 0.324. It is preferable that the P / V ratio is more easily reduced in the chromaticity region.
PY138 is preferably used to achieve high luminance in the chromaticity region of y = 0.550 to 0.610 and x = 0.205 to 0.324. It is preferably used when high luminance is achieved in the 324 chromaticity region.
PY185 is suitable for widening the color reproduction range, and is preferable for displaying a chromaticity region of x = 0.205 to 0.324 even when y = 0.610 to 0.626. It is preferable to use when displaying a chromaticity region of y = 0.659.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、中でも、PY150及びその誘導体顔料の少なくとも1種と、PY138とを組み合わせて用いる場合には、所望の色度、輝度、及び膜厚に合わせて適宜調整されればよいが、PY150及びその誘導体顔料の少なくとも1種の合計量と、PY138との比が5:95~95:5であることが好ましい。中でも輝度と前記P/V比の点からは、PY150及びその誘導体顔料の少なくとも1種の合計量と、PY138との比が10:90~90:10であることが更に好ましく、輝度とP/Vの点からは、20:80~80:20であることがより更に好ましい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, in particular, when PY138 is used in combination with at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigment, the desired chromaticity, The ratio of the total amount of at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigment and PY138 and PY138 is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5. In particular, from the viewpoint of luminance and the P / V ratio, the ratio of the total amount of at least one of PY150 and its derivative pigment to PY138 is more preferably 10:90 to 90:10. From the point of V, it is more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
 また、第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG59以外の緑色色材を更に含有する場合、色材全体に対するPG59を含む緑色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、色材全体に対して、PG59を含む緑色色材を10~90質量%含有することが好ましく、20~80質量%含有することがより好ましい。
 また、PG59を含む緑色色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を含む緑色色材を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を10~900質量部含有することが好ましく、20~400質量部含有することがより好ましい。
Moreover, in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention, when it contains further green color materials other than PG59, the content rate of the green color material containing PG59 with respect to the whole color material is There is no particular limitation as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 90% by mass of a green color material including PG59 with respect to the entire color material from the viewpoint of widening color reproducibility and increasing luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. More preferably, the content is 20 to 80% by mass.
Further, the content ratio of the yellow color material to the green color material containing PG59 is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity. Among them, from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects, the green color material containing PG59 is contained in 10 to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass. The content is preferably 20 to 400 parts by mass.
 また、第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG58及びPG7の少なくとも1種を更に含有する場合、PG59を含む緑色色材全体に対して、PG58及びPG7の少なくとも1種を5~50質量%含有することが好ましく、中でも表示不良と輝度と前記P/V比の点からは、5~40質量%含有することがより好ましく、輝度と前記P/V比の点からは、更に5~30質量%含有することがより更に好ましい。 Moreover, in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention, when further containing at least 1 sort (s) of PG58 and PG7, with respect to the whole green color material containing PG59, PG58 and It is preferable to contain 5 to 50% by mass of at least one kind of PG7. Among them, it is more preferable to contain 5 to 40% by mass from the viewpoint of display failure, luminance, and P / V ratio. From the viewpoint of the V ratio, it is more preferable to further contain 5 to 30% by mass.
 また、第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲で、色材中に、緑色色材及び黄色色材以外の他の色材を更に含んでいても良いが、PG59を含む緑色色材と、黄色色材との合計含有量は、色材全体に対して、70~100質量%であることが好ましく、中でも80~100質量%であることがより好ましい。 Moreover, in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 2nd embodiment of 2nd this invention, in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention, in a color material, other than a green color material and a yellow color material Other color materials may further be included, but the total content of the green color material including PG59 and the yellow color material is preferably 70 to 100% by mass with respect to the entire color material, More preferably, it is 80 to 100% by mass.
 また、第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、色材として、PG59に、青色色材、及び黄色色材を組み合わせ、当該黄色色材が、(Y1)C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含む少なくとも1種の黄色色材であるか、又は、(Y2)C.I.ピグメントイエロー139を必須成分として、更にC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材であることが好ましい(第二の本発明の第三実施形態)。第二の本発明の第三実施形態で用いられる青色色材及び特定の黄色色材としては、前記第二の本発明の第三実施形態の色材分散液において説明したものと同様であって良い。第二の本発明の第三実施形態で用いられる他の色材としては、他の緑色色材、オレンジ色色材が好ましく用いられる。 Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, as a color material, a blue color material and a yellow color material are combined with PG59, and the yellow color material is (Y1) C.I. I. At least one yellow colorant including CI Pigment Yellow 185, or (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. It is preferably at least two kinds of yellow color materials including at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 and derivative pigments thereof (third embodiment of the second invention). The blue color material and the specific yellow color material used in the third embodiment of the second invention are the same as those described in the color material dispersion of the third embodiment of the second invention. good. As other color materials used in the third embodiment of the second invention, other green color materials and orange color materials are preferably used.
 中でも、第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、目標色度を達成しつつ、表示不良を抑制しながら、前記P/V比をより低減し、現像残渣の抑制、現像密着性、製版性を向上する点からは、更にPG7を含むことが好ましい。 Among them, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, while achieving the target chromaticity and suppressing display defects, the P / V ratio is further reduced. It is preferable that PG7 is further included from the viewpoint of improving the development residue suppression, development adhesion, and plate making.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材全体に対するPG59の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を含む色材全量に対して、PG59を5~80質量%含有することが好ましく、10~70質量%含有することがより好ましく、10~60質量%含有することがより更に好ましい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the content ratio of PG59 with respect to the entire color material may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 5 to 80% by mass of PG59 with respect to the total amount of the color material including PG59 from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. The content is more preferably 70% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG59に対する青色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を100質量部に対して、青色色材を10~300質量部含有することが好ましく、20~200質量部含有することがより好ましい。
 また、色材全量に対して、青色色材を3~60質量%含有することが好ましく、5~50質量%含有することがより好ましく、10~40質量%含有することがより更に好ましい。
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, the content ratio of the blue color material with respect to PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 300 parts by mass of a blue color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of PG59 from the viewpoint of increasing the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of ˜200 parts by mass.
In addition, the blue color material is preferably contained in an amount of 3 to 60% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 40% by mass based on the total amount of the color material.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG59に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、PG59を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を10~800質量部含有することが好ましく、20~600質量部含有することがより好ましい。
 また、色材全量に対して、黄色色材を10~80質量%含有することが好ましく、20~70質量%含有することがより好ましく、30~70質量%含有することがより更に好ましい。
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention, the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to PG59 may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 800 parts by mass of a yellow color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of PG59 from the viewpoint of widening color reproducibility and increasing luminance while suppressing occurrence of display defects. It is more preferable to contain ˜600 parts by mass.
Further, the yellow color material is preferably contained in an amount of 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass based on the total amount of the color material.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、青色色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、色再現性を広くして輝度を高くする点から、青色色材を100質量部に対して、黄色色材を10~800質量部含有することが好ましく、20~600質量部含有することがより好ましい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the third embodiment of the second invention, the content ratio of the yellow color material to the blue color material may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is particularly limited. Not. Among them, it is preferable to contain 10 to 800 parts by mass of the yellow color material with respect to 100 parts by mass of the blue color material from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the luminance while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. 20 to 600 parts by mass is more preferable.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、(Y1)C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含む少なくとも1種の黄色色材を用いる場合、黄色色材全量に対してPY185の含有量は、10~100質量%であることが好ましく、20~100質量%であることがより好ましい。PY185は着色力が強く、黄色色材全量に対して10質量%程度含有していても、前記P/V比を低減する効果がある。
 なお、(Y1)において、PY185の他にPY139を含む場合には、(Y1)に該当するものとするが、PY139の含有量は、黄色色材全量に対して10~90質量%であることが好ましく、20~80質量%であることがより好ましい。
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, (Y1) C.I. I. When at least one yellow color material including Pigment Yellow 185 is used, the content of PY185 is preferably 10 to 100% by mass and more preferably 20 to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material. preferable. PY185 has a strong coloring power and has an effect of reducing the P / V ratio even if it is contained in an amount of about 10% by mass based on the total amount of the yellow color material.
In addition, when (Y1) contains PY139 in addition to PY185, it shall correspond to (Y1), but the content of PY139 is 10 to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material. It is preferably 20 to 80% by mass.
 また、第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、(Y2)C.I.ピグメントイエロー139を必須成分として、更にC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材を用いる場合、黄色色材全量に対してPY139の含有量は5~95質量%であることが好ましく、10~90質量%であることがより好ましい。また、黄色色材全量に対してC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上の含有量は5~95質量%であることが好ましく、10~90質量%であることがより好ましい。 Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, (Y2) C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 as an essential component and C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. In the case of using at least two kinds of yellow color materials including one or more selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 and its derivative pigment, the content of PY139 is 5 to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material It is preferable that the content is 10 to 90% by mass. In addition, C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, C.I. I. The content of one or more selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 150 and its derivative pigment is preferably 5 to 95% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
 前記(Y2)としては、中でも、PY139を必須成分として、更にPY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材が、表示不良の発生が抑制されながら、高輝度且つ高コントラストの着色層を達成し易い点から好ましい。また、(Y2)として、PY139と、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上とを含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材を、前記PG59及び青色色材に組み合わせると、前記P/V比をより低減し、現像残渣の抑制、現像密着性、製版性を向上することができる点からも好ましい。
 上記組合せの中でも、輝度を向上し且つ前記P/V比を低減し易い点から、PY139を必須成分として、更にニッケル錯体を含むPY150の誘導体顔料を含む少なくとも2種の黄色色材が好ましい。
 (Y2)として、PY139と、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上とを組み合わせる場合、高輝度且つ高コントラストの着色層を達成し易い点から、PY150及びその誘導体顔料よりなる群から選択される1種以上の含有量がPY139の含有量よりも多いことが好ましく、PY139を100質量部に対して、150~700質量部であることが好ましく、200~600質量部であることがより好ましい。
Among the above-mentioned (Y2), at least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further including one or more selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments can be used while suppressing the occurrence of display defects. From the viewpoint of easily achieving a high-luminance and high-contrast colored layer. Further, when (Y2) is combined with at least two kinds of yellow color materials including PY139 and at least one selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments to the PG59 and the blue color material, the P / This is also preferable from the viewpoint that the V ratio can be further reduced and development residue can be suppressed, development adhesion, and plate making can be improved.
Among the above combinations, at least two kinds of yellow color materials containing PY139 as an essential component and further containing a PY150 derivative pigment containing a nickel complex are preferable from the viewpoint of improving luminance and easily reducing the P / V ratio.
When (Y2) is combined with PY139 and at least one selected from the group consisting of PY150 and its derivative pigments, it is composed of PY150 and its derivative pigments from the viewpoint of easily achieving a colored layer with high brightness and high contrast. The content of one or more selected from the group is preferably larger than the content of PY139, preferably 150 to 700 parts by mass, and 200 to 600 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of PY139. It is more preferable.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記特定の黄色色材は、適宜選択され、1種単独又は2種以上混合して用いられる。
 第二の本発明においては、PY185は、色再現域を広げるのに適しており、y=0.610~0.720、x=0.140~0.230の色度領域を表示する場合に用いることが好ましく、更にy=0.720~0.750の場合でも、x=0.140~0.210の色度領域を表示する場合に用いることが好ましい。
 また、PY139は、y=0.570~0.710、x=0.180~0.265の色度領域を表示する場合に用いることが好ましい。
In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, the specific yellow color material is appropriately selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the second aspect of the present invention, PY185 is suitable for expanding the color gamut, and displays a chromaticity region of y = 0.610 to 0.720 and x = 0.140 to 0.230. Even when y = 0.720 to 0.750, it is preferably used when displaying a chromaticity region of x = 0.140 to 0.210.
PY139 is preferably used when displaying a chromaticity region of y = 0.570 to 0.710 and x = 0.180 to 0.265.
 また、第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG59以外の緑色色材を更に含有する場合、色材全体に対するPG59を含む緑色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。
 PG59以外の緑色色材を更に含有する場合であっても、色材全体に対するPG59を含む緑色色材の含有割合、PG59を含む緑色色材に対する青色色材の含有割合、色材全体に対する青色色材の含有割合、PG59を含む緑色色材に対する黄色色材の含有割合、色材全体に対する黄色色材の含有割合は、それぞれ、前述の色材全体に対するPG59の含有割合、PG59に対する青色色材の含有割合、色材全体に対する青色色材の含有割合、PG59に対する黄色色材の含有割合、色材全体に対する黄色色材の含有割合と同様であることが好ましい。
Moreover, in the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters of 3rd embodiment of 2nd this invention, when further containing green color materials other than PG59, the content rate of the green color material containing PG59 with respect to the whole color material is There is no particular limitation as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
Even when a green color material other than PG59 is further contained, the content ratio of the green color material including PG59 to the entire color material, the content ratio of the blue color material to the green color material including PG59, and the blue color relative to the entire color material The content ratio of the material, the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to the green color material including PG59, and the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to the entire color material are respectively the content ratio of PG59 relative to the entire color material, and the blue color material relative to PG59. The content ratio, the content ratio of the blue color material relative to the entire color material, the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to PG59, and the content ratio of the yellow color material relative to the entire color material are preferably the same.
 また、第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物において、PG7を更に含有する場合、PG59を含む緑色色材全量に対して、PG7を5~50質量%含有することが好ましく、中でも表示不良と輝度と前記P/V比の点からは、5~45質量%含有することがより好ましい。 Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, when PG7 is further contained, 5 to 50% by mass of PG7 is contained with respect to the total amount of the green color material including PG59. In particular, from the viewpoint of display failure, luminance, and P / V ratio, it is more preferable to contain 5 to 45% by mass.
 また、第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲で、色材中に、緑色色材、青色色材及び黄色色材以外の他の色材を更に含んでいても良いが、PG59を含む緑色色材、青色色材、及び前記特定の黄色色材の合計含有量は、色材全量に対して、70~100質量%であることが好ましく、中でも80~100質量%であることがより好ましい。 Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention, a green color material, a blue color material, and a yellow color material are included in the color material as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Although a color material other than the color material may be further included, the total content of the green color material including PG59, the blue color material, and the specific yellow color material is 70 to The content is preferably 100% by mass, and more preferably 80 to 100% by mass.
 第二の本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、P/V比((組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比)は、脱ガスや熱収縮の点から、0.1以上であることが好ましく、更に0.2以上であることが好ましく、一方、表示不良及び製造利便性に優れる、すなわち、溶剤再溶解性、現像残渣、現像密着性、現像耐性、水染み発生抑制効果等に優れる点から、0.7以下であることが好ましく、0.6以下であることがより好ましく、0.5以下であることがより更に好ましい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the second aspect of the present invention, the P / V ratio ((mass of coloring material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than coloring material component in composition) ratio) Is preferably 0.1 or more from the viewpoint of degassing and heat shrinkage, and more preferably 0.2 or more, on the other hand, it is excellent in display defects and manufacturing convenience, that is, solvent resolubility, From the viewpoint of excellent development residue, development adhesion, development resistance, water stain generation suppression effect, etc., it is preferably 0.7 or less, more preferably 0.6 or less, and 0.5 or less. Even more preferred.
<カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化膜>
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.180~0.330、y=0.500~0.750の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましい。
 中でも、色再現性を向上する点から、第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.188~0.324、y=0.550~0.750の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましく、x=0.200~0.324、y=0.570~0.750の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが更に好ましく、x=0.205~0.324、y=0.580~0.750の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることがより更に好ましい。
<Hardened film of photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter>
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention has a chromaticity coordinate in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source, where x = 0.180 to It is preferable that a cured film having a range of 0.330 and y = 0.500 to 0.750 can be formed.
Among these, from the point of improving color reproducibility, the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention is based on the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source. It is preferable that a cured film having chromaticity coordinates in the range of x = 0.188 to 0.324 and y = 0.550 to 0.750 can be formed, and x = 0.200 to 0.324, y It is more preferable that a cured film in the range of 0.570 to 0.750 can be formed, and a cured film in the range of x = 0.205 to 0.324 and y = 0.580 to 0.750 is formed. Even more preferably, it can be formed.
 第二の本発明の第二実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、中でも、膜厚が2.8μm以下であり、且つ、単一画素でC光源で測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標において、x=0.200~0.300、y=0.570~0.750及び刺激値Yが37≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示できることが好ましく、更に、x=0.200~0.300、y=0.570~0.750及び刺激値Yが40≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示できることがより好ましい。
 37≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示するのに良好な配合割合乃至組合せとして、色材の合計の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して20~45質量%であり、色材中の組合せとして、PG59を含む緑色色材(G)と黄色色材(Y)との含有割合(G:Y)が80:20~20:80であることが好ましい。上記においては、更に、PG59を含む緑色色材(G)に対するPG59の含有割合が30質量%以上であることが好ましい。なお、ここでの硬化膜の膜厚は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、塗布、乾燥後、露光して硬化後、230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークした後の膜厚をいう。
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second embodiment of the second invention has an XYZ of JIS Z8701 having a film thickness of 2.8 μm or less and colorimetric with a C light source with a single pixel. In the chromaticity coordinates in the color system, it is preferable to display a color space where x = 0.200 to 0.300, y = 0.570 to 0.750, and the stimulus value Y is in the range of 37 ≦ Y. More preferably, it is possible to display a color space in a range of = 0.200 to 0.300, y = 0.570 to 0.750, and a stimulus value Y in a range of 40 ≦ Y.
As a favorable blending ratio or combination for displaying a color space in the range of 37 ≦ Y, the total content of the coloring material is 20 to 45 mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. As a combination in the color material, the content ratio (G: Y) of the green color material (G) containing PG59 and the yellow color material (Y) is preferably 80:20 to 20:80. In the above, it is preferable that the content ratio of PG59 with respect to the green color material (G) containing PG59 is 30% by mass or more. In addition, the film thickness of the cured film here is the film thickness after post-baking for 30 minutes in a 230 ° C. clean oven after coating, drying, exposing and curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter. Say.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.140~0.330、y=0.500~0.750の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましい。
 中でも、色再現性を向上する点から、第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.140~0.280、y=0.570~0.730の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましく、x=0.140~0.265、y=0.610~0.720の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが更に好ましく、x=0.180~0.230、y=0.690~0.710の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることがより更に好ましい。
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the third embodiment of the second invention has a chromaticity coordinate in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source, where x = 0.140 to It is preferable that a cured film having a range of 0.330 and y = 0.500 to 0.750 can be formed.
Among these, from the point of improving color reproducibility, the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the third embodiment of the second invention is based on the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured by using a C light source. It is preferable that a cured film having a chromaticity coordinate in the range of x = 0.140 to 0.280 and y = 0.570 to 0.730 can be formed, and x = 0.140 to 0.265, y It is more preferable that a cured film in the range of = 0.610 to 0.720 can be formed, and a cured film in the range of x = 0.180 to 0.230 and y = 0.690 to 0.710 Even more preferably, it can be formed.
 第二の本発明の第三実施形態のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化膜は、中でも、膜厚が2.8μm以下であり、且つ、単一画素でC光源で測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標において、x=0.140~0.265、y=0.570~0.720及び刺激値Yが16≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示できることが好ましく、更に、x=0.140~0.230、y=0.610~0.720及び刺激値Yが18≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示できることがより好ましい。なお、ここでの硬化膜の膜厚は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、塗布、乾燥後、露光して多官能モノマーを硬化後、230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークした後の膜厚をいう。
 膜厚が2.8μm以下であり、且つ、単一画素でC光源で測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標において、x=0.140~0.230、y=0.610~0.720及び刺激値Yが18≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示するのに良好な配合割合乃至組合せとしては黄色色材として前記(Y1)を用いることが好ましく、色材全量に対して、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含む緑色色材が10~70質量%、青色色材が5~50質量%、黄色色材が10~70質量%であることが好ましく、更に、色材全量に対して、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含む緑色色材が15~60質量%、青色色材が10~40質量%、黄色色材が20~60質量%であることが好ましい。
 また、前記x=0.180~0.265、y=0.570~0.710及び刺激値Yが16≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示するのに良好な配合割合乃至組合せとしては黄色色材として前記(Y2)を用いることが好ましく、色材全量に対して、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含む緑色色材が10~70質量%、青色色材が5~50質量%、黄色色材が10~70質量%であることが好ましく、更に、色材全量に対して、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含む緑色色材が15~60質量%、青色色材が10~40質量%、黄色色材が20~60質量%であることが好ましい。
The cured film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention has a thickness of 2.8 μm or less, and JIS colorimetrically measured with a C light source with a single pixel. In the chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of Z8701, it is preferable that a color space in which x = 0.140 to 0.265, y = 0.570 to 0.720, and the stimulus value Y is in the range of 16 ≦ Y can be displayed. Further, it is more preferable that a color space in which x = 0.140 to 0.230, y = 0.610 to 0.720, and the stimulus value Y is in the range of 18 ≦ Y can be displayed. The film thickness of the cured film here is that after the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is applied, dried, exposed to cure the polyfunctional monomer, and then post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. The film thickness.
In the chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 with a film thickness of 2.8 μm or less and color measurement with a C light source with a single pixel, x = 0.140 to 0.230, y = 0.610 It is preferable to use (Y1) as a yellow color material as a good blending ratio or combination for displaying a color space in the range of .about.0.720 and a stimulus value Y of 18 ≦ Y. , C.I. I. The green color material including Pigment Green 59 is preferably 10 to 70% by mass, the blue color material is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and the yellow color material is preferably 10 to 70% by mass. . I. It is preferable that the green color material including pigment green 59 is 15 to 60% by mass, the blue color material is 10 to 40% by mass, and the yellow color material is 20 to 60% by mass.
Further, yellow is a preferable blending ratio or combination for displaying a color space in which x = 0.180 to 0.265, y = 0.570 to 0.710, and stimulus value Y is in the range of 16 ≦ Y. The (Y2) is preferably used as the material, and C.I. I. The green color material including Pigment Green 59 is preferably 10 to 70% by mass, the blue color material is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and the yellow color material is preferably 10 to 70% by mass. . I. It is preferable that the green color material including pigment green 59 is 15 to 60% by mass, the blue color material is 10 to 40% by mass, and the yellow color material is 20 to 60% by mass.
<カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 第二の本発明のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、前記第二の本発明の色材分散液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてその他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。或いは、第二実施形態や第三実施形態のようにPG59とは異なる他の色材を含む場合には、前記分散剤を用いて、PG59の色材分散液と、黄色色材の色材分散液と、更に必要に応じて他の色材の色材分散液とを各々準備し、PG59を含有する色材分散液と、黄色色材を含有する色材分散液と、更に必要に応じて他の色材の色材分散液と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてその他の成分を、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を得ても良い。
<Method for Producing Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition for Color Filter>
The method for producing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the second invention is not particularly limited. For example, the colorant dispersion of the second invention includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and light. It can be obtained by adding an initiator and other components as required and mixing them using a known mixing means. Alternatively, in the case of including another color material different from PG 59 as in the second embodiment or the third embodiment, the color material dispersion liquid of PG 59 and the color material dispersion of the yellow color material are dispersed using the dispersant. A liquid material and, if necessary, a color material dispersion liquid of another color material, respectively, a color material dispersion liquid containing PG59, a color material dispersion liquid containing a yellow color material, and further if necessary For color filters by mixing other colorant dispersions, alkali-soluble resins, polyfunctional monomers, photoinitiators, and other components as necessary using known mixing means You may obtain the photosensitive coloring resin composition.
II-3.第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ
 第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、透明基板と、当該透明基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層を有することを特徴とする。
 第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層を有することにより、高輝度で及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタとすることができる。
II-3. The color filter according to the second aspect of the invention The color filter according to the second aspect of the invention is a color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers. One has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention.
In the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, at least one of the colored layers has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention. Thus, a color filter having high luminance and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility can be obtained.
 第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、前記第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層を有すれば、他の構成は、前記第一の本発明に係るカラーフィルタで説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 If the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention has a colored layer formed by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, the other constitution is Since it may be the same as that described in the color filter according to one aspect of the present invention, description thereof is omitted here.
II-4、5.第二の本発明に係る液晶表示装置及び有機発光表示装置
 第二の本発明に係る液晶表示装置は、前記第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
 第二の本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前記第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
 第二の本発明においては、前記第二のカラーフィルタを用いることにより、高輝度で色再現性に優れた液晶表示装置、及び有機発光表示装置を提供することができる。
II-4,5. A liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device according to a second aspect of the present invention include a color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, a counter substrate, the color filter, and the counter substrate. And a liquid crystal layer formed between the two.
An organic light emitting display device according to a second aspect of the present invention includes the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention and an organic light emitter.
In the second aspect of the present invention, by using the second color filter, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device having high luminance and excellent color reproducibility.
 第二の本発明に係る液晶表示装置及び有機発光表示装置は、前記第二の本発明に係るカラーフィルタを備えれば、他の構成は、前記第一の本発明に係る液晶表示装置及び有機発光表示装置で説明したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 If the liquid crystal display device and the organic light emitting display device according to the second aspect of the present invention include the color filter according to the second aspect of the present invention, the other configurations are the liquid crystal display device and the organic matter according to the first aspect of the present invention. Since it may be the same as that described in the light-emitting display device, description thereof is omitted here.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価、及び前記一般式(2)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価は、JIS K 0070に記載の方法に準ずる方法により求めた。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価、及び前記一般式(2)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、JIS K 7237に記載の方法に準ずる方法により求めた。
 塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、JIS K7121に記載の方法に準ずる方法により、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)(SIIナノテクノロジー社製、EXSTAR DSC 7020)を用いて測定した。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、前述の本発明の測定方法に従って、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めた。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the present invention.
The acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation and the acid value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) are in accordance with the method described in JIS K 0070. Determined by the method.
The amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation and the amine value of the salt-type block copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (2) are in accordance with the method described in JIS K 7237. Determined by the method.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block copolymer before salt formation and after salt formation is determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) (EXSTAR DSC 7020, manufactured by SII Nanotechnology Co., Ltd.) according to the method described in JIS K7121. It measured using.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the block copolymer before salt formation was determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method of the present invention described above.
 また、下記合成例のブロック共重合体A-1、A-26、比較例のブロック共重合体A-22、A-24のガラス転移温度(Tg)について、下記式で計算することにより求めた。その結果、ブロック共重合体A-1については、37℃(DSC測定値38℃)、ブロック共重合体A-26については、64℃(DSC測定値66℃)、ブロック共重合体A-22については、0℃(DSC測定値2℃)、ブロック共重合体A-24については、20℃(DSC測定値20℃)と求められ、DSC測定値とほぼ同様となることが示された。
 1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi)
ここでは、ブロック共重合体はi=1からnまでのn個のモノマー成分が共重合しているとする。Xiはi番目のモノマーの重量分率(ΣXi=1)、Tgiはi番目のモノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度(絶対温度)である。ただしΣはi=1からnまでの和をとる。なお、各モノマーの単独重合体ガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)は、Polymer Handbook(3rd Edition)(J.Brandrup, E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))の値を採用した。具体的に実施例及び比較例に用いられた各モノマーの単独重合体ガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)は、以下の通りである。
 メタクリル酸(MAA):185℃
 メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(HEMA):55℃
 メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA):-10℃
 メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA):20℃
 メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA):54℃
 メタクリル酸メチル(MMA):105℃
 メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル(CHMA):83℃
 メタクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル(DMMA):18℃
 ジメチルアミノプロピルメタクリルアミド(DMAPMA):96℃ 
 メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(商品名;PME-100、日油株式会社製、ブレンマーPME-100、エチレンオキシ基繰り返し数=2):-26℃ 
 メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(商品名;PME-200、日油株式会社製、ブレンマーPME-200、エチレンオキシ基繰り返し数=4):-59℃ 
 2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート(HPhPA)(商品名;M-600A、共栄社化学株式会社製):17℃
Further, the glass transition temperatures (Tg) of the block copolymers A-1 and A-26 of the following synthesis examples and the block copolymers A-22 and A-24 of the comparative examples were calculated by the following formula. . As a result, the block copolymer A-1 was 37 ° C. (DSC measured value 38 ° C.), the block copolymer A-26 was 64 ° C. (DSC measured value 66 ° C.), and the block copolymer A-22. Was found to be 0 ° C. (DSC measurement value 2 ° C.), and for block copolymer A-24, it was determined to be 20 ° C. (DSC measurement value 20 ° C.), indicating that it was almost the same as the DSC measurement value.
1 / Tg = Σ (Xi / Tgi)
Here, it is assumed that n monomer components from i = 1 to n are copolymerized in the block copolymer. Xi is the weight fraction of the i-th monomer (ΣXi = 1), and Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer. However, Σ is the sum from i = 1 to n. The homopolymer glass transition temperature (Tgi) of each monomer was the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (J. Brandrup, EHImmergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)). Specifically, the homopolymer glass transition temperature values (Tgi) of the monomers used in the examples and comparative examples are as follows.
Methacrylic acid (MAA): 185 ° C
2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA): 55 ° C
2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA): -10 ° C
N-Butyl methacrylate (BMA): 20 ° C
Benzyl methacrylate (BzMA): 54 ° C
Methyl methacrylate (MMA): 105 ° C
Cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA): 83 ° C
Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA): 18 ° C
Dimethylaminopropyl methacrylamide (DMAPMA): 96 ° C
Methoxypolyethyleneglycol monomethacrylate (trade name: PME-100, manufactured by NOF Corporation, BLEMMER PME-100, ethyleneoxy group repeat number = 2): -26 ° C
Methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name: PME-200, manufactured by NOF Corporation, BLEMMER PME-200, ethyleneoxy group repeat number = 4): -59 ° C
2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate (HPhPA) (trade name; M-600A, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.): 17 ° C.
実施例Iシリーズ:第一の本発明
(合成例1:ブロック共重合体A-1の製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた500mL丸底4口セパラブルフラスコにTHF250質量部、塩化リチウム0.6質量部を加え、充分に窒素置換を行った。反応フラスコを-60℃まで冷却した後、ブチルリチウム4.9質量部(15質量%ヘキサン溶液)、ジイソプロピルアミン1.1質量部、イソ酪酸メチル1.0質量部をシリンジを用いて注入した。Bブロック用モノマーのメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)0.37質量部、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)18.6質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)15.4質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)9.5質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)29.3質量部を、添加用ロートを用いて60分かけて滴下した。30分後、Aブロック用モノマーであるメタクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル(DMMA)27.0質量部を20分かけて滴下した。30分間反応させた後、メタノール1.5質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。得られた前駆体ブロック共重合体THF溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、PGMEAで希釈し固形分30質量%溶液とした。水を32.5質量部加え、100℃に昇温し7時間反応させ、EEMA由来の構成単位を脱保護しメタクリル酸(MAA)由来の構成単位とした。得られたブロック共重合体PGMEA溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体A-1(酸価 1mgKOH/g、Tg38℃)を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体A-1を、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて確認したところ、重量平均分子量Mwは7600であった。また、アミン価は96mgKOH/gであった。
Example I Series: First Invention (Synthesis Example 1: Production of Block Copolymer A-1)
Add 250 parts by weight of THF and 0.6 parts by weight of lithium chloride to a 500 mL round bottom 4-neck separable flask equipped with a condenser, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, and digital thermometer, and perform sufficient nitrogen replacement. It was. After cooling the reaction flask to −60 ° C., 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15% by mass hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isobutyrate were injected using a syringe. B block monomer 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) 0.37 parts by weight, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA) 18.6 parts by weight, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA) 15.4 parts by weight, methacrylic acid 9.5 mass parts of benzyl (BzMA) and 29.3 mass parts of methyl methacrylate (MMA) were dripped over 60 minutes using the addition funnel. After 30 minutes, 27.0 parts by weight of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA), which is a monomer for the A block, was added dropwise over 20 minutes. After reacting for 30 minutes, 1.5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, diluted with PGMEA to obtain a solid content solution of 30% by mass. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C., and the mixture was allowed to react for 7 hours. The structural unit derived from EEMA was deprotected to obtain a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid (MAA). The obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a carboxy group-containing monomer A block copolymer A-1 (acid value: 1 mgKOH / g, Tg: 38 ° C.) containing B block having solvophilic property and containing B was obtained. The block copolymer A-1 thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). The weight average molecular weight Mw was 7600. The amine value was 96 mgKOH / g.
(合成例2~3:ブロック共重合体A-2~A-3の合成)
 合成例1において、表1に示す含有量に変更した以外は、合成例1と同様にして、ブロック共重合体A-2~A-3を合成した。合成例2においてはメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)を2.2質量部使用し、合成例3においてはメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)を4.6質量部使用した。得られたブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表1に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 2 to 3: Synthesis of block copolymers A-2 to A-3)
Block copolymers A-2 to A-3 were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the content in Synthesis Example 1 was changed to the content shown in Table 1. In Synthesis Example 2, 2.2 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used, and in Synthesis Example 3, 4.6 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used. Table 1 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained block copolymer.
(合成例4:塩型ブロック共重合体A-4の合成)
 まず、合成例2と同様にして、ブロック共重合体A-2(塩型ブロック共重合体A-4の塩形成前のブロック共重合体と、ブロック共重合体A-2は同一)を合成した。
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でPGMEA41.93質量部に、ブロック共重合体A-2を10.0質量部溶解し、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物であるフェニルホスフィン酸(東京化成製)0.48質量部(前記一般式(3)で表される化合物がブロック共重合体A-2のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.20モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、固形分20質量%の塩型ブロック共重合体A-4溶液を得た。塩形成後のブロック共重合体の酸価はブロック共重合体A-2と同じであるが、塩形成後のアミン価は具体的には、以下のように算出した。
 NMR試料管に塩型ブロック共重合体A-4(再沈殿後の固形物)を9質量部、クロロホルム-D1NMR用を91質量部で混合した溶液を1g入れ、13C-NMRスペクトルを核磁気共鳴装置(日本電子製、FT NMR、JNM-AL400)を用い、室温、積算回数10000回の条件にて測定した。得られたスペクトルデータのうち、末端の窒素部位(アミノ基)において、塩形成されていない窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークと、塩形成されている窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、アミノ基総数に対する塩形成されているアミノ基数の比率を算出し、理論的な塩形成比率と相違ない(全フェニルホスフィン酸がブロック共重合体A-2のDMMAの末端の窒素部位と塩形成している)ことを確認した。
 塩形成前のアミン価95mgKOH/gから、DMMAユニットの0.20モル分のアミン価(19mgKOH/g)を差し引いて、塩形成後のアミン価を76mgKOH/gと算出した。塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体のTgも表1に併せて示す。
(Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of salt type block copolymer A-4)
First, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2, a block copolymer A-2 (the block copolymer A-2 before the salt formation of the salt type block copolymer A-4 is the same as the block copolymer A-2) is synthesized. did.
10.0 parts by mass of block copolymer A-2 was dissolved in 41.93 parts by mass of PGMEA in a 100 mL round bottom flask, and phenylphosphinic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) which is a compound represented by the general formula (3) 0.48 parts by mass (the compound represented by the general formula (3) is 0.20 mol per 1 mol of the DMMA unit of the block copolymer A-2) and stirred at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours. As a result, a salt type block copolymer A-4 solution having a solid content of 20% by mass was obtained. Although the acid value of the block copolymer after salt formation is the same as that of the block copolymer A-2, the amine value after salt formation was specifically calculated as follows.
An NMR sample tube was charged with 1 g of a mixed solution of 9 parts by mass of salt-type block copolymer A-4 (solid after reprecipitation) and 91 parts by mass of chloroform-D1 NMR, and the 13C-NMR spectrum was measured by nuclear magnetic resonance. Using an apparatus (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., FT NMR, JNM-AL400), the measurement was performed under conditions of room temperature and 10,000 times of integration. Of the obtained spectral data, the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group) From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups that are salt-formed to the total number of amino groups is calculated, and is not different from the theoretical salt formation ratio (the total phenylphosphinic acid and the nitrogen site at the end of DMMA of the block copolymer A-2) Salt formation).
The amine value after salt formation was calculated as 76 mgKOH / g by subtracting the amine value (19 mgKOH / g) of 0.20 mol of DMMA unit from the amine value 95 mgKOH / g before salt formation. Table 1 also shows Tg of the block copolymer before and after salt formation.
(合成例5~10:塩型ブロック共重合体A-5~A-10の合成)
 合成例4において、塩形成化合物を、表1に示す化合物及び量に変更した以外は、合成例4と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体A-5~A-10溶液を得た。
 塩型ブロック共重合体A-5~A-10において、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価、及び、塩型ブロック共重合体(塩形成後)の酸価、アミン価及びTgを表1に示す。
 なお、表1において、前記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の量は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位(DMMA)1モルに対する、前記化合物のモル数で表されている。
(Synthesis Examples 5 to 10: Synthesis of salt type block copolymers A-5 to A-10)
Salt type block copolymers A-5 to A-10 solutions were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4 except that the salt forming compounds were changed to the compounds and amounts shown in Table 1 in Synthesis Example 4.
In the salt type block copolymers A-5 to A-10, the acid value, Tg, amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation, and the acid value of the salt type block copolymer (after salt formation), amine The values and Tg are shown in Table 1.
In Table 1, the amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) has the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). Expressed in moles of the compound per mole of nitrogen moiety (DMMA).
(合成例11~12:ブロック共重合体A-11~A-12の合成)
 合成例1において、表1に示す含有量に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、比較例に用いられるブロック共重合体A-11~A-12を合成した。得られたブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表1に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 11 to 12: Synthesis of block copolymers A-11 to A-12)
Block copolymers A-11 to A-12 used in Comparative Examples were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the content shown in Table 1 was changed in Synthesis Example 1. Table 1 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained block copolymer.
(合成例13:ブロック共重合体A-13の製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた500mL丸底4口セパラブルフラスコに、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)250質量部及び開始剤のジメチルケテンメチルトリメチルシリルアセタール5.81質量部を、添加用ロートを介して加え、充分に窒素置換を行った。触媒のテトラブチルアンモニウムm-クロロベンゾエートの1モル/Lアセトニトリル溶液0.5質量部を、シリンジを用いて注入し、Bブロック用モノマーのHEMA18.7質量部、EHMA12.8質量部、BMA13.7質量部、BzMA9.5質量部、MMA19.5質量部を、添加用ロートを用いて60分かけて滴下した。反応フラスコを氷浴で冷却することにより、温度を40℃未満に保った。1時間後、Aブロック用モノマーであるDMMA25.8質量部を20分かけて滴下した。1時間反応させた後、メタノール1質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。得られたブロック共重合体THF溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックと親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体A-13(Tg 37℃)を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体A-13を、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて確認したところ、重量平均分子量Mwは7320であった。また、アミン価は92mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis Example 13: Production of block copolymer A-13)
In a 500 mL round bottom four-necked separable flask equipped with a condenser, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer and digital thermometer, 250 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and initiator dimethylketenemethyltrimethylsilylacetal 5.81 Part by mass was added through an addition funnel, and nitrogen substitution was sufficiently performed. 0.5 parts by mass of a 1 mol / L acetonitrile solution of tetrabutylammonium m-chlorobenzoate as a catalyst was injected using a syringe, and 18.7 parts by mass of BEMA monomer for block B, 12.8 parts by mass of EHMA, 13.7 parts of BMA Part by mass, 9.5 parts by mass of BzMA, and 19.5 parts by mass of MMA were added dropwise using an addition funnel over 60 minutes. The temperature was kept below 40 ° C. by cooling the reaction flask with an ice bath. After 1 hour, 25.8 parts by mass of DMMA, which is a monomer for the A block, was added dropwise over 20 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 1 part by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The obtained block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and the A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the B block having solvophilicity, A block copolymer A-13 (Tg 37 ° C.) containing was obtained. The block copolymer A-13 thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7320. The amine value was 92 mgKOH / g.
(合成例14~17:塩型ブロック共重合体A-14~A-17の合成)
 合成例4において、塩形成前のブロック共重合体として合成例13のブロック共重合体A-13(塩型ブロック共重合体A-14~A-17の塩形成前のブロック共重合体と、ブロック共重合体A-13は同一)を用い、塩形成化合物として表1に示す化合物及び量に変更した以外は、合成例4と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体A-14~A-17溶液を得た。
 塩型ブロック共重合体A-14~A-17において、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価、及び、塩型ブロック共重合体(塩形成後)の酸価、アミン価及びTgを表1に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 14 to 17: Synthesis of salt type block copolymers A-14 to A-17)
In Synthesis Example 4, the block copolymer A-13 of Synthesis Example 13 (the block copolymer before salt formation of the salt-type block copolymers A-14 to A-17, as the block copolymer before salt formation; The salt type block copolymers A-14 to A- were used in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4 except that the block copolymer A-13 was the same and the salt forming compounds were changed to the compounds and amounts shown in Table 1. 17 solutions were obtained.
In the salt type block copolymers A-14 to A-17, the acid value, Tg, amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation, and the acid value of the salt type block copolymer (after salt formation), amine The values and Tg are shown in Table 1.
(合成例18~34:ブロック共重合体A-18~A-34の合成)
 合成例1において、表2又は表3に示す含有量に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、実施例又は比較例に用いられるブロック共重合体A-18~A-34を合成した。得られたブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表2又は表3に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 18 to 34: Synthesis of block copolymers A-18 to A-34)
Block copolymers A-18 to A-34 used in Examples or Comparative Examples were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the content shown in Table 2 or Table 3 was changed in Synthesis Example 1. The acid value, Tg, and amine value of the resulting block copolymer are shown in Table 2 or Table 3.
(合成例35~37:塩型ブロック共重合体A-35~A-37の合成)
 合成例4において、塩形成前のブロック共重合体として合成例33のブロック共重合体A-33(塩型ブロック共重合体A-35~A-37の塩形成前のブロック共重合体と、ブロック共重合体A-33は同一)を用い、塩形成化合物として表3に示す化合物及び量に変更した以外は、合成例4と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体A-35~A-37溶液を得た。
 塩型ブロック共重合体A-35~A-37において、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価、及び、塩型ブロック共重合体(塩形成後)の酸価、アミン価及びTgを表3に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 35 to 37: Synthesis of salt type block copolymers A-35 to A-37)
In Synthesis Example 4, the block copolymer A-33 of Synthesis Example 33 (the block copolymer before salt formation of salt-type block copolymers A-35 to A-37, and the block copolymer before salt formation; The salt type block copolymers A-35 to A- were used in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4 except that the block copolymer A-33 was the same and the salt forming compounds were changed to the compounds and amounts shown in Table 3. 37 solutions were obtained.
In the salt type block copolymers A-35 to A-37, the acid value, Tg, amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation, and the acid value of the salt type block copolymer (after salt formation), amine Table 3 shows the values and Tg.
(合成例38~40:ブロック共重合体A-38~A-40の合成)
 特許文献2の合成例1、2及び5(B-1、B-2、及びB-5)を参照し、同様にして、比較例に用いられるブロック共重合体A-38~A-40をそれぞれ合成した。得られたブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表4に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 38 to 40: Synthesis of block copolymers A-38 to A-40)
With reference to Synthesis Examples 1, 2, and 5 (B-1, B-2, and B-5) of Patent Document 2, block copolymers A-38 to A-40 used in Comparative Examples were similarly obtained. Each was synthesized. Table 4 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained block copolymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
合成例41(アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の合成)
 重合槽に、PGMEAを300質量部仕込み、窒素雰囲気下で100℃に昇温した後、メタクリル酸2-フェノキシエチル(PhEMA)90質量部、MMA54質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)36質量部及びパーブチルO(日油株式会社製)6質量部、連鎖移動剤(n-ドデシルメルカプタン)2質量部を1.5時間かけて連続的に滴下した。その後、100℃を保持して反応を続け、上記主鎖形成用混合物の滴下終了から2時間後に重合禁止剤として、p-メトキシフェノール0.1質量部を添加して重合を停止した。
 次に、空気を吹き込みながら、エポキシ基含有化合物としてメタクリル酸グリシジル(GMA)20質量部を添加して、110℃に昇温した後、トリエチルアミン0.8質量部を添加して110℃で15時間付加反応させ、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液(重量平均分子量(Mw)8500、酸価75mgKOH/g、固形分40質量%)を得た。
 なお、上記重量平均分子量の測定方法は、ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により重量平均分子量を測定した。また酸価の測定方法は、JIS K 0070に基づいて測定した。
Synthesis Example 41 (Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A solution)
A polymerization vessel was charged with 300 parts by mass of PGMEA and heated to 100 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then 90 parts by mass of 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate (PhEMA), 54 parts by mass of MMA, 36 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA) and perbutyl. 6 parts by mass of O (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and 2 parts by mass of a chain transfer agent (n-dodecyl mercaptan) were continuously added dropwise over 1.5 hours. Thereafter, the reaction was continued while maintaining 100 ° C., and after 2 hours from the completion of dropping of the main chain forming mixture, 0.1 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor to terminate the polymerization.
Next, while blowing air, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) as an epoxy group-containing compound was added and the temperature was raised to 110 ° C., then 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine was added, and the mixture was heated at 110 ° C. for 15 hours. By addition reaction, an alkali-soluble resin A solution (weight average molecular weight (Mw) 8500, acid value 75 mgKOH / g, solid content 40% by mass) was obtained.
The weight average molecular weight was measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H (Shorex GPC System-21H) using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent. The acid value was measured based on JIS K 0070.
(実施例1)
(1)色材分散液G-1の製造 
 分散剤として合成例1のブロック共重合体A-1を3.25質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)を11.7質量部、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を1.3質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を16.25質量部、PGMEAを67.5質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液G-1を得た。
(Example 1)
(1) Production of colorant dispersion G-1
3.25 parts by mass of the block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (PG58) in 11.7 parts by mass, C.I. I. 1.3 parts by weight of Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138), 16.25 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 41, 67.5 parts by weight of PGMEA, and 100 parts by weight of zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm Is put into a mayonnaise bin and shaken with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour as a preliminary crushing, then the zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm are taken out and 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm In the same manner, as this crushing, dispersion was performed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion G-1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液G-1を11.40質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を0.64質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE02、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを7.14質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-1を得た。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition G-1 for color filter 11.40 parts by mass of colorant dispersion G-1 obtained in (1) above, alkali-soluble resin A obtained in Synthesis Example 41 0.64 parts by mass of a solution, 0.60 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morphol 0.09 parts by mass of linopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone -1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.04 parts by mass, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]- , 1 -(O-acetyloxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure OXE02, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.02 parts by mass, fluorosurfactant (trade name: Megafac R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation ) And 7.14 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition G-1 for color filters.
(実施例2~26)
(1)色材分散液G-2~G-26の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、それぞれ表5~表7に示すように、合成例2~3のブロック共重合体A-2~A-3、合成例4~10の塩型ブロック共重合体A-4~A-10溶液、合成例18~21のブロック共重合体A-18~A-21、合成例26~32のブロック共重合体A-26~A-32、合成例33~34のブロック共重合体A-33~A-34、及び合成例35~37の塩型ブロック共重合体A-35~A-37溶液を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-1と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液G-2~G-26を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-2~G-26の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液G-2~G-26を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-2~G-26を得た。
(Examples 2 to 26)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions G-2 to G-26 In Example 1 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, Synthesis Example 2 was carried out as shown in Tables 5 to 7, respectively. Block copolymers A-2 to A-3, salt type block copolymers A-4 to A-10 solutions of Synthesis Examples 4 to 10, block copolymers A-18 to Synthesis Examples 18 to 21 A-21, block copolymers A-26 to A-32 of Synthesis Examples 26 to 32, block copolymers A-33 to A-34 of Synthesis Examples 33 to 34, and salt-type blocks of Synthesis Examples 35 to 37 The copolymer A-35 to A-37 solution was used so that the solid content was the same as that of the block copolymer A-1, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. In the same manner as in Example 1, (1), colorant dispersions G-2 to G-26 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions G-2 to G-26 for color filters In (2) of Example 1, instead of the color material dispersion G-1, the above color material dispersion G-2 Photosensitive colored resin compositions G-2 to G-26 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 1 except that to G-26 was used.
(実施例35)
(1)色材分散液G-27の製造 
 分散剤として合成例2のブロック共重合体A-2を3.25質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC株式会社製)を13質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を16.25質量部、PGMEAを67.5質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液G-27を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-27の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、上記色材分散液G-27を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-27を得た。
(Example 35)
(1) Production of colorant dispersion G-27
3.25 parts by mass of the block copolymer A-2 of Synthesis Example 2 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 13 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 41 16.25 parts by mass, PGMEA 67.5 parts by mass, particle size 100 parts by weight of 2.0 mm zirconia beads are placed in a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a pre-crush, then the 2.0 mm zirconia beads are taken out and the particle size is 0 200 parts by weight of 1 mm zirconia beads were added, and similarly disintegrated for 4 hours using a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion G-27.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition G-27 for Color Filter Except that the color material dispersion G-27 was used in place of the color material dispersion G-1 in Example 1 (2). In the same manner as in Example 1, (2), a photosensitive colored resin composition G-27 for color filters was obtained.
(実施例36~38)
(1)色材分散液G-28~G-30の製造
 実施例35の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-2の代わりに、それぞれ表8に示すように、合成例8の塩型ブロック共重合体A-8溶液、合成例33のブロック共重合体A-33、及び合成例35の塩型ブロック共重合体A-35溶液を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-2と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例35の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液G-28~G-30を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-28~G-30の製造
 実施例35の(2)において、色材分散液G-27の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液G-28~G-30を用いた以外は、実施例35の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-28~G-30を得た。
(Examples 36 to 38)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions G-28 to G-30 In Example 35 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-2, as shown in Table 8, the salt form of Synthesis Example 8 was used. The block copolymer A-8 solution, the block copolymer A-33 of Synthesis Example 33, and the salt-type block copolymer A-35 solution of Synthesis Example 35 have the same solid content as the block copolymer A-2. Colorant dispersions G-28 to G-30 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 35 (1) except that the PGMEA amount was adjusted so that the total amount would be 100 parts by mass. It was.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions G-28 to G-30 for Color Filter In (2) of Example 35, instead of the color material dispersion G-27, the color material dispersion G-28 was used. Photosensitive colored resin compositions G-28 to G-30 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 35 except that ~ G-30 was used.
(実施例39)
 実施例1の(1)において、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC株式会社製)を用い、分散剤として合成例1のブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、合成例2のブロック共重合体A-2を用いた以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液G-31を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-31の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、上記色材分散液G-31を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-31を得た。
(Example 39)
In Example 1 (1), C.I. I. Instead of CI Pigment Green 58 (PG58), C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) is used, and the block copolymer A-2 of Synthesis Example 2 is used instead of the block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant. A colorant dispersion G-31 was obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 1 except that.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition G-31 for Color Filter Except that the color material dispersion G-31 was used in place of the color material dispersion G-1 in Example 1 (2). In the same manner as in Example 1, (2), a photosensitive colored resin composition G-31 for color filters was obtained.
(実施例40~42)
(1)色材分散液G-32~G-34の製造
 実施例39の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-2の代わりに、それぞれ表8に示すように、合成例8の塩型ブロック共重合体A-8溶液、合成例33のブロック共重合体A-33、及び合成例35の塩型ブロック共重合体A-35溶液を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-2と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例39の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液G-32~G-34を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-32~G-34の製造
 実施例39の(2)において、色材分散液G-31の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液G-32~G-34を用いた以外は、実施例39の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-32~G-34を得た。
(Examples 40 to 42)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions G-32 to G-34 In (1) of Example 39, instead of the block copolymer A-2, as shown in Table 8 respectively, the salt form of Synthesis Example 8 was used. The block copolymer A-8 solution, the block copolymer A-33 of Synthesis Example 33, and the salt-type block copolymer A-35 solution of Synthesis Example 35 have the same solid content as the block copolymer A-2. Color material dispersions G-32 to G-34 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 39 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. It was.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions G-32 to G-34 for Color Filter In Example 39 (2), instead of the color material dispersion G-31, the color material dispersion G-32 was used. Except for using G-34, photosensitive colored resin compositions G-32 to G-34 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as in Example 39 (2).
(比較例1~14)
(1)比較色材分散液G-1~G-14の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、それぞれ表5~表7に示すように、合成例11~13のブロック共重合体A-11~A-13、合成例14~17の塩型ブロック共重合体A-14~A-17溶液、及び合成例22~25のブロック共重合体A-22~A-25、合成例38~40のブロック共重合体A-38~A-40を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-1と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、比較色材分散液G-1~G-14を得た。
(2)比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-1~G-14の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液G-1~G-11を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物G-1~G-14を得た。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 14)
(1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersions G-1 to G-14 In Example 1 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, synthesis examples are shown as shown in Tables 5 to 7, respectively. 11 to 13 block copolymers A-11 to A-13, salt type block copolymer A-14 to A-17 solutions of Synthesis Examples 14 to 17, and block copolymers A- of Synthesis Examples 22 to 25 The block copolymers A-38 to A-40 of 22 to A-25 and Synthesis Examples 38 to 40 were used so that the solid content was the same as the mass parts of the block copolymer A-1, and the total was 100 masses. Comparative colorant dispersions G-1 to G-14 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be part.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions G-1 to G-14 for Comparative Color Filter In Example 1 (2), instead of the color material dispersion G-1, each of the above comparison color material dispersions G was used. Photosensitive colored resin compositions G-1 to G-14 for comparative color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 1 except that -1 to G-11 were used.
(実施例27)
(1)色材分散液R-1の製造
 分散剤として合成例1のブロック共重合体A-1を3.25質量部、顔料としてC.I.ピグメントレッド177(PR177)を6.5質量部、C.I.ピグメントレッド254(PR254)を6.5質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を16.25質量部、PGMEAを67.5質量部、2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液R-1を得た。
(Example 27)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersion R-1 3.25 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (PR177) 6.5 parts by mass, C.I. I. 6.5 parts by weight of Pigment Red 254 (PR254), 16.25 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 41, 67.5 parts by weight of PGMEA, and 100 parts by weight of 2.0 mm zirconia beads mayonnaise Place in a bottle and shake for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing, then take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads and add 200 parts by mass of 0.1 mm zirconia beads. In the same manner, as this crushing, dispersion was performed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion R-1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物R-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液R-1を11.40質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を0.64質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE02、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを7.14質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物R-1を得た。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition R-1 for color filter 11.40 parts by mass of colorant dispersion R-1 obtained in (1) above, alkali-soluble resin A obtained in Synthesis Example 41 0.64 parts by mass of a solution, 0.60 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morphol 0.09 parts by mass of linopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone -1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.04 parts by mass, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]- , 1 -(O-acetyloxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure OXE02, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.02 parts by mass, fluorosurfactant (trade name: Megafac R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation) ) And 7.14 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition R-1 for color filters.
(実施例28~30)
 (1)色材分散液R-2~R-4の製造
 実施例27の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、それぞれ表9に示すように、合成例27、3、及び4のブロック共重合体A-27、A-3、及び塩型ブロック共重合体A-4溶液を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-1と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例27の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R-2~R-4を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物R-2~R-4の製造
 実施例27の(2)において、色材分散液R-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液R-2~R-4を用いた以外は、実施例27の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物R-2~R-4を得た。
(Examples 28 to 30)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R-2 to R-4 In Example 27 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, each of Synthesis Examples 27, 3, And 4 block copolymers A-27 and A-3, and salt type block copolymer A-4 solution, respectively, so that the solid content is the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, Except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted to 100 parts by mass, colorant dispersions R-2 to R-4 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 (1).
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions R-2 to R-4 for color filter In (2) of Example 27, instead of the color material dispersion R-1, the color material dispersion R-2 was used. Except for using R-4, photosensitive color resin compositions R-2 to R-4 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 27.
(比較例15~18)
(1)比較色材分散液R-1~R-4の製造
 実施例27の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、それぞれ表9に示すように、合成例11、13、24、及び25のブロック共重合体A-11、A-13、A-24、及びA-25を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-1と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例27の(1)と同様にして、比較色材分散液R-1~R-4を得た。
(2)比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物R-1~R-4の製造
 実施例27の(2)において、色材分散液R-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液R-1~R-4を用いた以外は、実施例27の(2)と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物R-1~R-4を得た。
(Comparative Examples 15 to 18)
(1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersions R-1 to R-4 In Example 27 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, Synthesis Examples 11 and 13 were used as shown in Table 9 respectively. , 24, and 25, block copolymers A-11, A-13, A-24, and A-25, respectively, were used so that the solid content was the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, and the total Comparative colorant dispersions R-1 to R-4 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 27 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions R-1 to R-4 for Comparative Color Filter In Example 27 (2), each of the above comparative color material dispersions R was used instead of the color material dispersion R-1. Photosensitive colored resin compositions R-1 to R-4 for comparative color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 27 except that -1 to R-4 were used.
(実施例31)
(1)色材分散液B-1の製造
 分散剤として合成例1のブロック共重合体A-1を3.25質量部、顔料としてC.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(PB15:6)を10.4質量部、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(PV23)を2.6質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を16.25質量部、PGMEAを67.5質量部、2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液B-1を得た。
(Example 31)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-1 3.25 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (PB15: 6) 10.4 parts by mass, C.I. I. 2.6 parts by weight of Pigment Violet 23 (PV23), 16.25 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 41, 67.5 parts by weight of PGMEA, and 100 parts by weight of 2.0 mm zirconia beads mayonnaise Place in a bottle and shake for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing, then take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads and add 200 parts by mass of 0.1 mm zirconia beads. In the same manner, as this crushing, dispersion was performed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion B-1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物B-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液B-1を8.59質量部、合成例41で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を1.05質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.98質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.15質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.07質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE02、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.03質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを9.06質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物B-1を得た。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition B-1 for color filter 8.59 parts by mass of colorant dispersion B-1 obtained in (1) above, alkali-soluble resin A obtained in Synthesis Example 41 1.05 parts by mass of the solution, 0.98 parts by mass of polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morphol 0.15 parts by mass of linopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone -1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.07 parts by mass, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]- , 1- 0.03 parts by mass of (O-acetyl oxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure OXE02, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), fluorosurfactant (trade name: Megafuck R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation) Of 0.07 parts by mass and 9.06 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition B-1 for color filters.
(実施例32~34)
 (1)色材分散液B-2~B-4の製造
 実施例31の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、それぞれ表10に示すように、合成例27、3、及び4のブロック共重合体A-27、A-3、及び塩型ブロック共重合体A-4溶液を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-1と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例31の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液B-2~B-4を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物B-2~B-4の製造
 実施例31の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液B-2~B-4を用いた以外は、実施例31の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物B-2~B-4を得た。
(Examples 32 to 34)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions B-2 to B-4 In Example 31 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, each of Synthesis Examples 27, 3, And 4 block copolymers A-27 and A-3, and salt type block copolymer A-4 solution, respectively, so that the solid content is the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, Except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be 100 parts by mass, colorant dispersions B-2 to B-4 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 31.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions B-2 to B-4 for Color Filter In (2) of Example 31, instead of the color material dispersion B-1, the above color material dispersion B-2 Except for using B-4, photosensitive colored resin compositions B-2 to B-4 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 31.
(比較例19~22)
(1)比較色材分散液B-1~B-4の製造
 実施例31の(1)において、ブロック共重合体A-1の代わりに、それぞれ表10に示すように、合成例11、13、24、及び25のブロック共重合体A-11、A-13、A-24、及びA-25を、固形分がブロック共重合体A-1と同じ質量部となるようにそれぞれ用い、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例31の(1)と同様にして、比較色材分散液B-1~B-4を得た。
(2)比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物B-1~B-4の製造
 実施例31の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液B-1~B-4を用いた以外は、実施例31の(2)と同様にして、比較カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物B-1~B-4を得た。
(Comparative Examples 19-22)
(1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersions B-1 to B-4 In Example 31 (1), instead of the block copolymer A-1, Synthesis Examples 11 and 13 were used as shown in Table 10 respectively. , 24, and 25, block copolymers A-11, A-13, A-24, and A-25, respectively, were used so that the solid content was the same by weight as the block copolymer A-1, and the total Comparative colorant dispersions B-1 to B-4 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 31 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so as to be 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions B-1 to B-4 for Comparative Color Filter In (2) of Example 31, instead of the color material dispersion B-1, the above-mentioned comparison color material dispersion B Photosensitive colored resin compositions B-1 to B-4 for comparative color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 31 except that -1 to B-4 were used.
[評価方法]
<色材分散液の分散性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた色材分散液についてそれぞれ、調製直後と、25℃で30日間保存後の粘度を測定し、保存前後の粘度から粘度変化率を算出し、粘度安定性を評価した。粘度測定には振動式粘度計を用いて、25.0±0.5℃における粘度を測定した。結果を表5~10に示す。
(分散安定性評価基準)
A:保存前後の粘度の変化率が15%未満
B:保存前後の粘度の変化率が15%以上25%未満
C:保存前後の粘度の変化率が25%以上40%未満
D:保存前後の粘度の変化率が40%以上
 ただし、色材分散液の溶剤を含めた合計質量に対して、色材を13質量%としたときの値である。
 評価結果がCでも色材分散液は実用上使用できるが、評価結果がBであれば色材分散液はより良好であり、評価結果がAであれば色材分散液は、分散安定性に優れている。
[Evaluation methods]
<Evaluation of dispersibility of colorant dispersion>
For the colorant dispersions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, the viscosity immediately after preparation and after storage for 30 days at 25 ° C. are measured, the rate of change in viscosity is calculated from the viscosity before and after storage, and the viscosity stability is evaluated. did. The viscosity was measured at 25.0 ± 0.5 ° C. using a vibration viscometer. The results are shown in Tables 5-10.
(Dispersion stability evaluation criteria)
A: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is less than 15% B: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is 15% or more and less than 25% C: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is 25% or more and less than 40% D: Before and after storage Viscosity change rate is 40% or more However, this is a value when the color material is 13% by mass with respect to the total mass including the solvent of the color material dispersion.
Even if the evaluation result is C, the color material dispersion can be used practically. However, if the evaluation result is B, the color material dispersion is better. If the evaluation result is A, the color material dispersion is excellent in dispersion stability. Are better.
<光学性能評価、コントラスト評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、着色層を形成した。この着色層に超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。
 次に、当該着色基板を230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークし、得られた着色基板のコントラストと色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bとオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。結果を表5~10に併せて示す。
(コントラスト評価基準)
A:Greenは7000超過、Redは5000超過、Blueは5000超過
B:Greenは6300~7000、Redは4300~5000、Blueは4300~5000
C:Greenは6300未満、Redは4300未満、Blueは4300未満
ただし、それぞれC光源で実施例1~26及び比較例1~11のGreenはy=0.570、実施例35~38のGreenはy=0.420、実施例39~42のGreenはy=0.480、実施例27~30及び比較例12~15のRedはx=0.650、実施例31~34及び比較例16~19のBlueはy=0.107としたときの値である。
<Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After coating using a coater, the colored layer was formed by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. This colored layer was irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp.
Next, the colored substrate is post-baked for 30 minutes in a clean oven at 230 ° C., and the contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the obtained colored substrate are compared with a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Aisaka Electric. And an Olympus microspectrophotometer OSP-SP200. The results are also shown in Tables 5 to 10.
(Contrast evaluation criteria)
A: Green is over 7000, Red is over 5000, Blue is over 5000 B: Green is 6300-7000, Red is 4300-5000, Blue is 4300-5000
C: Green is less than 6300, Red is less than 4300, and Blue is less than 4300. However, in Examples 1 to 26 and Comparative Examples 1 to 11, Green is y = 0.570, and Green in Examples 35 to 38 is C light source. y = 0.420, Green of Examples 39 to 42 is y = 0.480, Red of Examples 27 to 30 and Comparative Examples 12 to 15 is x = 0.650, Examples 31 to 34 and Comparative Examples 16 to Blue of 19 is a value when y = 0.107.
<現像残渣評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。上記着色層の形成後のガラス基板の未露光部(50mm×50mm)を、目視により観察した後、エタノールを含ませたレンズクリーナー(東レ社製、商品名トレシーMKクリーンクロス)で十分に拭き取り、そのレンズクリーナーの着色度合いを目視で観察した。結果を表5~10に示す。
(現像残渣評価基準)
A:目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーが全く着色しなかった
B:目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーの着色がわずかに確認された
C:目視により現像残渣がわずかに確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色がわずかに確認された
D:目視により現像残渣がわずかに確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
E:目視により現像残渣が確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
 現像残渣評価基準がA、B又はCであれば、現像残渣の発生が十分に抑制されていると評価され、実用上問題なく使用できる。
<Development residue evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. After observing the unexposed portion (50 mm × 50 mm) of the glass substrate after the formation of the colored layer by visual observation, the glass substrate is thoroughly wiped with a lens cleaner (trade name Toraysee MK Clean Cloth, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.), The coloring degree of the lens cleaner was visually observed. The results are shown in Tables 5-10.
(Development residue evaluation criteria)
A: The development residue was not visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was not colored at all. B: The development residue was not visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was slightly colored. C: The development residue was slightly confirmed visually. D: The color of the lens cleaner was slightly confirmed D: The development residue was slightly confirmed by visual observation, and the color of the lens cleaner was confirmed E: The development residue was confirmed by visual observation, and the color of the lens cleaner was confirmed. If the development residue evaluation standard is A, B, or C, it is evaluated that the generation of the development residue is sufficiently suppressed, and it can be used practically without any problem.
<現像密着性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。この着色層に2~80μmのマスク開口幅をもつフォトマスクを介して超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。現像後の基板を光学顕微鏡により観察し、マスク開口線幅に対する着色層の有無を観察した。結果を表5~10に併せて示す。
(現像密着性評価基準)
A:マスク開口線幅10μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
B:マスク開口線幅10μm以上、20μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
C:マスク開口線幅20μm以上、50μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
D:マスク開口線幅50μm以上、80μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
E:マスク開口線幅80μm以下の部分で着色層が観察されなかった
 評価結果がCでもカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は実用上使用できるが、評価結果がBであればカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物はより高精細化に適しており、評価結果がAであればカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物はさらに高精細化に適している。
<Development adhesion evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 2 to 80 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The substrate after development was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of a colored layer with respect to the mask opening line width was observed. The results are also shown in Tables 5 to 10.
(Development adhesion evaluation criteria)
A: A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of less than 10 μm B: A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 10 μm or more and less than 20 μm C: A portion having a mask opening line width of 20 μm or more and less than 50 μm D: A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 50 μm or more and less than 80 μm. E: A colored layer was not observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 80 μm or less. The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B, the photosensitive colored resin composition for the color filter is suitable for higher definition, and if the evaluation result is A, the color The photosensitive colored resin composition for filters is more suitable for higher definition.
<溶剤再溶解性評価>
 幅0.5cm長さ10cmのガラス基板の先端を、実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に浸漬させ、ガラス基板の長さ1cm部分に塗布した。引き上げたガラス基板を、ガラス面が水平になるように恒温恒湿機に入れ、温度23℃、湿度80%RHで30分間の条件で乾燥させた。次に、乾燥させた塗膜が付着したガラス基板をPGMEA中に15秒間浸漬させた。このとき乾燥塗膜の再溶解状態を目視で判別し、評価した。結果を表5~10に併せて示す。
(溶剤再溶解性評価基準)
 A:乾燥塗膜が完全に溶解した
 B:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、その薄片がやがて溶解した
 C:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、溶液が着色した
 D:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、溶液が着色しなかった
 E:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じず、溶液が着色しなかった
 現像残渣評価基準がA、B又はCであれば、溶剤再溶解性良好と評価され、実用上問題なく使用できる。
<Solvent resolubility evaluation>
The tip of a glass substrate having a width of 0.5 cm and a length of 10 cm was immersed in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples and applied to a 1 cm portion of the glass substrate. The pulled-up glass substrate was put into a constant temperature and humidity chamber so that the glass surface was horizontal, and dried at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a humidity of 80% RH for 30 minutes. Next, the glass substrate to which the dried coating film was adhered was immersed in PGMEA for 15 seconds. At this time, the redissolved state of the dried coating film was visually discriminated and evaluated. The results are also shown in Tables 5 to 10.
(Solvent re-solubility evaluation criteria)
A: The dried coating film was completely dissolved. B: A slice of the dried coating film was formed in the solvent, and the slice was dissolved in time. C: A slice of the dried coating film was formed in the solvent, and the solution was colored. D: In the solvent. The dried coating film flakes were formed and the solution was not colored E: The dried coating film flakes were not formed in the solvent and the solution was not colored If the development residue evaluation criteria were A, B or C, the solvent It is evaluated as having good re-solubility and can be used without any practical problems.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
[結果のまとめ]
 表1~表10の結果から、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体、及び、当該ブロック共重合体の当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種であって、当該分散剤の酸価が1~18mgKOH/gで、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である分散剤を用いた実施例1~42の色材分散液は、色材分散性に優れていることが明らかとなった。また当該実施例1~42の色材分散液を用いて調製された実施例1~42のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材分散安定性に優れ、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性に優れていた。
 中でも、前記塩型ブロック共重合体を用いた実施例4~10及び24~26、30、34、36、38、40、及び42は、特に色材分散性に優れ、更に得られる着色層のコントラストに優れていた。
 一方、分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上であるが、酸価が本願の特定値よりも高い比較例1、2、12~14、15及び19は、現像密着性が悪く、より酸価が高い比較例2及び12~14は溶剤再溶解性も悪化した。一方、分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上であるが、酸価が本願の特定値よりも低い比較例3~7、16及び20は、いずれも現像残渣評価が悪かった。分散剤の酸価は本願の特定値であるが、分散剤のガラス転移温度が本願特定値よりも低い比較例8~10、17及び21は、現像密着性が悪かった。また、分散剤のガラス転移温度が23℃で、酸価が本願の特定値よりも高い比較例11、18及び22は、現像密着性が悪かった。
[Summary of results]
From the results of Tables 1 to 10, the dispersant contains an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having solvophilicity. Block copolymer, and at least part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3) One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of at least one salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt, and the dispersant has an acid value of 1 to 18 mgKOH / g, It was revealed that the color material dispersions of Examples 1 to 42 using a dispersant having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher are excellent in color material dispersibility. In addition, the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Examples 1 to 42 prepared using the color material dispersions of Examples 1 to 42 are excellent in color material dispersion stability, and generation of development residues is suppressed. However, it was excellent in development adhesion and solvent resolubility.
Among them, Examples 4 to 10 and 24-26, 30, 34, 36, 38, 40, and 42 using the salt-type block copolymer are particularly excellent in colorant dispersibility, and are further obtained color layers. Excellent contrast.
On the other hand, Comparative Examples 1, 2, 12 to 14, 15 and 19 in which the dispersant has a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher, but the acid value is higher than the specific value of the present application, the development adhesion is poor, and the acid value Comparative Examples 2 and 12 to 14 having high values also deteriorated the solvent resolubility. On the other hand, Comparative Examples 3 to 7, 16, and 20 in which the glass transition temperature of the dispersant was 30 ° C. or higher but the acid value was lower than the specific value of the present application were all poor in developing residue evaluation. Although the acid value of the dispersant is the specific value of the present application, Comparative Examples 8 to 10, 17 and 21 in which the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is lower than the specific value of the present application had poor development adhesion. Further, Comparative Examples 11, 18 and 22 having a glass transition temperature of 23 ° C. and an acid value higher than the specific value of the present application had poor development adhesion.
実施例IIシリーズ:第二の本発明の第一実施形態
(合成例II-1:分散剤aの調製)
 500mlの4口セパラブルフラスコを減圧して乾燥後、Ar(アルゴン)置換した。
Arフローしながら、脱水THF100g、メチルトリメチルシリルジメチルケテンアセタール2.0g、テトラブチルアンモニウム-3-クロロベンゾエート(TBACB)の1Mアセトニトリル溶液0.15ml、メシチレン0.2gを加えた。そこに滴下ロートを用いて、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)36.7gを45分かけて滴下した。反応が進むと発熱するため、氷冷することにより、温度を40℃未満に保った。1時間後、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート(DMMA)13.3gを15分かけて滴下した。1時間反応させた後、メタノール5gを加えて反応を停止させた。溶剤を減圧除去して、ブロック共重合体II-A1を得た。GPC測定(NMP LiBr10mM)により求めた質量平均分子量は6,000、アミン価は95mgKOH/gであった。
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でPGMEA29.35質量部に、ブロック共重合体A-1を29.35質量部溶解し、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物であるフェニルホスホン酸(PPA、東京化成製)3.17質量部(前記一般式(3)で表される化合物がブロック共重合体1のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.20モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、塩型ブロック共重合体II-A1(分散剤a)溶液を得た。塩形成後のアミン価は具体的には、以下のように算出した。
 NMR試料管に塩型ブロック共重合体II-A1(再沈殿後の固形物)を9質量部、クロロホルム-D1NMR用を91質量部で混合した溶液を1g入れ、13C-NMRスペクトルを核磁気共鳴装置(日本電子製、FT NMR、JNM-AL400)を用い、室温、積算回数10000回の条件にて測定した。得られたスペクトルデータのうち、末端の窒素部位(アミノ基)において、塩形成されていない窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークと、塩形成されている窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、アミノ基総数に対する塩形成されているアミノ基数の比率を算出し、理論的な塩形成比率と相違ない(全フェニルホスホン酸の2つの酸性基がブロック共重合体II-A1のDMMAの末端の窒素部位と塩形成している)ことを確認した。
 塩形成前のアミン価95mgKOH/gから、DMMAユニットの0.40モル分のアミン価(38mgKOH/g)を差し引いて、塩形成後のアミン価を57mgKOH/gと算出した。塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体のTgも表11に併せて示す。
Example II series: First embodiment of the second invention (Synthesis Example II-1: Preparation of Dispersant a)
A 500 ml 4-neck separable flask was decompressed and dried, and then replaced with Ar (argon).
While flowing Ar, 100 g of dehydrated THF, 2.0 g of methyltrimethylsilyldimethylketene acetal, 0.15 ml of 1M acetonitrile solution of tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate (TBACB), and 0.2 g of mesitylene were added. Thereto, 36.7 g of methyl methacrylate (MMA) was dropped over 45 minutes using a dropping funnel. As the reaction progressed, heat was generated, so the temperature was kept below 40 ° C. by cooling with ice. After 1 hour, 13.3 g of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 5 g of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain block copolymer II-A1. The mass average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 6,000, and the amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
In a 100 mL round bottom flask, 29.35 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 was dissolved in 29.35 parts by mass of PGMEA, and phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), which is the compound represented by the general formula (3), was dissolved. 3.17 parts by mass (the compound represented by the general formula (3) is 0.20 mol based on 1 mol of the DMMA unit of the block copolymer 1) and stirred at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours. As a result, a salt type block copolymer II-A1 (dispersant a) solution was obtained. Specifically, the amine value after salt formation was calculated as follows.
Into an NMR sample tube, 1 g of a mixed solution of 9 parts by mass of salt-type block copolymer II-A1 (solid after reprecipitation) and 91 parts by mass of chloroform-D1 NMR was added, and the 13C-NMR spectrum was subjected to nuclear magnetic resonance. Using an apparatus (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., FT NMR, JNM-AL400), the measurement was performed under conditions of room temperature and 10,000 times of integration. Of the obtained spectral data, the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group) From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups that are salt-formed to the total number of amino groups is calculated, and is not different from the theoretical salt-forming ratio (the two acidic groups of all phenylphosphonic acids are in DMMA of the block copolymer II-A1). It was confirmed that a salt was formed with the terminal nitrogen site).
The amine value after salt formation was calculated to be 57 mgKOH / g by subtracting the amine value (38 mgKOH / g) of 0.40 mol of DMMA unit from the amine value of 95 mgKOH / g before salt formation. Table 11 also shows Tg of the block copolymer before and after salt formation.
(合成例II-2:分散剤bの製造)
 実施例Iシリーズの合成例8の塩型ブロック共重合体A-8と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体II-A2(分散剤b)溶液を得た。塩形成後のブロック共重合体の酸価は塩形成前ブロック共重合体II-A2と同じであるが、塩形成後のアミン価は具体的には、合成例II-1と同様に算出した。
(Synthesis Example II-2: Production of Dispersant b)
A salt type block copolymer II-A2 (dispersant b) solution was obtained in the same manner as the salt type block copolymer A-8 of Synthesis Example 8 of Example I series. The acid value of the block copolymer after salt formation is the same as that of the block copolymer II-A2 before salt formation, but the amine value after salt formation was specifically calculated in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-1. .
(合成例II-3:分散剤cの製造)
 500mlの4口セパラブルフラスコを減圧して乾燥後、Ar(アルゴン)置換した。
Arフローしながら、脱水THF100g、メチルトリメチルシリルジメチルケテンアセタール2.0g、テトラブチルアンモニウム-3-クロロベンゾエート(TBACB)の1Mアセトニトリル溶液0.15ml、メシチレン0.2gを加えた。そこに滴下ロートを用いて、メチルメタクリレート33gを45分かけて滴下した。反応が進むと発熱するため、氷冷することにより、温度を40℃未満に保った。1時間後、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート17gを15分かけて滴下した。1時間反応させた後、メタノール5gを加えて反応を停止させた。溶剤を減圧除去して、ブロック共重合体II-A3を得た。GPC測定(NMP LiBr10mM)により求めた質量平均分子量は6,000、アミン価は120mgKOH/gであった。
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でPGMEA24.15質量部に、ブロック共重合体II-A3を24.15質量部溶解し、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物であるフェニルホスホン酸(東京化成製)3.5質量部(前記一般式(3)で表される化合物がブロック共重合体II-A3のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.20モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、固形分20質量%の塩型ブロック共重合体II-A3(分散剤c)溶液を得た。塩形成後のアミン価は、合成例II-1と同様に算出した。
(Synthesis Example II-3: Production of Dispersant c)
A 500 ml 4-neck separable flask was decompressed and dried, and then replaced with Ar (argon).
While flowing Ar, 100 g of dehydrated THF, 2.0 g of methyltrimethylsilyldimethylketene acetal, 0.15 ml of 1M acetonitrile solution of tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate (TBACB), and 0.2 g of mesitylene were added. Using a dropping funnel, 33 g of methyl methacrylate was dropped over 45 minutes. As the reaction progressed, heat was generated, so the temperature was kept below 40 ° C. by cooling with ice. After 1 hour, 17 g of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 5 g of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain block copolymer II-A3. The mass average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 6,000, and the amine value was 120 mgKOH / g.
In a 100 mL round bottom flask, 24.15 parts by mass of block copolymer II-A3 was dissolved in 24.15 parts by mass of PGMEA, and phenylphosphonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), which is a compound represented by the above general formula (3). Add 3.5 parts by mass (the compound represented by the general formula (3) is 0.20 mol per 1 mol of the DMMA unit of the block copolymer II-A3) and stir at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours. Thus, a salt type block copolymer II-A3 (dispersant c) solution having a solid content of 20% by mass was obtained. The amine value after salt formation was calculated in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-1.
(合成例II-4:分散剤dの合成)
 合成例II-2において、表11に示す含有量に変更した以外は、合成例II-2と同様にして、塩形成前ブロック共重合体II-A4、及び塩型ブロック共重合体(分散剤d)溶液を合成した。合成例II-4においてはメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)を4.6質量部使用した。得られた塩形成前ブロック共重合体、塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表11に示す。
(Synthesis Example II-4: Synthesis of Dispersant d)
In Synthesis Example II-2, except that the content is changed to the content shown in Table 11, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-2, the salt copolymer before salt formation II-A4 and the salt type block copolymer (dispersant) d) A solution was synthesized. In Synthesis Example II-4, 4.6 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used. Table 11 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained salt copolymer before salt formation and the salt-type block copolymer.
(合成例II-5:分散剤eの合成)
 合成例II-2の塩形成前のブロック共重合体II-A2(酸価 8mgKOH/g、Tg38℃)と同様にして、ブロック共重合体II-A5(分散剤e)を合成した。
(Synthesis Example II-5: Synthesis of Dispersant e)
Block copolymer II-A5 (dispersant e) was synthesized in the same manner as in block copolymer II-A2 (acid value 8 mgKOH / g, Tg 38 ° C.) before salt formation in Synthesis Example II-2.
(合成例II-6~II-7:分散剤f及び分散剤gの合成)
 合成例II-5において、表11に示す単量体及び含有量に変更した以外は合成例II-5と同様にして、ブロック共重合体II-A6(分散剤f)及びブロック共重合体II-A7(分散剤g)を合成した。得られたブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表11に示す。
(Synthesis Examples II-6 to II-7: Synthesis of Dispersant f and Dispersant g)
In the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-5 except that the monomers and contents shown in Table 11 were changed in Synthesis Example II-5, block copolymer II-A6 (dispersant f) and block copolymer II were used. -A7 (dispersant g) was synthesized. Table 11 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained block copolymer.
(合成例II-8:分散剤hの合成)
 合成例II-2において、表11に示す単量体及び含有量に変更した以外は合成例II-2と同様にして、塩形成前のブロック共重合体II-A8を合成した。当該塩形成前のブロック共重合体II-A8を用い、塩形成化合物として表11に示す量に変更した以外は、合成例II-2と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体II-A8(分散剤h)溶液を得た。得られた塩形成前ブロック共重合体、塩型ブロック共重合体の酸価、Tg、アミン価を表11に示す。
(Synthesis Example II-8: Synthesis of Dispersant h)
A block copolymer II-A8 before salt formation was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-2 except that the monomers and contents shown in Table 11 were changed in Synthesis Example II-2. The salt-type block copolymer II-A8 (synthetic example II-2) was used except that the block copolymer II-A8 before salt formation was changed to the amount shown in Table 11 as the salt-forming compound. Dispersant h) solution was obtained. Table 11 shows the acid value, Tg, and amine value of the obtained salt copolymer before salt formation and the salt-type block copolymer.
(合成例II-9:アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の合成)
 BzMA 40質量部、MMA 15質量部、MAA 25質量部、及びAIBN 3質量部の混合液を、PGMEA 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、GMA 20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱することにより、主鎖メタクリル酸のカルボン酸基と、グリシジルメタクリレートのエポキシ基との反応を行った。反応中は、グリシジルメタクリレートの重合を防ぐために、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。尚、反応は溶液の酸価を測定することで追跡した。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂Aは、BzMAとMMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、固形分40質量%、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。
(Synthesis Example II-9: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A solution)
A mixed solution of 40 parts by mass of BzMA, 15 parts by mass of MMA, 25 parts by mass of MAA, and 3 parts by mass of AIBN was dropped into a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA at 100 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen stream. did. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of GMA, 0.2 part by mass of triethylamine and 0.05 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol were added to the obtained polymer solution and heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours, whereby main chain methacrylic acid was added. A reaction between the carboxylic acid group of the acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate was carried out. During the reaction, air was bubbled through the reaction solution in order to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate. The reaction was followed by measuring the acid value of the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA, and has a solid content of 40% by mass. The acid value was 74 mgKOH / g, and the weight average molecular weight was 12,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
表中の略称は、以下のとおりである。
PME-200:メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(商品名;PME-200、日油株式会社製、ブレンマーPME-200、エチレンオキシ基繰り返し数=4)
DMAPMA:ジメチルアミノプロピルメタクリルアミド
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Abbreviations in the table are as follows.
PME-200: Methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name; PME-200, manufactured by NOF Corporation, Bremer PME-200, ethyleneoxy group repeat number = 4)
DMAPMA: dimethylaminopropyl methacrylamide
(実施例II-1)
(1)色材分散液II-G1の製造 
 分散剤として合成例II-1の分散剤a溶液を6.18質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC株式会社製)を13.00質量部、合成例9で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.63質量部、PGMEAを66.19質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液II-G1を得た。
Example II-1
(1) Production of colorant dispersion II-G1
6.18 parts by mass of the dispersant a solution of Synthesis Example II-1 as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) is 13.00 parts by mass, the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9 is 14.63 parts by mass, and PGMEA is 66.19 parts by mass. Put 100 parts by mass of 2.0 mm zirconia beads into a mayonnaise bin, shake as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour, then take out the 2.0 mm zirconia beads and remove the particles. 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm was added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion II-G1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液II-G1を11.40質量部、合成例II-9で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を0.64質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを7.14質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G1を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 上記(2)で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G1を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、C光源でy=0.4、x=0.2という色度になるように膜厚を調整して着色層II-G1を形成した。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1 for color filter 11.40 parts by mass of colorant dispersion II-G1 obtained in (1) above, alkali-soluble obtained in Synthesis Example II-9 0.64 parts by mass of the resin A solution, 0.60 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2 -0.09 parts by mass of morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl)- 0.04 parts by mass of butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]- , 1- (O-ace Chill oxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Adeka Arcles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA) 0.02 parts by mass, fluorosurfactant (trade name Megafak F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.07 parts by mass And 7.14 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1 for color filters.
(3) Formation of colored layer The photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1 obtained in the above (2) is a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35 ]) After applying using a spin coater, it was dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and further in a 230 ° C. clean oven. By post-baking for 30 minutes, the colored layer II-G1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the chromaticity was y = 0.4 and x = 0.2 with a C light source.
(実施例II-2~II-10、比較例II-C1~II-C4)
(1)色材分散液II-G2~II-G10、II-CG1~II-CG4の製造
 実施例II-1の(1)において、それぞれ表12に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、比較例においては一部色材を変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例II-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液II-G2~II-G10、II-CG1~II-CG4を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G2~II-G10、II-CG1~II-CG4の製造
 実施例II-2~II-10、及び比較例II-C1~II-C4では、実施例II-1の(2)における色材分散液II-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液II-G2~II-G10及びII-CG1~II-CG4を用いた以外は、実施例II-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G2~II-G10、II-CG1~II-CG4を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例II-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G2~II-G10、II-CG1~II-CG4を用いた以外は、実施例II-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層II-G2~II-G10、II-CG1~II-CG4を得た。
(Examples II-2 to II-10, Comparative Examples II-C1 to II-C4)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 In Example II-1 (1), as shown in Table 12, respectively, instead of the dispersant a solution In addition, except that the type and amount of the dispersant are changed so that the solid content is the same part by mass, the color material is partially changed in the comparative example, and the amount of PGMEA is adjusted so that the total becomes 100 parts by mass. In the same manner as in Example II-1 (1), colorant dispersions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 for color filters In Examples II-2 to II-10 and Comparative Examples II-C1 to II-C4 Example II, except that the colorant dispersions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 were used in place of the colorant dispersion II-G1 in (2) of Example II-1, respectively. In the same manner as II-1 (2), photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 for color filters were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example II-1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 were used, respectively. Colored layers II-G2 to II-G10 and II-CG1 to II-CG4 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example II-1 except that .about.II-CG4 was used.
(実施例II-11~II-14)
(1)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G11~II-G14の製造
 実施例II-11~II-14では、実施例II-1の(2)における色材分散液II-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液II-G2を用い、更に光開始剤を表12に記載のものに変更した以外は、実施例II-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G11~II-G14を得た。
 実施例II-13では、実施例II-1の(2)におけるエタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)0.02質量部の代わりに、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製、IRG907)0.10質量部、及び2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製、IRG369)0.05質量部に変更した以外は、実施例II-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G13を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例II-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G11~II-G14を用いた以外は、実施例II-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層II-G11~II-G14を得た。
(Examples II-11 to II-14)
(1) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G11 to II-G14 for color filters In Examples II-11 to II-14, the coloring material dispersion II-G1 in (2) of Example II-1 was used. Instead of the above colorant dispersion II-G2, and the photoinitiator changed to those shown in Table 12, photosensitive coloring for color filters was performed in the same manner as in (2) of Example II-1. Resin compositions II-G11 to II-G14 were obtained.
In Example II-13, ethanone in Example II-1 (2), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O— Instead of 0.02 part by mass of acetyloxime) 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) IRG907) 0.10 parts by mass, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF, IRG369) 0.05 mass A photosensitive colored resin composition II-G13 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example II-1 except that the components were changed.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example II-1 (3), except that the above-described photosensitive colored resin compositions II-G11 to II-G14 were used in place of the photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1, respectively. In the same manner as in Example II-1 (3), colored layers II-G11 to II-G14 were obtained.
(実施例II-15、比較例II-C5)
 実施例II-15では、実施例II-1の(3)において、C光源でy=0.50という色度になるように膜厚を調整して着色層を形成した以外は、実施例II-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層II-G15を形成した。
 また、比較例II-C5では、実施例II-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物II-G1の代わりに、比較例II-C2で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物II-CG2を用いて、C光源でy=0.50という色度になるように膜厚を調整して着色層を形成した以外は、実施例II-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層II-CG5を形成した。
(Example II-15, Comparative Example II-C5)
Example II-15 was the same as Example II-1 except that the colored layer was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the chromaticity was y = 0.50 with a C light source in (3) of Example II-1. A colored layer II-G15 was formed in the same manner as in (3) of -1.
In Comparative Example II-C5, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition II-G1 in Example II-1 (3), the photosensitive colored resin composition II- obtained in Comparative Example II-C2 was used. A colored layer was formed in the same manner as (3) of Example II-1 except that the colored layer was formed by using CG2 and adjusting the film thickness so that the chromaticity of y = 0.50 was obtained with a C light source. II-CG5 was formed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
ここで、表中各略号は、以下の通りである。
G58:C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(商品名:FASTOGEN GREEN A110、DIC株式会社製)
G7:C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(商品名:クロモファイングリーン6428EC、大日精化工業製)
byk-2000:Disperbyk-2000(ビックケミー製,一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であって、一般式(2)で表される化合物が塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体、固形分40質量%)
N21116:Disperbyk-LPN21116(ビックケミー製,一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であって、一般式(2)で表される化合物が塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体、固形分40質量%)
byk-161:Disperbyk-161(ビックケミー製,ウレタン系分散剤、固形分30質量%)
PB822:アジスパーPB822(味の素ファインテクノ(株)製,ポリエステル系分散剤、固形分30質量%)
NCI-831:オキシムエステル系光開始剤(アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA製)
TR-PBG-304:オキシムエステル系光開始剤(常州強力電子新材料社製)
OXE03:オキシムエステル系光開始剤(イルガキュアOXE-03、BASF製)
NCI-930:オキシムエステル系光開始剤(アデカアークルズNCI-930、ADEKA製)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Here, each abbreviation in the table is as follows.
G58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (trade name: FASTOGEN GREEN A110, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
G7: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (trade name: Chromo Fine Green 6428EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo)
byk-2000: Disperbyk-2000 (manufactured by BYK Chemie, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), wherein the compound represented by the general formula (2) forms a salt. Coalescence, solid content 40% by mass)
N21116: Disperbyk-LPN21116 (produced by Big Chemie, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), wherein the compound represented by the general formula (2) forms a salt, (Solid content 40% by mass)
byk-161: Disperbyk-161 (by Big Chemie, urethane-based dispersant, solid content: 30% by mass)
PB822: Ajisper PB822 (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd., polyester dispersant, solid content 30% by mass)
NCI-831: Oxime ester photoinitiator (Adeka Arcles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA)
TR-PBG-304: Oxime ester photoinitiator (Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.)
OXE03: Oxime ester photoinitiator (Irgacure OXE-03, manufactured by BASF)
NCI-930: Oxime ester photoinitiator (Adeka Arcles NCI-930, manufactured by ADEKA)
[評価方法]
<色材分散液の分散性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた色材分散液についてそれぞれ、調製直後と、25℃で30日間保存後の粘度を測定し、保存前後の粘度から粘度変化率を算出し、粘度安定性を評価した。粘度測定には振動式粘度計を用いて、25.0±0.5℃における粘度を測定した。結果を表12に示す。
(分散安定性評価基準)
A:保存前後の粘度の変化率が10%未満
B:保存前後の粘度の変化率が10%以上15%未満
C:保存前後の粘度の変化率が15%以上25%未満
D:保存前後の粘度の変化率が25%以上
 ただし、色材分散液の溶剤を含めた合計質量に対して、色材を13質量%としたときの値である。
 評価結果がCでも色材分散液は実用上使用できるが、評価結果がBであれば色材分散液はより良好であり、評価結果がAであれば色材分散液は、分散安定性に優れている。
[Evaluation methods]
<Evaluation of dispersibility of colorant dispersion>
For the colorant dispersions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, the viscosity immediately after preparation and after storage for 30 days at 25 ° C. are measured, the rate of change in viscosity is calculated from the viscosity before and after storage, and the viscosity stability is evaluated. did. The viscosity was measured at 25.0 ± 0.5 ° C. using a vibration viscometer. The results are shown in Table 12.
(Dispersion stability evaluation criteria)
A: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is less than 10% B: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is 10% or more and less than 15% C: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is 15% or more and less than 25% D: Before and after storage Viscosity change rate is 25% or more However, this is a value when the color material is 13 mass% with respect to the total mass including the solvent of the color material dispersion.
Even if the evaluation result is C, the color material dispersion can be used practically. However, if the evaluation result is B, the color material dispersion is better. If the evaluation result is A, the color material dispersion is excellent in dispersion stability. Are better.
<光学性能評価、コントラスト評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色層のコントラストと色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bとオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
 なお、顔料としてPG58を用いた比較例1では、C光源でy=0.4、x=0.2という色度は実現できなかった。
 結果を表12に併せて示す。
(色再現域 評価基準)
・C光源でy=0.4~0.5としたときの値
A:x=0.21未満
B:x=0.21~0.23
C:x=0.23超過
(輝度評価基準)
・C光源でy=0.4、x=0.2としたときの値
A:50.0超過
B:47.5~50.0
C: 47.5未満
・C光源でy=0.5としたときの値
A:30.0超過
B:30.0~25.0
C: 25.0未満
(コントラスト評価基準)
・C光源でy=0.4、x=0.2としたときの値
A:15000超過
B:13500~15000
C:13500未満
・C光源でy=0.5としたときの値
A:3500超過
B:2500~3500
C:2500未満
<Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation>
The contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the colored layers obtained in the examples and comparative examples were measured using the contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Osaka Co., Ltd. and the microspectroscopy measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus. It was measured.
In Comparative Example 1 using PG58 as the pigment, the chromaticity of y = 0.4 and x = 0.2 could not be realized with the C light source.
The results are also shown in Table 12.
(Color gamut evaluation criteria)
A value when y = 0.4 to 0.5 with a C light source A: x is less than 0.21 B: x = 0.21 to 0.23
C: x = 0.23 (brightness evaluation standard)
-Value when C light source is y = 0.4 and x = 0.2 A: Exceeding 50.0 B: 47.5 to 50.0
C: Less than 47.5. Value when C = light source and y = 0.5 A: Exceeding 30.0 B: 30.0 to 25.0
C: Less than 25.0 (contrast evaluation standard)
-Value when C light source is y = 0.4 and x = 0.2 A: Exceed 15000 B: 13500-15000
C: Less than 13500 · Value when y = 0.5 with C light source A: Exceeding 3500 B: 2500-3500
C: Less than 2500
<溶剤再溶解性評価>
 幅0.5cm長さ10cmのガラス基板の先端を、実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物に浸漬させ、ガラス基板の長さ1cm部分に塗布した。引き上げたガラス基板を、ガラス面が水平になるように恒温恒湿機に入れ、温度23℃、湿度80%RHで10分間の条件で乾燥させた。次に、乾燥させた塗膜が付着したガラス基板をPGMEA中に15秒間浸漬させた。このとき乾燥塗膜の再溶解状態を目視で判別し、評価した。結果を表12に併せて示す。
(溶剤再溶解性評価基準)
 A:乾燥塗膜が完全に溶解した
 B:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、溶液が着色した
 C:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じず、溶液が着色しなかった
 上記評価基準がA又はBであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がAであればより効果が優れている。
<Solvent resolubility evaluation>
The tip of a glass substrate having a width of 0.5 cm and a length of 10 cm was immersed in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples and applied to a 1 cm portion of the glass substrate. The pulled glass substrate was placed in a thermo-hygrostat so that the glass surface was horizontal, and dried at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a humidity of 80% RH for 10 minutes. Next, the glass substrate to which the dried coating film was adhered was immersed in PGMEA for 15 seconds. At this time, the redissolved state of the dried coating film was visually discriminated and evaluated. The results are also shown in Table 12.
(Solvent re-solubility evaluation criteria)
A: The dried coating film was completely dissolved. B: The dried coating film flakes were formed in the solvent, and the solution was colored. C: The dried coating film flakes were not formed in the solvent, and the solution was not colored. Is A or B, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is A, the effect is more excellent.
<現像残渣評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。上記着色層の形成後のガラス基板の未露光部(50mm×50mm)を、目視により観察した後、エタノールを含ませたレンズクリーナー(東レ社製、商品名トレシーMKクリーンクロス)で十分に拭き取り、そのレンズクリーナーの着色度合いを目視で観察した。結果を表12に示す。
(現像残渣評価基準)
 A:目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーが全く着色しなかった
 B:目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーの着色がわずかに確認された
 C:目視により現像残渣がわずかに確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
 D:目視により現像残渣が確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
 E:目視により現像残渣が確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
 上記評価基準がA、B又はCであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がB、更にAであればより効果が優れている。
<Development residue evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. After observing the unexposed portion (50 mm × 50 mm) of the glass substrate after the formation of the colored layer by visual observation, the glass substrate is thoroughly wiped with a lens cleaner (trade name Toraysee MK Clean Cloth, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.), The coloring degree of the lens cleaner was visually observed. The results are shown in Table 12.
(Development residue evaluation criteria)
A: The development residue was not visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was not colored at all. B: The development residue was not visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was slightly colored. C: The development residue was slightly confirmed visually. D: Color development of the lens cleaner was confirmed D: Development residue was visually confirmed, and color of the lens cleaner was confirmed E: Development residue was confirmed visually, and the color of the lens cleaner was confirmed If it is A, B or C, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B and further A, the effect is more excellent.
<現像密着性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。この着色層に2~80μmのマスク開口幅をもつフォトマスクを介して超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。現像後の基板を光学顕微鏡により観察し、マスク開口線幅に対する着色層の有無を観察した。結果を表12に併せて示す。
(現像密着性評価基準)
A:マスク開口線幅10μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
B:マスク開口線幅10μm以上、20μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
C:マスク開口線幅20μm以上、50μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
D:マスク開口線幅50μm以上、80μm未満の部分で着色層が観察された
E:マスク開口線幅80μm以下の部分で着色層が観察されなかった。
 上記評価基準がA、B又はCであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がB、更にAであればカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物はより高精細化に適している。
<Development adhesion evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each spinned on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After applying using a coater, the coating was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 2 to 80 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The substrate after development was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of a colored layer with respect to the mask opening line width was observed. The results are also shown in Table 12.
(Development adhesion evaluation criteria)
A: A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of less than 10 μm B: A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 10 μm or more and less than 20 μm C: A portion having a mask opening line width of 20 μm or more and less than 50 μm A colored layer was observed in D: A colored layer was observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 50 μm or more and less than 80 μm. E: A colored layer was not observed in a portion having a mask opening line width of 80 μm or less.
If the above evaluation criteria are A, B or C, they can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B and further A, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is suitable for higher definition.
<現像耐性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した。80℃のホットプレート上で3分間加熱乾燥を行った後、超高圧水銀灯を用いて40mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。この時点での膜厚を測定して、T1(μm)とする。その後、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてシャワー現像した。現像後の膜厚を測定してT2(μm)とする。T2/T1×100(%)を計算した。結果を表12に示す。
(現像耐性評価基準)
 A:95%以上
 B:90%以上95%未満
 C:90%未満
 評価結果がBであれば実用上使用できるが、上記評価基準がAであれば、より効果が優れている。
<Development resistance evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were each coated on a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater. did. After heating and drying on an 80 ° C. hot plate for 3 minutes, ultraviolet rays of 40 mJ / cm 2 were irradiated using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. The film thickness at this point is measured and set to T1 (μm). Thereafter, shower development was performed using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The film thickness after development is measured and set to T2 (μm). T2 / T1 × 100 (%) was calculated. The results are shown in Table 12.
(Development resistance evaluation criteria)
A: 95% or more B: 90% or more and less than 95% C: less than 90% If the evaluation result is B, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation criterion is A, the effect is more excellent.
<水染み評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を、ガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に厚さ1.6μmの着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥し、フォトマスクを介さずに超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を全面照射することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。次いで、0.05wt%カリウム(KOH)を現像液としてスピン現像し、現像液に60秒間接液させた後に純水で洗浄することで現像処理し、洗浄後の基板を10秒間回転させ水を遠心除去した直後に、下記のように純水の接触角を測定して水染みを評価した。
 純水の接触角の測定は、前記水を遠心除去した直後の着色層表面に、純水1.0μLの液滴を滴下し、着滴10秒後の静的接触角をθ/2法に従って計測した。測定装置は、協和界面科学社製 接触角計DM 500を用いて、測定した。
(評価基準)
A:接触角80度以上
B:接触角65度以上80度未満
C:接触角50度以上65度未満
D:接触角50度未満
水染み評価基準がA又はBであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がAであればより効果が優れている。
<Water stain evaluation>
The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter obtained in each example and each comparative example was thick after post-baking using a spin coater on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.). After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer of 1.6 μm, it is dried for 3 minutes at 60 ° C. using a hot plate and exposed to 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp without a photomask. By irradiating, a colored layer was formed on the glass substrate. Next, spin development is performed using 0.05 wt% potassium (KOH) as a developer, the developer is subjected to an indirect solution for 60 seconds and then washed with pure water, and the washed substrate is rotated for 10 seconds to remove water. Immediately after centrifugation, the contact angle of pure water was measured as described below to evaluate water stain.
The contact angle of pure water was measured by dropping 1.0 μL of pure water on the surface of the colored layer immediately after removing the water by centrifugation, and determining the static contact angle 10 seconds after the landing according to the θ / 2 method. Measured. The measuring device was measured using a contact angle meter DM 500 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
(Evaluation criteria)
A: Contact angle of 80 ° or more B: Contact angle of 65 ° or more and less than 80 ° C: Contact angle of 50 ° or more and less than 65 ° D: Contact angle of less than 50 ° However, if the evaluation result is A, the effect is more excellent.
[結果のまとめ]
 表12の結果から、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例II-1~II-10の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が良好であることが明らかにされた。一方、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59に、ウレタン系分散剤や、ポリエステル系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例II-C3~II-C4の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が悪いことが明らかにされた。また、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた比較例II-C2の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が悪いことが明らかにされた。
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン59に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例II-1~II-15のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、y=0.40の時に、x=0.20の領域、又はy=0.50の時に、x=0.16の領域を表示可能な青味の緑色でありながら、輝度が高いことが明らかにされた。また、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例II-1~II-15のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材分散安定性が良好であり、コントラストに優れ、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、更に現像残渣の発生が抑制されるものであることが明らかにされた。
 中でも、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体、又は当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位の少なくとも一部と塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体であって、当該分散剤の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下で、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である分散剤を用いた実施例II-2、4、5、8、11~14では、特に現像残渣の発生が抑制され、且つ現像密着性に優れるものであった。
 一方、比較例II-C1に示されるようにC.I.ピグメントグリーン58を用いると、y=0.4の時に、x=0.2の領域を表示できなかった。また、比較例II-C2に示されるようにC.I.ピグメントグリーン7を用いると、y=0.4の時に、x=0.2の領域を表示できるものの、輝度が低いものであった。比較例II-C5に示されるようにC.I.ピグメントグリーン7を用いると、y=0.50の時に、x=0.16の領域を表示できるものの、輝度が低いものであった。なお、表には示さないが、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58では、y=0.50の時に、x=0.16の領域を表示できなかった。
 また、比較例II-C2に示されるようにC.I.ピグメントグリーン7を用いると、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせても分散性が悪いため、コントラストが低く、再溶解性、残渣も劣るものであった。
 また、一方、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59に、ウレタン系分散剤や、ポリエステル系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例II-C3~II-C4のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、分散性に劣るため、実施例に比べて輝度が低くなり、また、コントラストが低く、再溶解性、残渣も劣るものであった。
[Summary of results]
From the results in Table 12, C.I. I. The colorant dispersions of Examples II-1 to II-10, in which Pigment Green 59 is combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), have good viscosity stability. It was revealed. On the other hand, C.I. I. It was revealed that the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples II-C3 to II-C4, in which Pigment Green 59 was combined with a urethane dispersant or a polyester dispersant, had poor viscosity stability. In addition, C.I. I. It was revealed that the color material dispersion of Comparative Example II-C2 in which Pigment Green 7 was combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) had poor viscosity stability. .
C. I. The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Examples II-1 to II-15 in which Pigment Green 59 is combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are y = When 0.40, x = 0.20 area, or when y = 0.50, x = 0.16 area can be displayed. It was. In addition, C.I. I. The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Examples II-1 to II-15 in which CI Pigment Green 59 is combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) It has been clarified that the dispersion stability is good, the contrast is excellent, the solvent re-dissolvability is excellent, and the development residue is suppressed.
Among them, as a dispersant, a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having a solvophilic property, or A salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt with at least a part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the acid value of the dispersant is 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less. In Examples II-2, 4, 5, 8, and 11 to 14 in which the dispersant having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher is used, generation of development residue is particularly suppressed, and development adhesion is It was excellent.
On the other hand, as shown in Comparative Example II-C1, C.I. I. When using Pigment Green 58, the region of x = 0.2 could not be displayed when y = 0.4. Further, as shown in Comparative Example II-C2, C.I. I. When CI Pigment Green 7 was used, the region of x = 0.2 could be displayed when y = 0.4, but the luminance was low. As shown in Comparative Example II-C5, C.I. I. When CI Pigment Green 7 was used, an area of x = 0.16 could be displayed when y = 0.50, but the luminance was low. Although not shown in the table, C.I. I. With Pigment Green 58, when y = 0.50, the region of x = 0.16 could not be displayed.
Further, as shown in Comparative Example II-C2, C.I. I. When CI Pigment Green 7 is used, the dispersibility is poor even when combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), so the contrast is low, the resolubility and the residue are poor. It was.
On the other hand, C.I. I. The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Comparative Examples II-C3 to II-C4, in which Pigment Green 59 is combined with a urethane-based dispersant or a polyester-based dispersant, are inferior in dispersibility. The brightness was low, the contrast was low, the re-solubility and the residue were inferior.
 また、実施例の中でも、光開始剤として、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いた実施例は、現像耐性と水染み発生抑制効果が高くなることが明らかにされた。 In addition, among the examples, it was clarified that the examples using the oxime ester photoinitiator as the photoinitiator have higher development resistance and water stain generation suppressing effect.
実施例IIIシリーズ:第二の本発明の第二実施形態
 実施例IIIシリーズにおいて、分散剤a~h溶液はそれぞれ、実施例IIシリーズの合成例II-1~II-8と同様にして得た。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液も実施例IIシリーズの合成例II-9と同様にして得た。
Example III Series: Second Embodiment of the Second Invention In the Example III series, the dispersants a to h solutions were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Examples II-1 to II-8 of Example II series, respectively. . An alkali-soluble resin A solution was also obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-9 of Example II series.
(実施例III-1)
(1)色材分散液III-G1の製造 
 分散剤として分散剤a溶液を6.22質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を5.33質量部及びC.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138、商品名:クロモファインエロー6206EC、大日精化工業株式会社製)を7.67質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.20質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液III-G1を得た。
Example III-1
(1) Production of colorant dispersion III-G1
6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant a solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 5.33 parts by mass and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138, trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 7.67 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, granules Place 100 parts by mass of 2.0 mm zirconia beads in a mayonnaise bin, shake for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a preliminary crush, then take out the 2.0 mm zirconia beads and remove the particle size 200 parts by mass of 0.1 mm zirconia beads was added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion III-G1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液III-G1を11.40質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を0.64質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを7.14質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 上記(2)で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1を、厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、C光源でy=0.570、x=0.260という色度になるように膜厚を調整して着色層III-G1を形成した。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1 for color filter 11.40 parts by mass of colorant dispersion III-G1 obtained in (1) above and 0.64 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin A solution 0.60 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one ( Photoinitiator: 0.09 parts by mass of trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: product Name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) 0.04 parts by mass, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (Hikari Initiator: 0.02 parts by mass of Adeka Arkles NCI-831 (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA), 0.07 parts by mass of a fluorosurfactant (trade names: Megafuck F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and PGMEA 7.14 parts by mass was added to obtain photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1 for color filters.
(3) Formation of Colored Layer The photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1 obtained in (2) above is a 0.7 mm thick 100 mm × 100 mm glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.). Then, after applying using a spin coater, it is dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and further applied in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. By performing post-baking for a minute, the color layer III-G1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the chromaticity was y = 0.570 and x = 0.260 with a C light source.
(実施例III-2~III-10、比較例III-C1~III-C5)
(1)色材分散液III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5の製造
 実施例III-1の(1)において、それぞれ表13に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、比較例III-C1~III-C3においては色材を変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5の製造
 実施例III-2~III-10及び比較例III-C1~III-C5では、実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5を用いて、膜厚を2.35μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表13に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G2~III-G10、III-CG1~III-CG5を得た。
(Examples III-2 to III-10, Comparative Examples III-C1 to III-C5)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 In Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 13, instead of Dispersant a Solution The type and amount of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same mass part, and the color materials were changed in Comparative Examples III-C1 to III-C3, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass Except for the adjustment, colorant dispersions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example III-1.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 for color filters In Examples III-2 to III-10 and Comparative Examples III-C1 to III-C5, The color material dispersions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 were used in place of the color material dispersion III-G1 in Example III-1 (2), respectively. For color filters, the same as (2) of Example III-1 except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio would be the value shown in Table 13 in order to obtain 35 μm. Photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 were used. Colored layers III-G2 to III-G10 and III-CG1 to III-CG5 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that to III-CG5 was used.
(実施例III-11~III-14、III-33)
(1)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G11~III-G14、III-G33の製造
 実施例III-11~III-12、及びIII-33では、実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液III-G2を用い、更に光開始剤を表13に記載のものに変更した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G11~III-12, III-G33を得た。
 また、実施例III-13では、実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液III-G2を用い、更に、実施例III-1の(2)におけるエタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)0.02質量部の代わりに、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)0.10質量部、及び2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)0.05質量部に変更した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G13を得た。
 また、実施例III-14では、実施例1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液III-G2を用い、更にアルカリ可溶性樹脂としてアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の代わりに、アルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液(カルド構造を含むカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、品番INR-16M ナガセケムテック(株)製)に変更して、固形分が同じ質量部となるように使用量を調整して用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G14を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G11~III-G14及びIII-G33を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G11~III-G14及びIII-G33を得た。
(Examples III-11 to III-14, III-33)
(1) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G11 to III-G14 and III-G33 for color filters In Examples III-11 to III-12 and III-33, Example III-1 (2) Example III-1 (2) except that the colorant dispersion III-G2 was used instead of the colorant dispersion III-G1 and the photoinitiator was changed to that shown in Table 13. Thus, photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G11 to III-12, III-G33 for color filters were obtained.
In Example III-13, the above-mentioned color material dispersion III-G2 was used instead of the color material dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example III-1, and further, (2) of Example III-1 ) Instead of 0.02 parts by mass of ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) in -1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) 0.10 parts by mass, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) Same as (2) of Example III-1, except for changing to 0.05 parts by mass Photosensitive wear for color filters To obtain a resin composition III-G13.
In Example III-14, the colorant dispersion III-G2 is used in place of the colorant dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example 1, and the alkali-soluble resin A solution is used as an alkali-soluble resin. The solution is changed to an alkali-soluble resin B solution (epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure, product number INR-16M manufactured by Nagase Chemtech Co., Ltd.) so that the solid content becomes the same mass part. A photosensitive colored resin composition III-G14 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example III-1, except that the amount used was adjusted.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G11 to III-G14 and III-G33, respectively, were used. Colored layers III-G11 to III-G14 and III-G33 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
ここで、表中各略号は、以下の通りである。
G36:C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(商品名:FASTOGEN GREEN 2YK-50、DIC株式会社製)
Y138:C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(商品名:クロモファインエロー6206EC、大日精化工業株式会社製)
なお、G58、G7、byk-2000、N21116、byk-161、PB822、 NCI-831、TR-PBG-304、OXE03、NCI-930は、実施例IIシリーズと同じである。
Here, each abbreviation in the table is as follows.
G36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 (trade name: FASTOGEN GREEN 2YK-50, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
Y138: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138 (trade name: Chromo Fine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
Note that G58, G7, byk-2000, N21116, byk-161, PB822, NCI-831, TR-PBG-304, OXE03, and NCI-930 are the same as the Example II series.
(実施例III-15~III-20、比較例III-C6~III-C8)
(1)色材分散液III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8の製造
 実施例III-1の(1)において、それぞれ表14に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更し、更に、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8の製造
 実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8を用いて膜厚を2.80μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表14に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G15~III-G20、III-CG6~III-CG8を得た。なお、色材としてPG58を用いた比較例III-C8では、C光源でy=0.610、x=0.210という色度は実現できなかった。
(Examples III-15 to III-20, Comparative Examples III-C6 to III-C8)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 In Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 14 respectively, the types and amounts of coloring materials used In Example III-1, except that the type and amount used of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. In the same manner as in 1), colorant dispersions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 for color filters, respectively, instead of colorant dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example III-1 In order to make the film thickness 2.80 μm using the above-mentioned colorant dispersions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8, the P / V ratio is set to the values shown in Table 14, respectively. Except for adjusting the amount of the alkali-soluble resin, in the same manner as in (2) of Example III-1, photosensitive color resin compositions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 for color filters were prepared. Obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 were used, respectively. Colored layers III-G15 to III-G20 and III-CG6 to III-CG8 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that to III-CG8 was used. In Comparative Example III-C8 using PG58 as the color material, the chromaticity of y = 0.610 and x = 0.210 could not be realized with the C light source.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
ここで、表中各略号は、以下の通りである。
Y150:C.I.ピグメントイエロー150(商品名:LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04、ランクセス株式会社製)
Ni-azo-1:下記調製例により調製されたC.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料(Ni:Zn=1:1(モル比)のazo顔料)
(調製例)
 550gの蒸留水の中に、23.1gのジアゾバルビツール酸および19.2gのバルビツール酸を導入した。次いで、水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてアゾバルビツール酸(0.3モル)となるように調整し、750gの蒸留水と混合した。5gの30%の塩酸を滴下により添加した。その後、38.7gのメラミンを導入した。次いで、0.3モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.3モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を混合して添加し、80℃の温度で8時間撹拌した。濾過により顔料を単離し、洗浄し、120℃で乾燥させ、乳鉢で磨砕し、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Here, each abbreviation in the table is as follows.
Y150: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 (trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS)
Ni-azo-1: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment (Ni: Zn = 1: 1 (molar ratio) azo pigment)
(Preparation example)
23.1 g diazobarbituric acid and 19.2 g barbituric acid were introduced into 550 g distilled water. Subsequently, it adjusted so that it might become azobarbituric acid (0.3 mol) using potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, and mixed with 750 g of distilled water. 5 g of 30% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise. Thereafter, 38.7 g of melamine was introduced. Subsequently, 0.3 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.3 mol zinc chloride solution were mixed and added, and stirred at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 8 hours. The pigment is isolated by filtration, washed, dried at 120 ° C., ground in a mortar, C.I. I. A pigment pigment of CI Pigment Yellow 150 was obtained.
(実施例III-21~III-25、比較例III-C9)
色材分散液III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9の製造
 実施例III-1の(1)において、それぞれ表15に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更し、更に、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9の製造
 実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9を用いて膜厚を2.80μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表15に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G21~III-G25、III-CG9を得た。なお、色材としてPG58を用いた比較例III-C9では、C光源でy=0.626、x=0.205という色度は実現できなかった。
(Examples III-21 to III-25, Comparative Example III-C9)
Production of Coloring Material Dispersions III-G21 to III-G25, III-CG9 In Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 15, the type and amount of coloring material were changed, and further dispersed Except for changing the type and amount of the agent so that the solid content is the same part by mass and adjusting the amount of PGMEA so that the total is 100 parts by mass, in the same manner as in (1) of Example III-1, Colorant dispersions III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 for color filters In place of the color material dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example III-1 In order to obtain a film thickness of 2.80 μm using liquids III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9, the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 15, respectively. Except for the above, Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 for Color Filter were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example III-1.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 were used. Colored layers III-G21 to III-G25 and III-CG9 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used. In Comparative Example III-C9 using PG58 as the coloring material, the chromaticity of y = 0.626 and x = 0.205 could not be realized with the C light source.
ここで、表中各略号は、以下の通りである。
Y185:C.I.ピグメントイエロー185(商品名:Paliotol(登録商標)Yellow D1155、BASF株式会社製)
Here, each abbreviation in the table is as follows.
Y185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (trade name: Paliotol (registered trademark) Yellow D1155, manufactured by BASF Corporation)
(実施例III-26~III-28、比較例III-C10)
色材分散液III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10の製造
 実施例III-1の(1)において、それぞれ表16に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更し、更に、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10の製造
 実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10を用いて膜厚を3.30μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表16に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G26~III-G28、III-CG10を得た。
(Examples III-26 to III-28, Comparative Example III-C10)
Production of Coloring Material Dispersions III-G26 to III-G28, III-CG10 In Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 16, the type and amount of coloring material were changed, and further dispersed. Except for changing the type and amount of the agent so that the solid content is the same part by mass and adjusting the amount of PGMEA so that the total is 100 parts by mass, in the same manner as in (1) of Example III-1, Colorant dispersions III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 for color filters In place of the color material dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example III-1 In order to obtain a film thickness of 3.30 μm using liquids III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10, the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 16, respectively. Except for the above, in the same manner as in Example III-1 (2), photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 for color filters were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 were used. Colored layers III-G26 to III-G28 and III-CG10 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
(実施例III-29~III-31、比較例III-C11)
色材分散液III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11の製造
 実施例III-1の(1)において、それぞれ表17に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更し、更に、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11の製造
 実施例III-1の(2)における色材分散液III-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11を用いて膜厚を3.30μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表17に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例III-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G29~III-G31、III-CG11を得た。
(Examples III-29 to III-31, Comparative Example III-C11)
Production of Color Material Dispersions III-G29 to III-G31, III-CG11 In Example III-1 (1), as shown in Table 17, the type and amount of color material were changed, and the dispersion was further performed. Except for changing the type and amount of the agent so that the solid content is the same part by mass and adjusting the amount of PGMEA so that the total is 100 parts by mass, in the same manner as in (1) of Example III-1, Colorant dispersions III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G29 to III-G31, III-CG11 for color filters In place of the color material dispersion III-G1 in (2) of Example III-1 In order to obtain a film thickness of 3.30 μm using liquids III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11, the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 17, respectively. Except for the above, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example III-1.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example III-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 were used. Colored layers III-G29 to III-G31 and III-CG11 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example III-1 except that was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
(実施例III-32)
(1)色材分散液の製造 
 分散剤として分散剤b溶液を6.22質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を13質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.20質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、緑色色材分散液gを得た。
 分散剤として分散剤b溶液を6.22質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138、商品名:クロモファインエロー6206EC、大日精化工業株式会社製)を13質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.20質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、黄色色材分散液yを得た。
(Example III-32)
(1) Production of colorant dispersion
6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 13 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, particle size 2.0 mm zirconia beads 100 The mass part is put into a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.), then the zirconia beads 200 having a particle size of 0.1 mm are taken out. Mass parts were added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a green color material dispersion g.
6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. 13 parts by weight of Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138, trade name: Chromofine Yellow 6206EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.), 14.59 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution, 66.20 parts by weight of PGMEA, and particle size 2 Put 100 parts by weight of 0.0 mm zirconia beads in a mayonnaise bin, shake as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour, then take out the 2.0 mm zirconia beads, 200 parts by mass of 1 mm zirconia beads were added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a yellow color material dispersion liquid y.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G32の製造
 上記(1)で得られた緑色色材分散液gを4.67質量部、黄色色材分散液yを6.73質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を0.64質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを7.14質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G32を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例III-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G32を用いた以外は、実施例III-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層III-G32を得た。
 得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G32は、実施例III-2のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G2と同じ組成となっており、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G32及び着色層III-G32の評価結果は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物III-G2及び着色層III-G2の評価結果と同じになった。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition III-G32 for color filter 4.67 parts by mass of green color material dispersion g obtained in (1) above and 6.73 parts by mass of yellow color material dispersion y 0.64 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin A solution, 0.60 parts by mass of polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) ) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) 0.09 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholino) 0.04 parts by mass of phenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3- Il]-, 1 0.02 parts by mass of-(O-acetyloxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Adeka Arcles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA), fluorosurfactant (trade name: MegaFuck F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.07 part by mass and 7.14 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain photosensitive colored resin composition III-G32 for color filters.
(3) Formation of colored layer Example III-1 was the same as Example III-1 (3) except that the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G32 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G1. The colored layer III-G32 was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of -1.
The resulting photosensitive colored resin composition III-G32 for color filters had the same composition as the photosensitive colored resin composition III-G2 for color filters of Example III-2, and the photosensitive colored resin for color filters The evaluation results of composition III-G32 and colored layer III-G32 were the same as the evaluation results of photosensitive colored resin composition III-G2 for color filter and colored layer III-G2.
[実施例IIIシリーズの評価方法]
 光学性能評価、コントラスト評価及び表示不良評価は以下のように行った。色材分散液の分散性評価、溶剤再溶解性評価、現像残渣評価、現像密着性評価、現像耐性評価、及び水染み評価については、実施例IIシリーズと同様にして評価を行った。
[Evaluation method of Example III series]
Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation, and display defect evaluation were performed as follows. The dispersibility evaluation of the colorant dispersion, the solvent resolubility evaluation, the development residue evaluation, the development adhesion evaluation, the development resistance evaluation, and the water stain evaluation were evaluated in the same manner as in Example II series.
<光学性能評価、コントラスト評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色層のコントラストと色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bとオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
 なお、色材としてPG58を用いた比較例8では、C光源でy=0.610、x=0.210という色度は実現できなかった。色材としてPG58を用いた比較例9では、C光源でy=0.626、x=0.205という色度は実現できなかった。
(コントラスト評価基準)
・C光源でy=0.570、x=0.260としたときの値
A:12000超過
B:12000~10000
C:10000未満
<Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation>
The contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the colored layers obtained in the examples and comparative examples were measured using the contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Osaka Co., Ltd. and the microspectroscopy measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus. It was measured.
In Comparative Example 8 using PG58 as the color material, the chromaticity of y = 0.610 and x = 0.210 could not be realized with the C light source. In Comparative Example 9 using PG58 as the color material, the chromaticity of y = 0.626 and x = 0.205 could not be realized with the C light source.
(Contrast evaluation criteria)
Value when C = 0 and y = 0.570, x = 0.260 A: over 12,000 B: 12000 to 10000
C: Less than 10,000
<表示不良評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色層の表示不良評価を、誘電体インピーダンス測定システム126096W(東洋テクニカ製)を用いて行った。
(表示不良評価基準)
A:100Hzでの誘電正接(tanδ)が0.023未満
B:100Hzでの誘電正接(tanδ)が0.023~0.048
C:100Hzでの誘電正接(tanδ)が0.048超過
 上記評価基準がA又はBであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がAであれば表示不良抑制効果が高い。
<Display failure evaluation>
Display defect evaluation of the colored layers obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples was performed using a dielectric impedance measurement system 126096W (manufactured by Toyo Technica).
(Display defect evaluation criteria)
A: Dissipation factor (tan δ) at 100 Hz is less than 0.023 B: Dissipation factor (tan δ) at 100 Hz is 0.023 to 0.048
C: Dielectric loss tangent (tan δ) at 100 Hz exceeds 0.048 If the above evaluation criterion is A or B, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is A, the display defect suppressing effect is high.
[実施例IIIシリーズの結果のまとめ]
 表13~17の結果から、PG59と黄色色材に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が良好であることが明らかにされた。一方、PG59に、ウレタン系分散剤や、ポリエステル系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例III-C4~III-C5の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が悪いことが明らかにされた。また、PG58やPG7やPG36に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた比較例III-C1、III-C2及びIII-C3の色材分散液は、同じ分散剤を組み合わせた実施例III-1に比べて粘度安定性が劣ることが明らかにされた。また、PG7やPG36に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた比較例III-C2及びIII-C3の色材分散液は、分散性が悪かった。
[Summary of results of Example III series]
From the results shown in Tables 13 to 17, the colorant dispersions of Examples in which PG59 and a yellow colorant are combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) have viscosity stability. It was shown to be good. On the other hand, it was revealed that the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples III-C4 to III-C5, in which PG59 was combined with a urethane dispersant or a polyester dispersant, had poor viscosity stability. Further, the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples III-C1, III-C2, and III-C3, in which PG58, PG7, and PG36 are combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), It was revealed that the viscosity stability was inferior to that of Example III-1 in which the same dispersant was combined. Further, the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples III-C2 and III-C3, in which PG7 and PG36 were combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), had poor dispersibility. .
 表13より、PG59に、黄色色材PY138と、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例III-1~III-14のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、y=0.570の時に、x=0.260の領域を表示可能でありながら、表示不良の発生が抑制され、高輝度な着色層を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。また、PG59に、黄色色材PY138と、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例III-1~III-14のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材分散安定性が良好であり、コントラストに優れ、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、更に現像残渣の発生が抑制されるものであることが明らかにされた。
 中でも、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体、又は当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位の少なくとも一部と塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体であって、当該分散剤の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下で、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である分散剤を用いた実施例III-2、III-4、III-8、III-11~III-14、III-33では、特に現像残渣の発生が抑制され、且つ現像密着性に優れるものであった。また感光性着色樹脂組成物におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂として、カルド構造を含むカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂を用いた実施例III-14は、実施例III-2に比べても現像密着性、現像耐性及び水染み発生抑制効果に優れていた。
 また、実施例の中でも、実施例III-2、 III-11、 III-12、III-13、及び、III-33の比較から、光開始剤として、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いた実施例は、現像耐性と水染み発生抑制効果が高くなることが明らかにされた。
From Table 13, the photosensitive properties for color filters of Examples III-1 to III-14 in which PG59 is combined with a dispersant, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), with the yellow color material PY138. It is clear that the colored resin composition can display the region of x = 0.260 when y = 0.570, while suppressing the occurrence of display defects and forming a high-luminance colored layer. It was done. In addition, the photosensitive color resin for color filters of Examples III-1 to III-14, in which PG59 is combined with a yellow color material PY138 and a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) It was revealed that the composition has good colorant dispersion stability, excellent contrast, excellent solvent resolubility, and further suppresses development residue.
Among them, as a dispersant, a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having a solvophilic property, or A salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt with at least a part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the acid value of the dispersant is 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less. In Examples III-2, III-4, III-8, III-11 to III-14, and III-33 using a dispersant having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher, the development residue Generation was suppressed, and the development adhesion was excellent. Further, as an alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive colored resin composition, Example III-14 using an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure is more closely related to development adhesion than Example III-2, Excellent development resistance and water stain generation suppression effect.
Further, among the examples, from the comparison of Examples III-2, III-11, III-12, III-13, and III-33, Examples using an oxime ester photoinitiator as a photoinitiator It was revealed that the development resistance and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain were increased.
 また、表14及び表15より、PG59に、黄色色材と、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせると、色再現域が広がり、y=0.570~0.626の場合でも、x=0.205~0.324の色度領域を表示可能であり、更にy=0.659もの色度領域を表示可能でありながら、表示不良の発生が抑制され、高輝度な着色層を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。
 また、表16の実施例III-27においては、PG59と黄色色材とに、更にPG58を組み合わせると、緑色色材としてPG59を単独で用いた実施例III-26や、PG58とY138とを組み合わせた比較例III-C10に比べて、前記P/V比を低減しながら、更に輝度が向上することも明らかにされた。実施例III-28においては、緑色色材としてPG59とPG58とに、黄色色材としてPY138とPY150とを組み合わせると、更に前記P/V比を低減可能であることも明らかにされた。
 また、表17の実施例III-30においては、PG59と黄色色材とに、更にPG7を組み合わせると、PG58とY138とを組み合わせた比較例III-C11に比べて、前記P/V比を低減でき、且つ輝度も向上できることが明らかにされた。実施例III-31においては、緑色色材としてPG59とPG7とに、黄色色材としてPY138とPY150とを組み合わせると、更に前記P/V比を低減可能であることも明らかにされた。
 一方、比較例III-C1に示されるようにPG58を用いると、y=0.570の時に、x=0.260の領域を表示できるものの、表示不良が生じ、またPG59を用いた場合に比べて輝度が劣っていた。また、現像残渣も悪かった。また、比較例III-C2及びIII-C3に示されるようにPG7やPG36を用いると、y=0.570の時に、x=0.260の領域を表示できるものの、輝度が低いものであった。また、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせても分散性が悪いため、コントラストが低く、再溶解性、現像残渣も劣るものであった。
 また、一方、PG59に、ウレタン系分散剤や、ポリエステル系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例III-C4~III-C5のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、分散性に劣るため、実施例に比べて輝度が低くなり、また、コントラストが低く、再溶解性、現像残渣も劣るものであった。
Further, from Tables 14 and 15, when PG59 is combined with a yellow colorant and a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the color reproduction range is widened, and y = 0. Even in the case of 570 to 0.626, a chromaticity region of x = 0.205 to 0.324 can be displayed, and further, a chromaticity region of y = 0.659 can be displayed, but a display defect occurs. It was clarified that a colored layer with high brightness can be formed.
Further, in Example III-27 of Table 16, when PG59 is further combined with PG59 and a yellow color material, Example III-26 using PG59 alone as a green color material, or PG58 and Y138 are combined. It was also clarified that the luminance was further improved while reducing the P / V ratio as compared with Comparative Example III-C10. In Example III-28, it was revealed that the P / V ratio could be further reduced by combining PG59 and PG58 as the green color material and PY138 and PY150 as the yellow color material.
Further, in Example III-30 in Table 17, when PG59 is further combined with PG59 and a yellow color material, the P / V ratio is reduced as compared with Comparative Example III-C11 in which PG58 and Y138 are combined. It was clarified that the brightness could be improved. In Example III-31, it has also been clarified that the P / V ratio can be further reduced by combining PG59 and PG7 as the green color material and PY138 and PY150 as the yellow color material.
On the other hand, when PG58 is used as shown in Comparative Example III-C1, an area of x = 0.260 can be displayed when y = 0.570, but a display defect occurs, and compared with the case where PG59 is used. The brightness was inferior. The development residue was also bad. Further, when PG7 or PG36 is used as shown in Comparative Examples III-C2 and III-C3, an area of x = 0.260 can be displayed when y = 0.570, but the luminance is low. . Further, even when a dispersant, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), is combined, the dispersibility is poor, so that the contrast is low, the re-solubility and the development residue are inferior.
On the other hand, the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Comparative Examples III-C4 to III-C5 in which PG59 is combined with a urethane dispersant or a polyester dispersant are inferior in dispersibility. In comparison, the brightness was low, the contrast was low, the redissolving property and the development residue were poor.
実施例IVシリーズ:第二の本発明の第三実施形態
 実施例IVシリーズにおいて、分散剤a~h溶液はそれぞれ、実施例IIシリーズの合成例II-1~II-8と同様にして得た。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液も実施例IIシリーズの合成例II-9と同様にして得た。
Example IV Series: Third Embodiment of the Second Invention In the Example IV series, the dispersants a to h solutions were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Examples II-1 to II-8 of Example II series, respectively. . An alkali-soluble resin A solution was also obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example II-9 of Example II series.
(実施例IV-1)
(1)色材分散液IV-G1の製造 
 分散剤として分散剤a溶液を6.22質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を6.42質量部、青色色材としてC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4(PB15:4、商品名シアニンブルーCP-1 大日精化工業株式会社製)を1.39質量部、黄色色材としてC.I.ピグメントイエロー139(PY139、商品名IRGAPHOR YELLOW 2R-CF BASF製)を1.40質量部、及びC.I.ピグメントイエロー150(PY150、商品名:LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04、ランクセス株式会社製)を3.80質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.20質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液IV-G1を得た。
Example IV-1
(1) Production of colorant dispersion IV-G1
6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant a solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. CI Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC Co., Ltd.) 6.42 parts by mass, blue color material C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4 (PB15: 4, trade name Cyanine Blue CP-1 manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 1.39 parts by weight, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (PY139, trade name: IRGAPHOR YELLOW 2R-CF manufactured by BASF) 1.40 parts by mass; I. Pigment Yellow 150 (PY150, trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS) 3.80 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, particle size 2.0 mm 100 parts by weight of zirconia beads are put into a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a pre-crush, then the zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm are taken out, 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads were added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a colorant dispersion IV-G1.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液IV-G1を11.41質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を2.75質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを9.72質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 上記(2)で得られた感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1を、厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、硬化後の膜厚が2.80μmとなるように膜厚を調整して着色層IV-G1を形成した。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1 for color filter 11.41 parts by mass of colorant dispersion IV-G1 obtained in (1) above and 2.75 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin A solution 0.60 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one ( Photoinitiator: 0.09 parts by mass of trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: product Name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) 0.04 parts by mass, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (Hikari Agent: 0.02 parts by mass of Adeka Arkles NCI-831 (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA), 0.07 parts by mass of a fluorosurfactant (trade names: Megafuck F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and 9 PGMEA .72 parts by mass was added to obtain photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1 for color filters.
(3) Formation of Colored Layer The photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1 obtained in (2) above is a 0.7 mm thick 100 mm × 100 mm glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.). Then, after applying using a spin coater, it is dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and further applied in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. The colored layer IV-G1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the film thickness after curing was 2.80 μm by post-baking for minutes.
(実施例IV-2~IV-10、IV-15~IV-17、比較例IV-C1~IV-C4)
(1)色材分散液IV-G2~IV-G10、IV-G15~IV-G17、IV-CG1~IV-CG4の製造
 実施例IV-2~IV-10及び比較例IV-C3~IV-C4においては、実施例IV-1の(1)において、それぞれ表18に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液IV-G2~IV-G10、及びIV-CG3~IV-CG4を得た。実施例IV-15~IV-17においては実施例IV-1の(1)において分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤b溶液を用い、更に色材を変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液IV-G15~IV-G17を得た。比較例IV-C1~IV-C2においては実施例IV-1の(1)において、色材を変更した以外は、実施例IV-1の(1)と同様にして、IV-CG1~IV-CG2を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G2~IV-G10、IV-G15~IV-G17、IV-CG1~IV-CG4の製造
 実施例IV-1の(2)における色材分散液IV-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液IV-G2~IV-G10、IV-G15~IV-G17、IV-CG1~IV-CG4を用いて、膜厚を2.8μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表18に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G2~IV-G10、IV-G15~IV-G17、IV-CG1~IV-CG4を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例IV-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G2~IV-G10、IV-G15~IV-G17、IV-CG1~IV-CG4を用いた以外は、実施例IV-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層IV-G2~IV-G10、IV-G15~IV-G17、IV-CG1~IV-CG4を得た。
(Examples IV-2 to IV-10, IV-15 to IV-17, Comparative Examples IV-C1 to IV-C4)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 Examples IV-2 to IV-10 and Comparative Examples IV-C3 to IV- In C4, in Example IV-1 (1), as shown in Table 18, instead of the dispersant a solution, the type and amount of dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass. In the same manner as in (1) of Example IV-1, except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass, the colorant dispersions IV-G2 to IV-G10 and IV-CG3 to IV were used. -Obtained CG4. In Examples IV-15 to IV-17, the dispersant b solution was used in place of the dispersant a solution in Example IV-1 (1), and the coloring material was further changed to a total of 100 parts by mass. Except for adjusting the amount of PGMEA, color material dispersions IV-G15 to IV-G17 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example IV-1. In Comparative Examples IV-C1 to IV-C2, IV-CG1 to IV- were prepared in the same manner as in Example IV-1 (1) except that the color material was changed in (1) of Example IV-1. CG2 was obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, and IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 for color filters Colorant dispersion in (2) of Example IV-1 In order to make the film thickness 2.8 μm by using the colorant dispersions IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, and IV-CG1 to IV-CG4, respectively, instead of the liquid IV-G1 Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters in the same manner as (2) of Example IV-1, except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 18, respectively. The products IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, and IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example IV-1, (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G2 to IV-G10 and IV-G15 were used. Colored layers IV-G2 to IV-G10, IV-G15 to IV-G17, in the same manner as in (3) of Example IV-1, except that to IV-G17 and IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 were used IV-CG1 to IV-CG4 were obtained.
(実施例IV-11~IV-14、実施例IV-36)
(1)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G11~IV-G14、IV-G36の製造
 実施例IV-11~IV-12、IV-36では、実施例IV-1の(2)における色材分散液IV-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液IV-G2を用い、更に光開始剤を表18に記載のものに変更した以外は、実施例IV-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G11~IV-12、IV-G36を得た。
 また、実施例IV-13では、実施例IV-1の(2)における色材分散液IV-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液IV-G2を用い、更に、実施例IV-1の(2)におけるエタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)0.02質量部の代わりに、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)0.10質量部、及び2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)0.05質量部に変更た以外は、実施例IV-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G13を得た。
 また、実施例IV-14では、実施例IV-1の(2)における色材分散液IV-G1の代わりに上記色材分散液IV-G2を用い、更にアルカリ可溶性樹脂としてアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の代わりに、アルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液(カルド構造を含むカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、品番INR-16M ナガセケムテック(株)製)に変更して、固形分が同じ質量部となるように使用量を調整して用いた以外は、実施例IV-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G14を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例IV-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G11~IV-G14及びIV-G36を用いた以外は、実施例IV-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層IV-G11~IV-G14及びIV-G36を得た。
(Examples IV-11 to IV-14, Example IV-36)
(1) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G11 to IV-G14 and IV-G36 for color filters Examples IV-11 to IV-12 and IV-36 are the same as those in Example IV-1 (2). Example IV-1 (2) except that the color material dispersion IV-G2 was used instead of the color material dispersion IV-G1 and the photoinitiator was changed to that shown in Table 18. Thus, photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G11 to IV-12 and IV-G36 for color filters were obtained.
In Example IV-13, the color material dispersion IV-G2 was used in place of the color material dispersion IV-G1 in (2) of Example IV-1. Further, in Example IV-1, (2) ) Instead of 0.02 parts by mass of ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) in -1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation) 0.10 parts by mass, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) Same as (2) of Example IV-1, except for changing to 0.05 parts by mass Photosensitive color resin for color filters It was obtained Narubutsu IV-G13.
In Example IV-14, the color material dispersion IV-G2 is used in place of the color material dispersion IV-G1 in (2) of Example IV-1, and an alkali-soluble resin A solution is further used as an alkali-soluble resin. Instead of the alkali-soluble resin B solution (epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing cardo structure, product number INR-16M manufactured by Nagase Chemtech Co., Ltd.), the solid content becomes the same mass part A photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G14 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example IV-1 except that the amount used was adjusted as described above.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example IV-1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G11 to IV-G14 and IV-G36, respectively, were used. Colored layers IV-G11 to IV-G14 and IV-G36 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example IV-1 except that was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
ここで、表中各略号は、以下の通りである。
PB15:4 :C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4(商品名シアニンブルーCP-1 大日精化工業株式会社製)
PB15:3 :C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3(商品名:クロモファインブルーA-220JC 大日精化工業株式会社製) 
なお、G36、G58、Ni-azo-1、Y138、byk-2000、N21116、byk-161、PB822、 NCI-831、TR-PBG-304、OXE03、NCI-930は、実施例II又はIIIシリーズと同じである。
Here, each abbreviation in the table is as follows.
PB15: 4: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4 (trade name: Cyanine Blue CP-1 manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
PB15: 3: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 3 (trade name: Chromo Fine Blue A-220JC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.)
G36, G58, Ni-azo-1, Y138, byk-2000, N21116, byk-161, PB822, NCI-831, TR-PBG-304, OXE03, and NCI-930 are the same as those in Example II or III series. The same.
(実施例IV-18~IV-19、比較例IV-C5~IV-C13)
(1)色材分散液IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG5~IV-CG13の製造
 実施例IV-1の(1)において、それぞれ表19に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更し、更に、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG5~IV-CG13を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG5~IV-CG13の製造
 実施例IV-1の(2)における色材分散液IV-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG6、IV-CG7、及びIV-CG12~IV-CG13を用い、膜厚を2.8μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表19に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG6、IV-CG7、及びIV-CG12~IV-CG13を得た。
 比較例IV-C5及び比較例IV-C8~IV-C11の色材の組合せでは、膜厚が2.8μmで、x=0.200、y=0.710の色度を実現できるような感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製することはできなかった。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例IV-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG6、IV-CG7、及びIV-CG12~IV-CG13を用いた以外は、実施例IV-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層IV-G18~IV-G19、IV-CG6、IV-CG7、及びIV-CG12~IV-CG13を得た。
(Examples IV-18 to IV-19, Comparative Examples IV-C5 to IV-C13)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions IV-G18 to IV-G19, IV-CG5 to IV-CG13 In Example IV-1 (1), as shown in Table 19, the types and amounts of color materials used In Example IV-1 except that the type and amount of dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same mass part, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. In the same manner as in 1), colorant dispersions IV-G18 to IV-G19 and IV-CG5 to IV-CG13 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G18 to IV-G19 and IV-CG5 to IV-CG13 for color filters, respectively, instead of the color material dispersion IV-G1 in (2) of Example IV-1 Using the above-mentioned colorant dispersions IV-G18 to IV-G19, IV-CG6, IV-CG7, and IV-CG12 to IV-CG13, the P / V ratios are shown in order to obtain a film thickness of 2.8 μm. Except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted to the value shown in 19, the same as in (2) of Example IV-1, photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G18 to IV-G19 for color filters IV-CG6, IV-CG7, and IV-CG12 to IV-CG13 were obtained.
In the case of the combination of the color materials of Comparative Examples IV-C5 and IV-C8 to IV-C11, the photosensitivity is such that the film thickness is 2.8 μm and the chromaticity of x = 0.200 and y = 0.710 can be realized. The colored resin composition could not be prepared.
(3) Formation of colored layer In Example IV-1 (3), instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G18 to IV-G19 and IV-CG6 were used, respectively. The colored layers IV-G18 to IV-G19, IV-CG6, and IV-CG7 are the same as in (3) of Example IV-1 except that IV-CG7 and IV-CG12 to IV-CG13 are used. And IV-CG12 to IV-CG13 were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
PB15:6 :C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(商品名FASTOGEN BLUE A510 DIC(株)製)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
PB15: 6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (trade name: FASTOGEN BLUE A510, manufactured by DIC Corporation)
(実施例IV-20~IV-34、比較例IV-C14~IV-C16)
色材分散液IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16の製造
 実施例IV-1の(1)において、それぞれ表20に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更し、更に、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16の製造
 実施例IV-1の(2)における色材分散液IV-G1の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16を用い、膜厚を2.8μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表20に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例IV-1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例IV-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1の代わりに、それぞれ上記感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16を用いた以外は、実施例IV-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層IV-G20~IV-G34、IV-CG14~IV-CG16を得た。
(Examples IV-20 to IV-34, Comparative Examples IV-C14 to IV-C16)
Production of Coloring Material Dispersions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 In Example IV-1 (1), as shown in Table 20, the type and amount of coloring material were changed. Furthermore, except that the type and amount of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same mass part, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total was 100 parts by mass, and (1) of Example IV-1 Similarly, colorant dispersions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 were obtained.
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 for color filters, instead of the color material dispersion IV-G1 in (2) of Example IV-1 Using the above color material dispersions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16, the P / V ratio is set to the values shown in Table 20 in order to obtain a film thickness of 2.8 μm. Except for adjusting the amount of the alkali-soluble resin, in the same manner as in (2) of Example IV-1, photosensitive color resin compositions IV-G20 to IV-G34, IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 for color filters were prepared. Obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example IV-1, instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1, the photosensitive colored resin compositions IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 were used. Colored layers IV-G20 to IV-G34 and IV-CG14 to IV-CG16 were obtained in the same manner as (3) of Example IV-1 except that .about.IV-CG16 was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
なお、G7、Y185は、実施例IIIシリーズと同じである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
G7 and Y185 are the same as those in Example III series.
(実施例IV-35)
(1)色材分散液の製造 
 分散剤として分散剤b溶液を6.22質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を13質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.20質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、緑色色材分散液gを得た。
 前記緑色色材分散液gにおいて、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を13質量部用いる代わりに、色材としてC.I.ピグメントブルー15:4(PB15:4、商品名シアニンブルーCP-1 大日精化工業株式会社製)を13質量部用いた以外は前記緑色色材分散液gと同様にして、青色色材分散液bを得た。
 前記緑色色材分散液gにおいて、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を13質量部用いる代わりに、色材としてC.I.ピグメントイエロー139(PY139、商品名IRGAPHOR YELLOW 2R-CF BASF製)を13質量部用いた以外は前記緑色色材分散液gと同様にして、黄色色材分散液y1を得た。
 前記緑色色材分散液gにおいて、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン59(PG59、商品名FASTOGEN GREEN C100 DIC(株)製)を13質量部用いる代わりに、色材としてC.I.ピグメントイエロー150(PY150、商品名:LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04、ランクセス株式会社製)を13質量部用いた以外は前記緑色色材分散液gと同様にして、黄色色材分散液y2を得た。
(Example IV-35)
(1) Production of colorant dispersion
6.22 parts by mass of the dispersant b solution as a dispersant and C.I. I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation) 13 parts by mass, alkali-soluble resin A solution 14.59 parts by mass, PGMEA 66.20 parts by mass, particle size 2.0 mm zirconia beads 100 The mass part is put into a mayonnaise bin, shaken for 1 hour as a preliminary crushing with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.), then the zirconia beads 200 having a particle size of 0.1 mm are taken out. Mass parts were added, and similarly, this dispersion was dispersed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a green color material dispersion g.
In the green color material dispersion g, C.I. I. Instead of using 13 parts by mass of Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation), C.I. I. Blue color material dispersion liquid in the same manner as the green color material dispersion liquid g except that 13 parts by mass of Pigment Blue 15: 4 (PB 15: 4, trade name Cyanine Blue CP-1 manufactured by Dainichi Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was used. b was obtained.
In the green color material dispersion g, C.I. I. Instead of using 13 parts by mass of Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation), C.I. I. A yellow color material dispersion y1 was obtained in the same manner as the green color material dispersion g except that 13 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 139 (PY139, trade name: IRGAPHOR YELLOW 2R-CF BASF) was used.
In the green color material dispersion g, C.I. I. Instead of using 13 parts by mass of Pigment Green 59 (PG59, trade name FASTOGEN GREEN C100 manufactured by DIC Corporation), C.I. I. A yellow color material dispersion y2 was obtained in the same manner as in the green color material dispersion g except that 13 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 150 (PY150, trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G04, manufactured by LANXESS) was used.
(2)カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G35の製造
 上記(1)で得られた緑色色材分散液gを5.63質量部、青色色材分散液bを1.22質量部、黄色色材分散液y1を1.23質量部、黄色色材分散液y2を3.33質量部、合成例9で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を2.75質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを9.72質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G35を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例IV-1の(3)において、感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G1の代わりに、上記感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G35を用いた以外は、実施例IV-1の(3)と同様にして、着色層IV-G35を得た。
 得られたカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G35は、実施例IV-2のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G2と同じ組成となっており、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G35及び着色層IV-G35の評価結果は、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物IV-G2及び着色層IV-G2の評価結果と同じになった。
(2) Production of photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G35 for color filter 5.63 parts by mass of green color material dispersion g obtained in (1) above and 1.22 parts by mass of blue color material dispersion b 1.23 parts by mass of the yellow color material dispersion y1, 3.33 parts by mass of the yellow color material dispersion y2, 2.75 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9, and a polyfunctional monomer ( 0.60 parts by mass of Aronix M-403 (trade name, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: product) 0.09 parts by mass of Irgacure 907 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, BASF) 0.04 parts by mass, 1,1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Adeka Arcles NCI-831, 0.02 parts by mass of ADEKA (manufactured by ADEKA), 0.07 parts by mass of fluorine-based surfactant (trade name: Megafac F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and 9.72 parts by mass of PGMEA are added, and the sensitivity for color filters A colored resin composition IV-G35 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer Example IV-1 is the same as Example IV-1 (3) except that the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G35 was used instead of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G1. The colored layer IV-G35 was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of -1.
The resulting photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G35 for color filter had the same composition as the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G2 for color filter of Example IV-2, and the photosensitive colored resin for color filter The evaluation results of the composition IV-G35 and the colored layer IV-G35 were the same as the evaluation results of the photosensitive colored resin composition IV-G2 for the color filter and the colored layer IV-G2.
[実施例IVシリーズの評価方法]
 光学性能評価、コントラスト評価は以下のように行った。色材分散液の分散性評価、表示不良評価、溶剤再溶解性評価、現像残渣評価、現像密着性評価、現像耐性評価、及び水染み評価については、実施例IIシリーズと同様にして評価を行った。
[Example IV Series Evaluation Method]
Optical performance evaluation and contrast evaluation were performed as follows. Evaluation of dispersibility evaluation, display defect evaluation, solvent resolubility evaluation, development residue evaluation, development adhesion evaluation, development resistance evaluation, and water stain evaluation of the colorant dispersion is performed in the same manner as in Example II series. It was.
<光学性能評価、コントラスト評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色層のコントラストと色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bとオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
(コントラスト評価基準)
・C光源でy=0.670、x=0.210としたときの値
A:8000超過
B:6000~8000
C:6000未満
<Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation>
The contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the colored layers obtained in the examples and comparative examples were measured using the contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Osaka Co., Ltd. and the microspectroscopy measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus. It was measured.
(Contrast evaluation criteria)
Value when C = 0 and y = 0.670, x = 0.210 A: Exceeding 8000 B: 6000 to 8000
C: Less than 6000
[実施例IVシリーズの結果のまとめ]
 表18~20の結果から、PG59と青色色材と前記特定の黄色色材に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が良好であることが明らかにされた。一方、PG59に、ウレタン系分散剤や、ポリエステル系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例IV-C3~IV-C4の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が悪いことが明らかにされた。また、PG58やPG36に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた比較例IV-C1及びIV-C2の色材分散液は、同じ分散剤を組み合わせた実施例IV-1に比べて粘度安定性が劣ることが明らかにされた。また、PG36に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた比較例IV-C2の色材分散液は、分散性が悪かった。
[Summary of results of Example IV series]
From the results of Tables 18 to 20, the colorant dispersions of Examples in which PG59, a blue colorant, and the specific yellow colorant are combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) The liquid was found to have good viscosity stability. On the other hand, it was revealed that the color material dispersions of Comparative Examples IV-C3 to IV-C4, in which PG59 was combined with a urethane dispersant or a polyester dispersant, had poor viscosity stability. Further, the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples IV-C1 and IV-C2 in which PG58 and PG36 are combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are combined with the same dispersant. It was revealed that the viscosity stability was inferior to that of Example IV-1. Further, the colorant dispersion of Comparative Example IV-C2 in which PG36 is combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has poor dispersibility.
 表18より、PG59に、青色色材と前記特定の黄色色材と、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤とを組み合わせた実施例IV-1~IV-17及びIV-36のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、y=0.670の時に、x=0.210の領域を表示可能でありながら、表示不良の発生が抑制され、高輝度な着色層を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。また、このような実施例IV-1~IV-17及びIV-36のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材分散安定性が良好であり、コントラストに優れ、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、更に現像残渣の発生が抑制されるものであることが明らかにされた。
 中でも、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体、又は当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する窒素部位の少なくとも一部と塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体であって、当該分散剤の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下で、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である分散剤を用いると、特に現像残渣の発生が抑制され、且つ現像密着性に優れることが明らかにされた(P/V比が同じ実施例IV-1~IV-17及びIV-36における、実施例IV-2、 IV-4、 IV-8、 IV-11~IV-17及びIV-36)。また感光性着色樹脂組成物におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂として、カルド構造を含むカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂を用いた実施例IV-14は、実施例IV-2に比べても現像密着性、現像耐性及び水染み発生抑制効果に優れていた。
 また、実施例の中でも、実施例IV-2、IV-11、IV-12、IV-13、及びIV-36の比較から、光開始剤として、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いた実施例は、現像耐性と水染み発生抑制効果が高くなることが明らかにされた。
From Table 18, Examples IV-1 to IV- in which PG59 is combined with a blue color material, the specific yellow color material, and a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) The photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters 17 and IV-36 are capable of displaying the region of x = 0.210 when y = 0.670, while suppressing the occurrence of display defects and high brightness. It was revealed that a colored layer can be formed. In addition, the photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters of Examples IV-1 to IV-17 and IV-36 have good colorant dispersion stability, excellent contrast, and excellent solvent resolubility. Further, it has been clarified that generation of development residue is suppressed.
Among them, as a dispersant, a block copolymer containing an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and having a solvophilic property, or A salt-type block copolymer that forms a salt with at least a part of the nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the acid value of the dispersant is 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less. Thus, it has been clarified that when a dispersant having a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher is used, the occurrence of development residue is particularly suppressed and the development adhesion is excellent (the P / V ratio is the same). Examples IV-2, IV-4, IV-8, IV-11 to IV-17 and IV-36 in Examples IV-1 to IV-17 and IV-36). In addition, Example IV-14 using an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group containing a cardo structure as an alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive colored resin composition has a development adhesion even when compared with Example IV-2. Excellent development resistance and water stain generation suppression effect.
Further, among the examples, from the comparison of Examples IV-2, IV-11, IV-12, IV-13, and IV-36, Examples using oxime ester photoinitiators as photoinitiators are It has been clarified that the development resistance and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain are increased.
 また、表19及び表20より、PG59に、青色色材と前記特定の黄色色材と、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせると、色再現域が広がり、y=0.570~0.720の場合でも、x=0.140~0.265の色度領域を表示可能であり、更にy=0.750もの色度領域を表示可能でありながら、表示不良の発生が抑制され、従来より輝度が高い着色層を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。
 また、表20の実施例IV-33においては、PG59に、青色色材と前記特定の黄色色材とに、更にPG7を組み合わせると、同じ色味を実現した実施例IV-32に比べて、前記P/V比を低減でき、且つ輝度も向上できることが明らかにされた。
Further, from Table 19 and Table 20, when a PG59 is combined with a blue color material, the specific yellow color material, and a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), a color reproduction range is obtained. Even when y = 0.570 to 0.720, a chromaticity region of x = 0.140 to 0.265 can be displayed, and a chromaticity region of y = 0.750 can be displayed. However, it has been clarified that the occurrence of display defects can be suppressed and a colored layer having a higher luminance than before can be formed.
Further, in Example IV-33 of Table 20, when PG59 is further combined with PG59 in combination with the blue color material and the specific yellow color material, compared to Example IV-32 which achieves the same color, It has been clarified that the P / V ratio can be reduced and the luminance can be improved.
 一方、比較例IV-C1に示されるように、実施例と同様に青色色材と特定の黄色色材を組み合わせても、PG58を用いると、y=0.670の時に、x=0.210の領域を表示できるものの、表示不良が生じ、またPG59を用いた場合に比べて輝度が劣っていた。また、現像残渣や現像密着性も悪かった。また、比較例IV-C2に示されるように、実施例と同様に青色色材と特定の黄色色材を組み合わせても、PG36を用いると、y=0.670の時に、x=0.210の領域を表示できるものの、表示不良が生じ、輝度が低いものであった。また、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせても分散性が悪いため、コントラストが低く、再溶解性、現像残渣、現像密着性も劣るものであった。
 また、一方、PG59に青色色材と特定の黄色色材を組み合わせ、更にウレタン系分散剤や、ポリエステル系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例IV-C3~IV-C4のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物は、分散性に劣るため、実施例に比べて輝度が低くなり、また、コントラストが低く、再溶解性、現像残渣も劣るものであった。
On the other hand, as shown in Comparative Example IV-C1, even when a blue color material and a specific yellow color material are combined in the same manner as in the example, when PG58 is used, when y = 0.670, x = 0.210 However, the display defect occurred, and the luminance was inferior compared with the case of using PG59. Moreover, the development residue and the development adhesion were also poor. Further, as shown in Comparative Example IV-C2, even when a blue color material and a specific yellow color material are combined as in the example, when PG36 is used, when y = 0.670, x = 0.210 Although this area can be displayed, a display defect has occurred and the luminance is low. Further, even when combined with a dispersant that is a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the dispersibility is poor, so the contrast is low, and the re-solubility, the development residue, and the development adhesion are inferior. It was.
On the other hand, photosensitive color resin compositions for color filters of Comparative Examples IV-C3 to IV-C4, in which a blue color material and a specific yellow color material are combined with PG59 and a urethane dispersant or a polyester dispersant is combined. Since the product was inferior in dispersibility, the brightness was lower than in the Examples, the contrast was low, the re-solubility and the development residue were inferior.
 表19の比較例IV-C5、IV-C8及びIV-C11に示されるように、G58を用いて、青色色材を組み合わせず、黄色色材を組み合わせた組成では、膜厚が2.8μmで、x=0.200、y=0.710の色度を実現できるような感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製することはできなかった。また、比較例IV-C9及びIV-C10の色材の組合せでも、膜厚が2.8μmで、x=0.200、y=0.710の色度を実現できるような感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製することはできなかった。
 比較例IV-C6及びIV-C13に示されるように、G58に青色色材とPY139を含む黄色色材を組み合わせると膜厚が2.8μmで、x=0.200、y=0.710の色度を実現できるものの、表示不良が生じ、輝度が劣り、更に現像残渣や現像密着性も悪かった。
 比較例IV-C7及びIV-C12に示されるように、緑色色材を用いず、青色色材と黄色色材を組み合わせると、膜厚が2.8μmで、x=0.200、y=0.710の色度を実現でき、表示不良は生じないものの、青色色材が多めの比較例IV-C7は実用レベルに届かないほど著しく輝度が劣り、黄色色材が多めで輝度を比較的高くした比較例IV-C12は現像残渣や現像密着性が悪かった。
As shown in Comparative Examples IV-C5, IV-C8 and IV-C11 in Table 19, with G58, a composition in which a yellow color material is combined without using a blue color material has a film thickness of 2.8 μm. It was not possible to prepare a photosensitive colored resin composition that can realize chromaticity of x = 0.200 and y = 0.710. Further, even with the combination of coloring materials of Comparative Examples IV-C9 and IV-C10, a photosensitive colored resin composition capable of realizing chromaticity of x = 0.200 and y = 0.710 with a film thickness of 2.8 μm. The product could not be prepared.
As shown in Comparative Examples IV-C6 and IV-C13, when G58 is combined with a yellow color material containing PY139 and a blue color material, the film thickness is 2.8 μm, and x = 0.200 and y = 0.710. Although chromaticity could be realized, display failure occurred, luminance was poor, and development residue and development adhesion were also poor.
As shown in Comparative Examples IV-C7 and IV-C12, when a green color material is not used and a blue color material and a yellow color material are combined, the film thickness is 2.8 μm, and x = 0.200 and y = 0. .. Although 710 chromaticity can be realized and display failure does not occur, Comparative Example IV-C7, which has a large blue color material, is extremely inferior in brightness so that it does not reach the practical level. Comparative Example IV-C12 was poor in development residue and development adhesion.
 表20の比較例IV-C14は、実施例IV-24に対応した色味をG36を用いて実現した例であるが、表示不良が生じ、輝度が劣り、更に、再溶解性、現像残渣、現像密着性も悪かった。
 比較例IV-C15は、実施例IV-34に対応した色味をG36を用いて実現した例であるが、輝度が劣り、再溶解性、現像残渣、現像密着性が悪かった。
 比較例IV-C16は、実施例IV-32及びIV-33に対応した色味をG58を用いて実現した例であるが、輝度が劣り、再溶解性、現像残渣、現像密着性が悪かった。
Comparative Example IV-C14 in Table 20 is an example in which the color corresponding to Example IV-24 was realized using G36, but display failure occurred, the luminance was inferior, and further, re-solubility, development residue, The development adhesion was also poor.
Comparative Example IV-C15 was an example in which the color corresponding to Example IV-34 was realized using G36, but the luminance was inferior and the re-solubility, development residue, and development adhesion were poor.
Comparative Example IV-C16 is an example in which the color corresponding to Examples IV-32 and IV-33 was realized using G58, but the luminance was inferior and the re-solubility, development residue, and development adhesion were poor. .
 1 透明基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Transparent substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Color filter 20 Opposite substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display device 50 Organic protective layer 60 Inorganic oxide film 71 Transparent anode 72 Hole injection layer 73 Hole transport layer 74 Light emitting layer 75 Electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic light emitter 100 Organic light emitting display device

Claims (10)

  1.  色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
     前記分散剤が、下記ブロック共重合体(P1)、及び、下記塩型ブロック共重合体(P2)の少なくとも1種であって、
     P1:下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含有するブロック共重合体;
     P2:前記ブロック共重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体;
     当該分散剤の酸価が1~18mgKOH/gで、当該分散剤のガラス転移温度が30℃以上である、カラーフィルタ用色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
     一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。一般式(2)において、R、Rb’、及びRb”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。一般式(3)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
    A color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
    The dispersant is at least one of the following block copolymer (P1) and the following salt-type block copolymer (P2),
    P1: a block copolymer containing an A block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer;
    P2: From the group consisting of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the block copolymer and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more selected compounds form a salt;
    A color material dispersion for color filters, wherein the dispersant has an acid value of 1 to 18 mg KOH / g and the dispersant has a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or higher.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In General Formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
    In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R. It represents e, R e is a straight chain of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, branched chain or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or an alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via a group. In the general formula (2), R b , R b ′ , and R b ″ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, Represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or —O—R f , wherein R f has a substituent. A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or 1 carbon atom Represents a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ˜4, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, wherein R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom; A hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Represents a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, A phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R c and R d contains a carbon atom .)
  2.  前記分散剤における前記ブロック共重合体(P1)が、水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含む、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。 The color material dispersion for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the block copolymer (P1) in the dispersant contains a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  3.  前記分散剤における前記ブロック共重合体(P1)が、
    (i)水酸基含有モノマー由来の構成単位及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位、並びに、
    (ii)水酸基及び芳香族基含有モノマー由来の構成単位
    の少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。
    The block copolymer (P1) in the dispersant is
    (I) a structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a structural unit derived from an aromatic group-containing monomer, and
    (Ii) The color material dispersion for color filter according to claim 1, comprising at least one structural unit derived from a hydroxyl group and aromatic group-containing monomer.
  4.  前記塩型ブロック共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位に含まれる末端の窒素部位1モルに対して、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物が0.1~0.7モル含まれる、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。 In the salt type block copolymer, the salt type block copolymer is selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) with respect to 1 mol of the terminal nitrogen moiety contained in the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The color material dispersion for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the one or more compounds are contained in an amount of 0.1 to 0.7 mol.
  5.  前記色材が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン59を含む、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。 The color material is C.I. I. The color material dispersion for color filter according to claim 1, comprising Pigment Green 59.
  6.  請求項1に記載の色材分散液と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤とを含有する、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, comprising the colorant dispersion according to claim 1, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator.
  7.  前記光開始剤が、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含む、請求項6に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 6, wherein the photoinitiator includes an oxime ester photoinitiator.
  8.  透明基板と、当該透明基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項6に記載のカラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層を有することを特徴とするカラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a transparent substrate and a colored layer provided on the transparent substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is obtained by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 6. A color filter comprising a colored layer formed.
  9.  前記請求項8に記載のカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする液晶表示装置。 9. A liquid crystal display device comprising: the color filter according to claim 8; a counter substrate; and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
  10.  前記請求項8に記載のカラーフィルタと、有機発光体を有することを特徴とする有機発光表示装置。 An organic light-emitting display device comprising the color filter according to claim 8 and an organic light emitter.
PCT/JP2015/085810 2014-12-24 2015-12-22 Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device WO2016104493A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010024592.6A CN111221217B (en) 2014-12-24 2015-12-22 Color material dispersion, photosensitive coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
CN201580065051.5A CN107003448B (en) 2014-12-24 2015-12-22 Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014261378 2014-12-24
JP2014-261378 2014-12-24
JP2015-096089 2015-05-08
JP2015096089A JP6674746B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2015-05-08 Colorant dispersion, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic light emitting display
JP2015111753 2015-06-01
JP2015-111753 2015-06-01
JP2015120587 2015-06-15
JP2015-120587 2015-06-15
JP2015132945 2015-07-01
JP2015-132945 2015-07-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016104493A1 true WO2016104493A1 (en) 2016-06-30

Family

ID=56150511

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/085810 WO2016104493A1 (en) 2014-12-24 2015-12-22 Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111221217B (en)
TW (1) TWI743635B (en)
WO (1) WO2016104493A1 (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017038708A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
JP2017138561A (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-10 サカタインクス株式会社 Green pigment dispersion for color filter
JP2018010210A (en) * 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion liquid for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2018025612A (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP2018025797A (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material liquid for color filter, colored composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP2018045189A (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colorant dispersant for color filter, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
WO2018062105A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2018101038A (en) * 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and organic EL display device
WO2018124087A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
WO2018135370A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
WO2018159541A1 (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion for color filter, coloring material resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
TWI635102B (en) * 2016-10-26 2018-09-11 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP2019095558A (en) * 2017-11-21 2019-06-20 サカタインクス株式会社 Blue pigment dispersion composition for color filters
JP2021064015A (en) * 2021-01-28 2021-04-22 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored composition for color filter, color filter and display device
US20210171792A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-06-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Pigment dispersion, and resist composition and ink composition for color filter using the pigment dispersion
WO2021205761A1 (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-14 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2023090171A (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-29 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition for blue color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging element using the same, and liquid crystal display device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114573751B (en) * 2020-11-28 2023-12-12 比亚迪股份有限公司 Dispersing agent for lithium ion battery, preparation method of dispersing agent, positive electrode slurry, positive electrode plate and lithium ion battery

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004339330A (en) * 2003-05-14 2004-12-02 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion for thermosetting ink, thermosetting ink, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display panel
JP2004339368A (en) * 2003-05-15 2004-12-02 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion for curable coloring composition, curable coloring composition, and color filter
JP2010054725A (en) * 2008-08-27 2010-03-11 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion liquid for color filter, negative resist composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP2011002561A (en) * 2009-06-17 2011-01-06 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Method for producing curable resin composition for colored layer, method for producing color filter and curable resin composition for colored layer
JP2014167636A (en) * 2007-07-27 2014-09-11 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Color filter pigment dispersion liquid, color filter coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2014206700A (en) * 2013-04-16 2014-10-30 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP2014219665A (en) * 2013-04-08 2014-11-20 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Pigment composition and color filter
JP2015194735A (en) * 2014-03-18 2015-11-05 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition, cured film, display element and colorant dispersion liquid

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1146087B1 (en) * 2000-04-04 2003-11-05 Bayer Ag Organic pigments for LCD colour filter
KR101249574B1 (en) * 2005-07-08 2013-04-01 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Dispersing agent, method for producing same, and pigment dispersion and ink containing such dispersing agent
CN101300064A (en) * 2005-11-02 2008-11-05 东洋油墨制造株式会社 Dispersing agent, method for producing same and pigment composition using same
JP5817099B2 (en) * 2010-09-28 2015-11-18 三菱化学株式会社 Green pigment colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device
WO2014069416A1 (en) * 2012-10-30 2014-05-08 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Novel compound, pigment precipitation inhibitor, colored composition, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP6008891B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-10-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP6096146B2 (en) * 2013-05-10 2017-03-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004339330A (en) * 2003-05-14 2004-12-02 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion for thermosetting ink, thermosetting ink, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display panel
JP2004339368A (en) * 2003-05-15 2004-12-02 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion for curable coloring composition, curable coloring composition, and color filter
JP2014167636A (en) * 2007-07-27 2014-09-11 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Color filter pigment dispersion liquid, color filter coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010054725A (en) * 2008-08-27 2010-03-11 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion liquid for color filter, negative resist composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP2011002561A (en) * 2009-06-17 2011-01-06 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Method for producing curable resin composition for colored layer, method for producing color filter and curable resin composition for colored layer
JP2014219665A (en) * 2013-04-08 2014-11-20 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Pigment composition and color filter
JP2014206700A (en) * 2013-04-16 2014-10-30 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP2015194735A (en) * 2014-03-18 2015-11-05 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition, cured film, display element and colorant dispersion liquid

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DIC TECHNICAL REVIEW, no. 14, 2008, pages 42 - 43 *

Cited By (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2017038708A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2018-02-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for producing cured film
WO2017038708A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
JP2017138561A (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-10 サカタインクス株式会社 Green pigment dispersion for color filter
TWI710605B (en) * 2016-02-05 2020-11-21 日商阪田油墨股份有限公司 Green pigment dispersion for color filter and color filter
JP2018010210A (en) * 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion liquid for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2018025612A (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP2018025797A (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material liquid for color filter, colored composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP7011905B2 (en) 2016-08-08 2022-01-27 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material liquid for color filters, coloring composition for color filters, color filters and display devices
JP2018045189A (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colorant dispersant for color filter, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
WO2018062105A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JPWO2018062105A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-07-11 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
CN109642971A (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-04-16 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Photosensitive color resin composition for color, colour filter and display device
JP7008508B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2022-01-25 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
TWI635102B (en) * 2016-10-26 2018-09-11 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP7124914B2 (en) 2016-12-20 2022-08-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and organic EL display device
JP2021096487A (en) * 2016-12-20 2021-06-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and organic el display device
JP2018101038A (en) * 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and organic EL display device
WO2018124087A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
JPWO2018124087A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2019-10-31 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
CN110062900A (en) * 2016-12-28 2019-07-26 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Colour filter colorant dispersion, colour filter colored resin composition, colour filter and display device
JP7094891B2 (en) 2016-12-28 2022-07-04 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion for color filters, colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
WO2018135370A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
CN110114702B (en) * 2017-01-17 2022-02-25 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, and display device
CN110114702A (en) * 2017-01-17 2019-08-09 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Colour filter color material dispersion liquid, colour filter colored resin composition, colour filter and display equipment
JPWO2018135370A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2019-03-07 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
WO2018159541A1 (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion for color filter, coloring material resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JPWO2018159541A1 (en) * 2017-03-02 2019-12-26 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, display device
JP7105221B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2022-07-22 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル COLOR MATERIAL DISPERSION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR RESIN COMPOSITION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR FILTER, DISPLAY
JP7009176B2 (en) 2017-11-21 2022-01-25 サカタインクス株式会社 Blue pigment dispersion composition for color filters
JP2019095558A (en) * 2017-11-21 2019-06-20 サカタインクス株式会社 Blue pigment dispersion composition for color filters
US20210171792A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-06-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Pigment dispersion, and resist composition and ink composition for color filter using the pigment dispersion
WO2021205761A1 (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-14 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP7449765B2 (en) 2020-04-10 2024-03-14 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin compositions, cured products, color filters, display devices
JP2021064015A (en) * 2021-01-28 2021-04-22 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP2023090171A (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-29 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition for blue color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging element using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP7392226B2 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-12-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition for blue color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensor and liquid crystal display device using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI743635B (en) 2021-10-21
TW202022055A (en) 2020-06-16
CN111221217A (en) 2020-06-02
CN111221217B (en) 2024-03-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016104493A1 (en) Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
TWI683864B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP6059397B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6578252B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP5897754B1 (en) Color material dispersion, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP6494875B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6059396B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP7087149B2 (en) Colored resin compositions for color filters, pigment dispersions, color filters, and display devices
TWI688611B (en) Colorant dispersion liquid and manufacturing method thereof, coloring composition and manufacturing method thereof, coloring cured film, display element and solid-state imaging element
JP6851518B2 (en) Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emission display device
TWI748029B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, color resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2014142582A (en) Coloring composition, color filter and display element
WO2018159458A1 (en) Colorant dispersed liquid for color filters, dispersant, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
JP6826828B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP6868359B2 (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP6078999B2 (en) Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP5899719B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP6650670B2 (en) Colorant dispersion, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic light emitting display
JP2013054200A (en) Pigment dispersion liquid for color filter, negative resist composition for color filter and production method of the composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP2020098347A (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15873061

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15873061

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1